1720 to 1729 (Principia Moderni III Map Game)

This page is an archive for the Principia Moderni III map game, from 1720 to 1729.

1720
 The piracy in the Imperial Sea expands exponentially as what is dubbed “The Golden Age of Piracy” breaks out with notable pirates leading anywhere from a single ship to a fleet running Piracy operations.

 '''An indigenous revolt breaks out in Cuba over the oppression by their Spanish overlords. The Local military keeps control but trade from Cuba is disrupted by a few effective attacks. The Caribb peoples, however, suffer greatly from this as many who had previously avoided smallpox now catch it.'''

 As a result of merchants in India flooding to European enclaves and trade posts the local traders employ those who are useful and compliant and round up the non compliant merchants seeking to burn out any competition to many European nations mercantilist policies.

 '''The Britannian Civil war over the throne takes a twist when the Loyalists make a stunning gain against the Scots pushing them Past oxford and capturing two of the Scots most experienced commanders leaving the Scottish King with some lacking forces and less than ideal commanders. The war begins to take interest in the eyes of the courts of Spain, France and Scandinavia with the potential for gaining a powerful ally becoming hard to resist and competition developing between the Three powers Wishing too exploit the situation.'''

 '''The French King suffers arguements from his court about their lack of involvement with Europe and lack of involved politics with the Developing Britannian War of Succession. This begins to show some major doubts about the French kings true commitment to maintaining Great Power Status in Europe.'''

 '''The Scandinavian Empire shows great support toward the long standing German Royal House in Britannia with many lords and commoners alike showing sympathy toward the "German Royal Family" as they fight for control of the empire. This also begs the question, Will the Scandinavians show open support for the Britannians. '''

 The Spanish Parliament and the Council of Lords are torn over the issue of handling Britannia with relatively stable relations between the current royal family and the potential of disrupting the currency flow of many influential merchants in the parliament showing one side with the Lords on the other wishing to make an ally out of the Britannians wishing to gain an ally against the noticeably building French rivalry


 * Duchy of Hamburg: Hamburg and its subjects expand their economies. Pressure on Jülich to accept Hamburg's protection as a vassal succeeds (Turn Three of Three). Hamburg now pressures New Hesse itself, backed by the Westphalian vassals, to accept Hamburg's overlordship in order to improve its military and economic situations (Turn One of Five). New Mecklenburg in Australia expands by 20 px.
 * Portugal: Continues a notable buildup in military strength and allows for a vigorous training program on the existing military forces attempting to train them up heavily. Meanwhile, the administration continues to be reformed, and agriculture and commerce are encouraged. Meanwhile, Portugal continues to develop its navy. Meanwhile, the colony in Lenhame continues exporting wheat to Portugal. Meanwhile, trade intensifies in the African coast. Meanwhile, Santa Cruz and São Sebastião expand by 5000 sq km each. Meanwhile, sugarcane continues to be planted in Santa Cruz.
 * Empire of Japan (Personal Union With Manchuria): The military/economy is built up. Horiyōshi Yokohama III, late one night, decides to engage in intercourse with one of his courtwomen. However, getting overly exited and aroused, he suffers a heart attack from exhaustion. His son, Yamamota Yokohama IV, takes power, now being the Emperor of Japan and Manchuria. A notification is sent to Manchuria that due to these recent unfortunate events, the emperor will have to come to throne in Japan, ruling both nations from there. Merchants, seeking to make the lives of the disorganized Small Kingdoms better, found the port city of Yantai to trade the Chinese food in order to make life easier on them. The fire, know to the people of Japan as the Great Fire, makes many people move away from the city, into Japan's colonies and vassals such as Manchuria, and Taiwan. Now that Manchuria is owned by Yokohama III, the nation rejoices, now being under a Japanese monarchs rule. Meanwhile, merchants in the Philippines, on their way to the southern islands, steer off course on their way there. His companions and their leader, Hideak Kotohito, freak out, until they land at the OTL location of Biak. The town of OTL Biak is claimed for Japan, already serving as a trading post with the natives. The island is settled, creating the first colonial settlement for the Empire of Japan. The emperor is praised apon, with the magical number 2000 being used everywhere. After exploring north for a couple years to find alternate trade different from Hispania, Japanese and Ainu merchants make first contact with the Kiamukut Band on the Alaskan coast. The merchants did not understand the Inuits well, but they were escorted by fishers to the Grand Chief. As a sign if friendship between them, the merchants offer many gifts to him, being given Inuit food, cloth, shelter, and warmth in return. Because of this, troops are sent into the war against the Ming. A few Japanese settlers, looking to become the first contenders in the Alaskan trade, travel north to establish a colony on OTL St Lawrence Island. Ainu is annexed into Japan, in which a feast is held for both of the leaders of the two nations. However, Yamamoto Yokohama IV, afraid of losing trading rights in Kiatumgutai, sends a diplomat to the Tartary asking for trading rights in where they have settled. [MODERATOR RESPONSE]
 * Japanese Manchuria (Port of Japan): Infrastructure is improved. The port finishes construction, and is now open for service. More settlers come, mostly from survivors from the great fire, to build ships for Japan. The project of 9 larger ships is now complete, and another one of 20 frigates is planned to be finished by 1700.
 * Yantai (Port of Japan): Infrastructure is improved. The port city of Yantai is founded to feed the people of the Small Kingdoms, and to spread Shinto missionaries throughout China. Though, after a few small skirmishes with the locals, no expansion of the city occurs. Troops are sent into the war against the Ming.
 * Formosa (Vassal of Japan): Economy is improved. Now that the war is over, The old Taiwanese state now controls all of Taiwan. A huge wave of settlers come, mostly survivors from the great fire, settle in Taiwan to start up a new life and to build ships/farm for Japan. Troops are sent into the war against the Ming.
 * Vietnam: Mil/Econ is improved. A law is passed that makes all teenagers get two-year compulsory military training and then a five-year military term. While training, the people are exposed to Shinto, and some convert because they have lost faith in Buddhism. While not many do, the number seems to increase slightly every years, about 5000 doing so. Shinto missionaries are also sent to North Vietnam to help the people convert, or at least tolerate Shinto. The conversion rate continues to rise, with help asked from Korea to send missionaries to help rise these rates even more to convert them. Foreign troops are moved into the area, to help keep the area centralized and under control. The Governments of Vietnam are now under one.
 * Biak: Expands by 20 px.
 * Kiatumgutai: As the new Alaskan market opens up, about eight more people flock to the area to try to make money in the area. The colony expands by 5px.
 * Great Manchu Empire (Personal Union With Japan): With the sudden death of the previous Emperor, his eldest son-in-law Horiyōshi Yokohama III succeeded the throne and acquired the position of Emperor of the Manchu Empire. One of his first decisions was to establish a tax system to extract tax from the people but to also make sure that not too much pressure was put upon the peasants. The Emperor was keen on improving the agricultural status in the state, and crops such as maize, wheat, rice, sorghum and soy beans were cultivated and harvested to also make sure that hunger was eradicated from the state. The herding of horses and cattle benefited the Manchu to a great extent with the Manchu being amongst the top exporters of milk in China. Trade with Korea, Imperium of Heaven and Japan proved beneficial as Manchu exported agricultural goods - especially lumber - to these states. Meanwhile, a major port was constructed to handle foreign trade to prevent illegal trading which would otherwise have a disastrous effect on the economy. Meanwhile, a large army of roughly 300,000 men was raised to defend the state from any foreign invasion with the soldiers handed light matchlock muskets snaphaunces, and with pikes equipped to be used while charging upon the enemy. Therefore, importance was given to the production of firearms and gunpowder. The infantry was equipped with daggers and swords to be utilised in close combat against the enemy and horses as well as carts were used for the transportation of supplies. Major forts were constructed in the North to defend against any invasion that would otherwise sweep through Manchuria. The Manchu Emperor, having closely observed the rapid development of Japan, started to promote education to copy the west. Many eunuchs who opposed this decision were put to death and eventually, the system of eunuchs was put down to prevent any power from opposing the Emperor. The Emperor ordered an increase in the teaching of subjects such as Biology, Chemistry and especially on developing new firearms and many firearms imported from Hispania were reverse-engineered to create identical copies. On the orders of Emperor Horiyōshi Yokohama III, the people were now converted to Shintoism and mass Shinto Temples were built. Meanwhile, we purchase battleships from Japan and build up our navy. Major military reforms are brought and a paramilitary force referred to as the Manchu Guards is initiated. The paramilitary comprising of 50,000 guards swear allegiance to the Emperor and are ordered to put down any rebellion swiftly and without mercy. Large scale trade continues with SiChuan and the two nations are slowly and gradually brought closer. Meanwhile, Emperor Horiyoshi Yokohama III died and was succeeded by Yamamoto Yokohama IV. In face of the new famine, a complete embargo is placed upon any export of food. Major relief blocks are established to provide food free of cost to the poor. Many influential landlords have their lands stripped in order to use their lands products to feed the peasants. Moreover, a diplomat is sent to Japan calling for import of wheat and such. However, once the situation becomes normal; limited export of wheat takes place to other states such as the Imperium of Heaven, SiChuan, and the neighbouring nations. Meanwhile, a major wall is constructed beside the Spanish enclave to prevent the merchants from escaping and anyone who attempts to do so is killed, therefore sending a message to the rest. [Mil/Eco Turn]
 * Shangjingkou: The state being agriculturally strong had numerous agricultural projects initiated and crops such as maize, wheat, rice, sorghum and soy beans were cultivated and harvested to also make sure that hunger was eradicated from the state, and moreover these goods were exported to other Chinese states. The herding of horses and cattle benefited the Manchu to a great extent with the Manchu being amongst the top exporters of milk in China. Meanwhile, a major port was constructed to handle foreign trade to prevent illegal trading which would otherwise have a disastrous effect on the economy. Major forts were constructed in the North to defend against any invasion that would otherwise sweep through Manchuria. The Manchu Emperor, having closely observed the rapid development of Japan, started to promote education to copy the west. On the orders of Emperor Horiyōshi Yokohama III, the people were now converted to Shintoism and mass Shinto Temples were built. Meanwhile, we purchased battleships from Japan and built up our navy, eventually preparing a navy of a 100 ships. We attack Xi'an [Mil/Eco Turn]
 * Kingdom of Lanzhou: With the conquest of Lanzhou, a local leadership is set up. The people are treated with mercy, and all the positions that were held prior to the war would still be held. With the exception of nobles and the royal family, which, however, were to be replaced. Much more modern weaponry was flowed into Lanzhou and a militia consisting of 5000 men was established to look after the state security. [Mil/Eco Turn]
 * Hailar Khaganate: Prince Qing Aisen-Gioro Dorgon introduced a series of reforms which included support of settlement, ordering the people to put a halt to their nomadic lifestyles. Moreover, Prince Qing Aisen-Gioro Dorgon supported the construction of schools in order to spread western knowledge to the rural areas and to educate the people. Meanwhile, a paramilitary consisting of 500 men was set up to maintain law and order in the state, and a system of spies had been established to eradicate opposition to Manchu rule. The native Mongol people were treated generously, but all those that had fought against the Manchu in the war were sent to work in the fields although this did mean that the populace did not take part in cultivation and harvest of crops. To modify the trade route present in the state, Dorgon initiated the start of the road system to link the trade route and by now, up to 5000 men were recruited into the military. On the orders of Emperor Horiyōshi Yokohama III, the people were now converted to Shintoism and mass Shinto Temples were built. Crops were cultivated to feed the poor, and a trade system had been established to trade with the Mangut Nivkh Tribes. [Mil/Eco Turn]
 * Manchu - ShiChuan Diplomacy: We accept the 30 year-long NAP.
 * Korea: Korea continues to build up its military. Meanwhile, more Taoist, Neo-Confucian and Buddhist temples are built. Taoism rises in popularity and gains more followers. Regular (read: not Imperial) Shinto gains a few more followers as well, mainly along the coastline in Southeastern Korea, particularly in Busan, Jejudo, Ulsan, and the coastal cities and coastal towns of Southern Gyeongsang Province. Mahayana Tao-Shintoism also continues to grow, and begins gaining followers from the areas where Shinto is growing, with some Shintoists switching to Mahayana Tao-Shintoism. A few Shinto missionaries from Jejudo help out Japan in Vietnam to bring Shinto there. The colony of Haejagang (해자강) expands by 500 sq km.
 * Yunnan: The Yunnanese continue to invest the modest income from exports into infrastructure. They also continue improving the defensive fortifications of Yunnan.
 * The Kiatagmiut Band works to expand its cultural, trade, and geographic boundaries throughout Kelutmun.
 * France: Military, navy and economy are built up. The colony continues expanding and growing by 100 sq km among both colonies into the Galapago Islands called Illes d'Neptune The colonies continue growing as expected. The colony of Nouvelle Rouen continues to expand inland throughout the land corridor given by Cahokie by 9800 sq km. Mining continues in the colony of Nouevelle Orleans. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The Empire continues starting to prepare for another invasion in Cahokie region and Baie d'etoiles as Bayougoulaa has been named (after the king decided it fit his desire) begins to be heavily populated by French, mostly farmers and fur traders, for now small cotton productions continue popping out and growing as well as tobacco plantations in the area of OTL St Francisville called St Louis de Rouge. The colony is divided in three districts, Cahokienne districts (the thin continuous line up north) The Baie d'etoiles district (OTL Bayogoulaa). After several years of relative peace the French Empire prepares for a new war: the invasion of the Nehilaw, the country is quickly mobilized and the navy is prepared to deploy 150,000 soldiers from Europe to meet up with colonial forces (125,000 from Nouvelle Orleans (Colombia), 25,000 from Chateau d'or (French Central America) 20,000 from Jamaica and 30,000 from Rouenelle (Louisiana). We condemn the Invasion of Hesse but desire to remain neutral on the subject for the time, we offer the Westphalian monarchs to take refuge in the kingdom of Rhineland 50,000 mercenaries are sent to the Brussels government as the king sees the change of strengthening the relationship with the Dutch by helping the rebels from Brussels. However, this contingent is unofficial and not much news is spread of this throughout the empire. The Annexation of Neu Franken is made official under the Name of Nouvelle Artois and the Zollern Islands Renamed Illes Carolinnes. The French began building up their defenses along the river and troops began moving en masse to the Regions of Nouvelle Artois and Rouenelle. The nation is outraged by the Breton assassination, However, the king decides to await for a more favorable time to punish the Breton Killing, The king, however, warns the Bretons and States clearly, "Any further damage to a French citizen in their territory or piracy or any sort of attempted attack at the Kingdom's subjects will be viewed as a war declaration and the rather view toward the Breton that France has kept will change rather quick. Blockades to Breton traders begins in the territories of the French Empire.
 * Kingdom of Rhineland: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The French influx in the southern areas caused by over population of the northern areas of the country (mostly around the capital, Rouen and Nantes) a few regions begin to officially allow French as co-official language while others are still deeply Germanic. While this, throughout the entire country deep cultural change undergoes as the country feels different from the French nations, however, no longer sees itself as a nation under the HRE German influence and has lost respect at their failure to protect them.
 * Kingdom of Lower Burgundy: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The war troops return as the war ends later on the year. The war ends by the end of the year.
 * Sardinia: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. Uprisings begin in Sardinia for further freedom and desire of independence from the French monarchy and the African Kingdom. However, for the time being African peoples influx continue entering the country. The war ends by the end of the year.
 * Andorra: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up.
 * Africa: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The local language in Africa continues growing as most of the population (83% of 1.53 million) the rest speaking some Germanic languages (mostly from Rhenish settlers) with 8%, Arabic with 4% and Sardo-African with 5%.
 * French Mali: Due to vast piracy campaigns which France and Spain have contributed to has resulted in many pirate coves in the Bissagos Islands, and as a result a larger influx of Frenchmen arrived this year, though they still don't even make up 1% yet. Ports continue to expand appropriately and the region becomes a place worth note on many maps. Roads continue being built to outlying villages and plantations continue being built.
 * Artois: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure and navy are built up. The war ends by the end of the year
 * Free City of Danzig: The military, economy, infrastructure, and navy are built up, the establishment of the City as a Vassal of France after the occupation of the city since 1655.
 * Cahokie: The country receives huge numbers of French settlers slowly displacing the local tribes fleeing to other tribal kingdoms in the region. Christianization begins. Military, navy, infrastructure and economy are built up. Cedes its southern portion of territory to the colony of Rouenelle. The Western Half of Chahta and Chickasha are annexed by the kingdom, while the rest is rewarded to the Colony of Rouenelle.
 * |onte: Population grows by 50,000 people. Kurum Kuneneli continues making rifles for the army. Mon VI travels around making sure of the well being of |onte's Khoisan brothers. Mon IX, interested in the formalism of European laws and nation starts thinking of ways to consolidate |onte, such as a flag, motto, coat of arms, capital, etc. A regimentation of the "gift-based" economy has been noticed by scholars. Though transactions do not occur, per se, it is considered very rude not to reciprocate a gift. However, they need not be of equal value. The knowledge and education in Kunene spread on a slight scale, as authors, story tellers, philosophers and other intelligentsia leave their work out to gain recognition, often taken home by farmers from the countryside, the farmers, who grow far more than they will need, leave their rice in the grain storage. A trend has appeared for women to cover their breasts. However, the trend is mostly confined to Kunene. Mon XI sends his 200,000-strong Eheresito hu |onte to begin mining for diamonds that were recently encountered, greatly boosting the economy, allowing for food imports and the buying of ships. |onte's navy reaches a large size after many years of buying from France.
 * Hispania: The Kingdom of Spain itself begins to see a small demographical decline as the immigration to colonies for the economic opportunity is on the rise. The Spanish nobility even sees a large sort of decline as many of the younger sons and daughters go to the Spanish colonies as the example has been set by the Royal Family. The Spanish population reaches about 16 million. The Empire officially begins a reform of the economic system looking to get away from reliance on gold and silver to bail the economy out of crisis and funding the big wars, The bullion is instead geared toward giving the empire a competitive edge in being able to invest millions on a whim in order to drive up investments and production. However, some paper notes to be backed up by bullion are also beginning to be considered in order to prevent the outflow of gold and silver capital from the empire. The colonies, as well, have officially moved away from the exploitation model of colonial economics and toward the production model, even though places like New Spain and New Granada are already heavily production model economies. The royal government continues to develop plans for the eventual reconquest of Hawaii. The Hispanian navy begins further development of its new larger classes of ships, churning out first rate flagships for various fleets, and more third rates, and fourth rates with the occasional second rate to augment the smaller patrol fleets the fifth and sixth rates begin to become more standard as light and medium frigates for singular voyages and patrols among other things. The Hispanian attitudes on industrialism continue to change but the nobility seems rather unhappy about having to see more common people in major cities. With relatively no sources of power, the natural sources of power, and in some cases manpower are used for the increasing amount of textile mills among other things. The flocking of populations to Northern Spain continues with a mass increase of population in Madrid, Zaragoza, Pamplona, Barcelona, and various other minor cities and townships throughout the north. Spain officially declares its support for the Scottish King James and recognizes him as Emperor of Britannia and immediately begins sending weapons and supplies as well as offering loans to help him fund the war. This also comes along with 2 of Spains most experienced field generals being sent to help James of Scotland fight the Loyalists. This also co-opts with the Spanish monarchy offering him the Spanish princess Lyanna Le Habsburg (Age 17) to seal the alliance. This leads further to a moderate revolt of merchants in Barcelona and Valencia who use hired forces to hold Spanish troops at bay. However, the revolt is given a final chance to stand down and most of the merchants agree to stand down at behest of the parliament.
 * Kingdom of Italy: The Italian army is drawn back to 40,000 troops most of them fiercely loyal to Hispania as they have made fortunes fighting for the empire or are Spanish cultured. The Italian navy reaches nearly 200 ships and growing. Some Hispanicized Italians (Italians who have adopted Spanish culture) are allowed to settle in the Spanish colonies. Some smaller towns and cities in coastal Italy see the first real merging of Spanish and Italian culture. Italy continues its economic buildup become a large part of the Spanish economy. The Italians show some minor unrest under the Spanish but the growing Hispanicized populace in Southern Italy is beginning to overtake various cultures within the southern territories. Some cultures such as Sicilian one of the most dominant in Southern Italy have become a closely tied culture with Spanish with a common "Hispanian" Culture beginning to develop in the Historic Kingdom of Naples area as well as farther within Italy now as well. The Italian legion deploys to India with about ten combat ships and its full 1000 man complement.
 * Savoy: The economy, thanks to trade with Spain, expands moderately. The people of Savoy begin to work toward building up a  fleet now at 120 ships. The military stands at about 10,000 and is worked on.
 * Genoa: Genoa's armed forces reach about 12,000. These people continue to find ways to live under the Spanish empire in a more prosperous way, by establishing multiple trade companies. These companies begin to be common throughout Spanish lands as the Genoans begin to build up a trade fleet of a sizable number now at 100 ships.
 * Kingdom of Lombardy: The Kingdom of Lombardy continues its development of its armed forces, being aided by a domestic arms industry. The Economy of the kingdom officially becomes fully tied with the empire. The Navy of the kingdom is minor standing at 25 ships. The Military stands at 25,000. Hispanization of Lombardy continues.
 * Modena: The nation of Modena's government is built up as the Barony of Modena and its military is improved significantly under the Spanish umbrella as they get a new slew of modern arms among other things. The economy of Modena is also expanded as the state begins to consolidate itself under Spain's trade umbrella.
 * Ravenna: Ravenna - now known as the Barony of Ravenna - is expanded economically heavily under Spain's trade umbrella as the majority of the Italian region has come under Spain's control. The military is also expanded as the city receives arms from Spain and Italy. Its armed forces reach a size of about 6000 and the military is drilled in Spanish tactics.
 * Vatican City: Wielding considerable influence the current Pope seeing Spanish advances deems it the will of God and declares the Spanish rule in Italy is one of the biggest acts of peace and prosperity seen on the peninsula since the Roman empire itself. The Vatican State recruits a series of guards to protect themselves and begins the process of adding many things to the Papal palace and beginning to root out corruption in the churches of the City of Rome and many other places in Italy.
 * Kingdom of Morocco: The Moroccan economy continues to expand with greater trade coming from Spain and the Canaries all the way down to Cape Ferdinand increasing the relative wealth. The Kingdom, with many canals having been completed, has vastly expanded its farmland among other things. The Moroccan navy elevates to nearly 150 ships. Morocco's economy continues to boom as the major canal projects have turned some of Morocco's harshest areas into incredibly useful farmland and for the first time in recorded history the area is covered in green farmland, trees and grasses. The population of Morocco is at an estimated 2.7 million with many being of mixed race or Spanish origin. The Moroccan culture, however, is wholly Spanish. The Moroccan nation sees some emigration from the nation to Spanish colonies but sees no real drain as many of them are Berbers or Mestizos looking for work other than farm work in Morocco.
 * Kingdom of Algiers: With the conquest of Algiers the Moroccan state continues to occupy and pacify Algiers flooding it with new Spaniards as nobles. The Imperial system is established in Algiers and a local force of about 2000 is established and run purely by the Spanish. The economy is obviously weak but begins to be recovered due to inclusion into the Spanish system. The Kingdom of Algiers is established and many Muslim fighters and their families are exiled into the deserts with the government unwilling to deal with the ultra-orthodox or radical Muslims. The Algerian kingdom begins using low class Muslim labor to begin working on canals much like Morocco. With recent history in Morocco many Algerians simply emigrate from the area to avoid wholesale slaughter or forced slave labor. Along with this many begin to convert as Christianity takes dominant presence due to a large Spanish settler class in Algiers of nearly 30,000.
 * Kongo: The Kingdom begins to work toward a trade and production economy focusing on helping provide resources for Spain's massive West African trade network. The King of the Kongo converting to Christianity and being baptised begins to call for the expansion of ports to the best of the Kongolese architects' abilities. The Kingdom of the Kongo in an attempt to increase economic output and trade begins to export a large amount of raw materiel to Spain and begins to push toward heavy exploitation methods. The Kongo continues to expand its economy in order to export material to Spain, seeing a notable upswing as population and Spanish involvement helps the nation out. The first census of the Kongo is conducted with a population of about two million the nation is beginning to advance through some of the previous populational issues it had. The Spanish settlers in the Kongo only number about 2000.
 * Morelia: The military and economy of the Maya under Spain is developed and roads are upgraded to Spanish standards. The Island of Cuba is cultivated for sugar as Spain begins looking for more trade income rather than just total income from gold. Morelia reaches a population of about 1.5 million with many living within the Cuba island territory. Morelia officially finishes its expansion having nowhere else to go. Its armed forces reach force of about 5000 Colonial Spaniards supplied by the Spanish from home. The Colonial forces move on Cuba putting down the revolt as well as possible suffering surprising casualties.
 * Tenocha: Spanish continue their Ecomienda system from the Mapuche in the south to the Aztec areas to extract gold and silver. The economy becomes a major exporter in silver and gold as well as other materiel back to Spain for which there is a high demand. The mercantilist policies, however, prevent competition in lucrative Spanish industries. The military of the Aztec territory. (Now known as Tenocha - a shortened and corrupted form of Tenochtitlan) reaches a force of about 5000 militia troops who are trained and led by Spanish officers. Coincidentally, the majority of the militia is Spanish as well that or the mixed race Mestizos. The population of Tenocha drops to barely six million as the disease has ravaged the massive nearly untouched Indian community in the western states. This has a massive impact as the vulnerability of the natives is considered a breaking point for the Spanish attempts to recruit them for a labor force.
 * Zapoteca: The Protectorate of Zapoteca after years of expanding begins the major integration of the new territories looking to integrate them fully. With a population of about four million Zapoteca re-arms its military into a force of about 40,000. Zapoteca also begins to consider Redistricting with more authority over Tenocha being granted while Itzapam is ceded to Morealia. The Zapotecan fleet is expanded further and a coastal highway is built up and connected with roads in Tenocha. Zapoteca boasts a large Mestizo population but also maintains a moderately sized New World born Spanish population which administers a good amount of the Zapotecan territories.
 * Mission of Nueva Galicia: Set up by a few opportunistic Spaniards the Mission of New Galicia is set up in the unorganized Colorado Territories using newly subjugated natives as a base for this (this is a vassal set up out of the unorganized Colorado Territory). Many of the Coloradans are happy for some semblance of organization and the mission is set up to expand throughout the well known Colorado Territories for trade supplies, or to come across settlements with which to trade. The Republic immediately begins to expand throughout the territory seeking for trade goods (50 px). This Mission (a church for the sole purpose of converting) is more or less turned into a small town with the church at the center but with many heavily armed Spanish guarding the fort's walls and keeping the surrounding territory around.
 * Kingdom of Venezia: The businessmen and high level economists, bankers and multiple other fully knowledgeable individuals of Venezia remaining after the war go on a trip to Spain's vibrant trade cities and after careful negotiations many of these men take over one of Spain's newest rising trade companies, the Buenos Aires trade company, with some offices based out of the Buenos Aires colony in Hesperia. The Venezian military is Raised to nearly 25,000 from its new Italian territories and exiles all Germans/Austrians from the territory only leaving Italians and Hispanians (Hispanicized Italians) Venezia continues its integration of the new territory. Venezia continues on a massive path toward hispanicization.
 * Viceroyalty of Nueva España: The Viceroyalty of New Spain is established with a massive amount of coastal territory secured begins to expand its major coastal settlements seriously with Buenos Aires maintaining the most with nearly 250,000 people but stagnating as more people are settling the countryside and establishing new towns and cities. The Population of the colony reaches nearly 5.5 million being about one-third the population of Spain itself. New Spain boasts massive crops of tobacco and cotton. The viceroy - in order to expand the food supply of the large colony - expands cattle ranching and agriculture in certain areas. The Spanish inhabitants of the colonies form more militias under the command of a Spanish officer which is trained only to fight off native attacks. New Spain begins an immense project to attract settlers and set up a much more organized settlement system. New Spain reaches a population of nearly five million and growing through immigration and domestic growth as well as inclusion of hispanicized natives and unhispanicized natives. The Viceroyalty with full authority of the Emperor issues a series of land grants to respectable people along the Interior territories and along the West Coast of the continent throughout Chile, this puts the Mapuche and Chilean territories officially under control of New Spain. With this inclusion the vast new tracts of territory begin to be settled further to expand existing internal cities. Along with this the attractiveness of cash cropping leads many to take out loans from the Royal Bank in New Spain which begins the development of further cash cropping such as cotton, yerba mate, wheat, barley, grapes, and a host of other cash crops keeping the crops on a rotationary cycle in order to keep prices in a fluctuation over the years and for field rejuvenation. New Spain, following nearly 200 years or more of being a fully fledged colony of Spain, makes its first major standing colonial military force of nearly 50,000. Only about 15,000 are on duty at any given moment but the training of the Colonial army allows nearly the whole force to assemble within 100 miles of Buenos Aires in three weeks tops. The largest city in New Spain and officially one of the largest in the world is Potosi Bolivia with a population of nearly 300,000 and growing as the area around becomes heavily developed aside from the productive silver mines.
 * Vorlayacor: The Nation of Vorlayacor is officially brought back into the Empire a Solid Spanish built navy, and now military access to the Colonial Military Authority. The local ruler is left in his position and is granted as the Governor of Vorlayacor given a Spanish advisor and nearly 5000 of New Spain's colonial militia to establish solid Spanish control of the territory. Many see this as an affront as Vorlayacor was forced into its current position through Imperialist Spaniards. Regardless now with cheaper goods being part of the empire than being outside of it, the Vorlayacoran populace is relatively passive. Many border restrictions are eased in regards to New Spain and Vorlayacor to encourage some White immigration to the area to form the core of a new white settler population here. Fleet is expanded to about 20 ships. The Military is a force sent from New Spain acting as the military force for the nation.
 * Cape Ferdinand: The Cape Ferdinand colony expands its population hoping to attract more settlers. The population of Cape Ferdinand rises to 120,000 colonists as many new settlers arrive due to the investment. The area itself begins to show up as a trade hub. Zulu Africans in the area begin being contacted with missionaries looking to speak to these people. The expansion of colonists in the area is truly more along the lines of some Zulus who have been converted and contracted by the local colonists. This has led to many of them being recruited as colonial troops for their very warlike tendencies and well recognized attribute of following strong and powerful leaders of which the CMA sends only these to command the Zulu troops.Settlers along the Orange River begin an ambitious irrigation project. The Orange River settlers begin to mine diamonds. The Colony itself begins to see a notable growth of its Agricultural centers becoming a decent exporter of agricultural goods. Along with this a rather unorthodox product has come about. Zulu soldiers previously hired out and trained as colonial troops have come some of South Africa's most loyal and vehement supporters of Spain and here empire seeing her as the Bringers of Civilization, and with the wide adoption of Christianity among many Zulu peoples has led to them becoming a rather accepted demographic in the society of the Colony. However, this has led to relative tension as Zulu and Colonial troops are forced to take extremely harsh measures against other natives. This leads to the creation of the Zulu only policy, set on making Zulus the only Black Demographic in South Africa with significant populations in proportion to White Spaniards.
 * Viceroyalty of Nueva Granada: The Viceroyalty of New Granada sees more immigration but has become a sort of hub for Colonial administration fleets coming throughout the area to trade and explore as well as a staging point for those looking to sail to the Philippines hoping to reach them via the Pacific Ocean. The colony itself expands by 100 px. The colony's population expands to around 510,000 as the colony continues to grow in importance and the agriculture begins to take precedence - especially in the areas above the city of San Francisco. The establishment of wineries and even terrace farming for food begins in the San Lorenzo Valley and the surrounding mountains. The wineries are considered a lucrative cash crop and the Colonists take great pride in growing them in the area. The port city of Arica expands to a population of nearly 35,000 becoming a solid rival for the thriving San Francisco City. New Granada begins seeing some native resistance but forces many out in favor of settlers, Some native groups, however, seem rather keen on assimilation with the Spaniards adopting Spanish culture, Spanish language, and in some cases marrying Spanish men, and working for Spanish people. With life on the frontier rather hard, the Spaniards have great welcome for cheaper workers who are willing to adopt all aspects of Spanish culture. Taking a cue from the conquests of territory in New Spain by the natives, the Colonial forces here use a divide and conquer strategy pitting some native tribes against each other and then eliminating the survivors. New Granada with its various mountains and with some territory in the valley secured, begins to implement the learned Inca method of terrace farming which is standard even in Spain at this point. The farming in general begins to show promise as surplus yields begins to show. The Forests in the area begin to be cut for ship building which quickly picks up as various Spanish trade companies and even the highly militarized Spanish Asian companies begins picking up on these developing the local economy into something impressive. Various cash crops also begin to be grown - most particularly cotton and now Grapes as well as the hybrid grape is bred and planted.
 * Philippines: Spain continues to establish majority control over the area through trade and other means. Investment from Spain is sent to facilitate buying materiel to build up the area as the Philippines are garrisoned by mercenaries hired by Spain and nearly 300 of Spain's most well trained troops but the forces are expanded to about 5000 using locally trained soldiers or more mercenaries. The Philippines is built up as a massive trade and naval base and a fleet of Spanish ships sent from here make more trips to Central Borealia with Spain becoming the first nation to connect a trade route along the entire planet. This trip begins to gradually shift toward New Granada. Talks of turning the Philippines into a Crown Viceroyalty get underway. The Philippines shows notable Spanish settlement with nearly 12,000 Spaniards living on the islands, mostly in Manila. The Army of the Philippines is raised with nearly 2000 troops deployed to India to fight.
 * Protectorate of Oyo: The extraction economy of the protectorate increases and the royal governor makes quotas much less demanding allowing the people to actually live somewhat rather than be in a bond of virtual slavery. The military forces in the area are augmented with newer weaponry and are some of the most advanced troops in the region. The Protectorate exports many cash crops, metals and precious goods to Spain. The population of the Oyo territory being part of the original heartland of the former Oyo empire undergoing a census is estimated at about five million people having experiences multiple population shattering issues since the collapse of the empire, mostly diasporas inland, and the readjustment into the Spanish colonial economy. The protectorate of Oyo keeps its armed forces to nearly 20,000 all made up of some of the minorities in the area and led by Spanish officers. A large community of Spaniards begins to develop on in the protectorate with about 3000 people between Spaniards, and Hispanicized Italians living along the coast.
 * East African Protectorates: The military is reformed under a new commander of the CMA who gets newer weapons for his troops and drills them in modern tactics seeing developing colonies in Africa as a threat to the sovereignty of the protectorates. With Colonial Authority in place, and the Colonial Military Administration keeping the areas from devolving into a regional arms race between the protectorates the area is effectively administered as a singular entity under the Administration, with each state keeping its local culture, customs, and minor armed forces. The Colonial Military Administration does take extra care in keeping these forces loyal and small, having more to gain by serving with Spain rather than for nationalistic purposes. The economy of the area is advanced significantly as the Spanish global trade network uses this area as a stopping point. The Protectorate's naval force headquarters is moved to the massive naval port on the southern coast of Madagasikara known as Saint Felipe. The potential division of the EAP is proposed with Madagasikara, Maputo, and Mozambika becoming three separate entities within the Empire. This decision shows a great deal of support as the decentralized nature of the current governmental force has become a major issue in dealing with the three territories.
 * Khambhat: With growing Spanish presence in India, the Spanish East India Company agrees to separate administration into the Khambat sphere and the Madras sphere organizing them into two separate entities. The military forces of the area are recruited from Indians with a force of nearly 5000 in Khambhat and the surrounding territories. The area's economy is built up as a trade hub as a trade port. The company navy along with Madras maintains nearly 70 ships for personal use 20 of these being top-of-the-line warships. The Khambhat territory as it is well known is shown to be a proven economic hub from India as Spain begins to made a noticeable and large profit with the territory being managed by the East India Company. Khmbat deploys its full 5000 troop complement but with recent growth over the years and a much higher need to take more territory, the army is raised to about 20,000 with the Sepoya troops being the majority with a good amount of them being Sikhs. These forces are deployed to fight their northern neighbor.
 * Madras: With Madras being ceded by the Netherlands to Spain the territory is administered as a separate entity from Khambhat. The majority of Spain's 10,000 Indian troops are relocated from Bengal to Madras with the empty slots being filled as the East India Company established full control over the enclave. The economy of the area is bolstered by Madras being a major stopping point for ships and the Indian trade moving along the Spanish global trade route increases the economy immensely. Plantations are started up in the area for cash crops and run with local labor. The City is at an estimated 200,000 people within the confines of Spanish controlled territory and the outer edges of territory contain nearly another 75,000 people. The Spanish colonial government raises its forces to nearly 25,000 and within the next year or two is expected to gain another 10,000 recruits. These forces are deployed to fight in india
 * Greater Cochin: The Protectorate of Greater Cochin is formed following the revolt of the noble and with this the nobility more or less are forced to give up their titles. They are all more or less replaced with a Spanish aristocracy which now run the country. With this the unification of Dawei and Shan under Cochin the new state begins an aggressive integrationist policy. The Sepoya troops in Cochin are expanded to nearly 8000 and the economic policies are used to increase the productivity of the territory. The Greater Cochin area now houses nearly 1000 Spanish marines now using it as a major base of operations in the region. The Greater Cochin area raises nearly 35,000 troops from the local treasury and with this marches through Urdustan to fight in India purchasing supplies along the war.
 * Shanghai: The city of Shanghai - due to its presence on the mainland of China proper - becomes a massive economic and trade port for the empire only just a few years but with direct access to Chinese goods coveted by Europe a huge volume of trade ships numbering in the hundreds flood the port purchasing the goods and transporting them across the Pacific via Spain global trade route. Shanghai hears of the first potential immunization for smallpox via Chinese texts and begins looking into it. The Shanghai armed forces stand at a solid 35,000 strong bearing some of Spain's finest military equipment accrued through the China Sea Company. Shanghai is named the headquarters of the overseas South China Sea Company and manages to secure 500 elite Spanish troops to guard the interest in China. The newly built trade port of Heian is put under Shanghai's operational umbrella on the island of Hainan. The presidency government of Shanghai requests that Heian (its trade enclave on Hainan) be allowed further trade through Yue and in support the Spanish will pay in silver or gold or anything equivalent for the expansion of trade
 * Yue: Apart from paying a small amount of silver for furthering trade, the Spanish will also be obligated to provide military support in the next ten years for any offensive or defensive reason.
 * Hispanian dip: Agreed
 * Qingdao: Qingdao - due to further distance - is set up as another South China Sea Company ruled territory and the good from the area are used to attract traders here as well. This is done to prevent the city of Shanghai being the only major Spanish Chinese port. The company invests into a force of about 1000 to hold the city and now about 30 top-of-the-line ships.
 * Nueva Aragon: New Aragon is officially established as an independent viceroyalty with the discovery of another organized state in Australia with plans to begin expansion around 1700. The Areas shows a large influx of Spanish military settlers looking to keep any hostility down on the continent of Australia. The Force here is at about 300 with a grand total population of about 2000. The emerging importance of this territory becomes increasingly important as New Aragon is given ten top-of-the-line ships, and about 500 marines to keep the area a major territory of Spanish influence. New Aragon begins considering the opening up of a new Colony on the now named Continent of Australia. New Aragon begins to expand by 50 px to the east.
 * Sorento: The Colony of Sorento is founded following various economic and trade company forays into the region. The Colony expands by 75 px taking control of the harbor now known as Sorento Harbor which begins to show a good influx of traders who are looking to make their fortunes in Australia. The Colony has a population of 500 but the Sorento company looking to give the colony a rather large population begins advertising and offering to subsidize people to come to the new colony and help it grow. The Sorento colony is supported by five warships from the empire and their marine forces which are used multiple time to drive off native raids from the trade company's fort.
 * Nubia: The military continues to train loyal troops to fight for the nation. Cities continue to rebuild themselves like European cities. Ports expand to fit more ships. A big library is continuing being built in the capital city. It will store books from around the world. The first university of the country is continuing being built in the capital city. Our military continues to expand 100 px southwest. Walls and outposts around the capital city are continuing being built.
 * Alodia: Military and economy expand.
 * Makuria: Military and economy expand.
 * Scandinavian Empire: The economy of Scandinavia improves this year. Import/export businesses in Denmark, Sweden and Norway bring in a considerable amount of income. Scandinavia's chief exports include iron, wood, and other construction materiel, a commodity that is vastly growing in necessity as urbanization increases throughout Europe. Militaries in Europe purchase Scandinavian iron for ships and weapons. The Scandinavian colonies are a source of even more lumber. Resources such as pelts bring in massive amounts of profit for Scandinavia, both due to intranational trading and international trading. Scandinavia exports resources such as textiles, dyes, and foodstuffs from its trading partners. Interest in coffee plants rises among nobles as the drink becomes more popular among the population of Scandinvia, especially in the upper class and in the aristocracy. Though the bean is expensive to Scandinavia, coffee sales spike. Indonesian powers are offered exclusive trade deals for coffee in exchange for discounted, high-quality wood and iron. Scandinavia retains its alliances with Bavaria, Pskov, the Roman Empire, Britannia, the Nehilaw and many other nations. These alliances are celebrated in the Scandinavian courts. The ports in Iceland are expanded to accomodate more ships. Education in Scandinavia continues to improve. The literacy rate is steadily increasing as public schools are built throughout the nation. The population of Scandinavia continues to explode as well. Urbanization, more food supplies, better census data, and other factors are all leading to a spike in population. Scandinavia's population is expected to reach eight million by 1710. While this increase in population does come with benefits, it has its drawbacks as well. Homelessness in urban areas and overcrowding is becoming a massive problem, especially in Copenhagen. To accomodate, people are encouraged to travel to the New World. In political news, the House of Bjelbo-Griffins continues to remain in charge of Scandinavia. The riksdag is dominated by this royal house. King Kristoffer II, the first Bjelbo-Griffins monarch, has been in power since the 1560s. Once a youthful, brash king, he has since slowed down a bit. While his health is fair, the health of his wife has begun to decay. His offspring, including the heir to the throne, remain in good health.
 * Helluland: The military is improved. Helluland expands by 1000 sq km this year. Helluland is responsible for the production of furs in the Scandinavian Empire, generating much profit for the colony.
 * Huronsmark: The military is improved. Huronsmark expands by 1000 sq km this year. Huronsmark is responsible for the production of furs and timber in the Scandinavian Empire, generating much profit for the colony.
 * Iceland: The military is improved. Iceland is an important port for northern Europeans. Due to the large amounts of trade flowing into Icelandic ports, the population of Iceland increases.
 * Jansylvania: The military is expanded. Jansylvania is Scandinavia's newest colony, though it has grown rapidly since its establishment. Jansylvania yields large amounts of timber, though it is also a massive center of trade between Scandiavia and Native Americans.
 * Karelia: The military expands. Karelia has been in the Scandinavian realm for centuries now. It is the location of many important fortresses, namely Castle Vyborg. Karelia is a massive source of iron for Scandinavia. Trade with Russia and Pskov flows through Karelia during the summer months.
 * New Gotland: The military expands. New Gotland is one of Scandinavia's older colonies. A coastal colony, New Gotland specializes in shipbuilding and trading along the Borealian East Coast. Timber is also produced in New Gotland.
 * Schleswig: The military is expanded. Schleswig has been a vassal of the Scandinavian Empire for quite some time. All land routes into Scandinavia go through this vassal, meaning Schleswig is one of Scandinavia's wealthiest vassals.
 * Sjösmark: The military is expanded. The colony expands by 5000 sq km this year. Trade with Nehilaw brings gold and people into the colony.
 * Strombek: The military is expanded. Strombek expands by 5000 sq km. Strombek is one of Scandinavia's oldest and most successful colonies. Trade along the St Lawrence River makes it one of the wealthiest as well. Strombek is a source of furs and timber for Scandinavia.
 * Vinland: The military is expanded. Vinland expands by 5000 sq km. The oldest of Scandinavia's colonies, Vinland is one of the most populous colonies along the eastern Borealian coast. Its capital, New Copenhagen, has become the most populous city on the east Borealian coast. Immigrants from Northern Europe flock to Vinland, especially New Copenhagen, in search of a new life.
 * Wu: Wu improves military and economy, some Buddhist Temples has been built and infrastructure also. Meanwhile,  Wu has decided to end the trade with Spain.


 * ​ Hispanian Dip: Considering our considerable trade market in the nation of Wu and its holdings we wish to invest further into Wu in order to keep our currently friendly relations the same if not better. We also remind Wu that the only reason their current ruling family is on the throne is due to Spanish assistance. 
 * I doubt this would happen, especially all of a sudden, if you do insist on cutting Hispania's cord, you ought to go with a slow and cautious pace. -Sky.
 * Grand Croatian Bajandom (Velika Hrvatska Bajanovina): Economy turn. Sewerage systems similar to Ragusan ones are built in major towns of the Bajanate. With growing Ragusan influence, and the beginning of further colonization, the navy expands rapidly using much of the Ragusan and also Britannic expertise. Moreover with the influx of new resources in form of lumber, labour and metals, the navy begins expanding at a fast rate. More and more ships capable of crossing the Atlantic with ease are built. The Sabor intends to restore the glorious naval culture of the Neretva peoples and plans to do so by expanding the navy. The kravata (tie) is more and more used as an accessory. Tensions rise with Dacia as the Croat and Hungarian populace (whatever's left of it) begins yearning for Eastern Hungary.
 * ​Bandom of Croatia: Trade routes are strengthened and the salt mines around Tuzla are explored as well as the salt industry in Pag and Nin. Using irrigation from the Danube, Sava, Drava, Drina, Cetina, Una, Vrbaš, Kupa, Neretva and other rivers the fields in the kingdom are developed, used for crops such as wheat, rye and barley. With trade routes increasing and Croatia entering an era of peace and of stability, the development of new trade ships is issued. The Brothers of the Raven continue spreading their influence in Croatia. Stone mining is furthered as well as the timber industry. The need for these resources rises as urbanization carries on. The navy, under command of the Bajan and the First Admiral is developed due to the purchase of Britannic ships which are inspected and introduced into the Royal War Navy of Croatia or HBRM (Hrvatska Bajanska Ratna Mornarica). Iron ores in Dugopolje, Zenice and at last the 'mud' ore in Vojvodina and eastern Slavonia are to be exploited alongside the silver and copper ores more frequently and of better quality than the iron ores. The exploitation of iron ores in the Lika and Gorski kotar areas continues. The salt industry in Ston is funded by the government. Britannic assistance aids with the naval reform. The influx of resources from Dahomey aids the economy. However, the government makes sure that the gold arriving isn't immediately put on the market in order to control the inflation in the worth of gold. The silver mine in Srebrenica is mined.
 * Polish Bandom (Poljska Banovina): The Polish Bandom grows relatively independently, although a part of the Bajandom, the Polish Saborčić (Little Sabor, also known as Szlachta/Šljahta) works more or less independently within its borders. The Polish Ban is elected by it while the Bajan only confirms him. The issue within Poland are attempted to be handled, and for now things are peaceful again, although some nobles still seem to be plotting something.
 * Czech Bandom (Češka Banovina): The Bandom recovers from the Idiocracy's rule and many nobles gain more power in the nation.
 * Podbanate of Silesia (Šlezijska Podbanovina): The Podbandom's natural resources are highly sought in the rest of the Bajanate which leads to economic growth. The Silesian cultural movement flourishes with aid of the Croats, who aim to make Silesia a region independent from both Poland and the Czech Banate.
 * Podbanate of Dahomej (Podbanovina Dahomej): The natural resources are quickly put to use, such as coconuts, cotton both refined and raw as well as the gold. Finally, the wood industry prospers as materiel is needed for new ships that would help keep the connection between Croatia and Dahomey strong.
 * Podbandom of Carantania (Podbanovina Karantanska): Croatization continues, starting with removing any pro-Austrian threats. The idea that Carantania is Slavic since the Carantanian Slavic tribe settled there spreads and is used to bring the Podbandom closer to the Bandom.
 * Isles of the Grand Bajandom (Otoci Velike Bajanovine): The infrastructure is built up.
 * Carantanian Island (Karantanski Otok): The colony expands by 750 sq km.
 * Nehilaw Sachemate: Modernization continues, with numerous European immigrants accelerating technological advancements. Much of the upper class now speaks French in addition to Cree, and interest in French culture and food grows. Meanwhile, farmers in northern areas finish domesticating captured musk oxen, in order to replace cattle, which generally die in huge numbers every winter. Nomadic herding of reindeer, musk oxen and horses, increases in importance. Tsicha continues to be produced. The addition of certain herbs gives it hallucinogenic properties, making it far more popular than previously. The military grows, especially the navy. Cavalry increases in importance, while the navy and merchant marine reach a far larger size and efficiency from years of purchase, both from France and on the black market. Fishing continues to expand its importance to the Nehilaw economy, especially the massive cod fisheries off Newfoundland All vassals and PU's expand their militaries. A fort is constructed on Igulik and several dozen fishermen settle there for the winter this year, giving them a greater ability to catch and dry fish. The Nehilaw diplomats are dropped off in Europe, along with the High Sachem's daughter and, at present, sole heir. They are instructed to find a match with a suitable European noble for her, and begin investigating possible matches.
 * Kingdom of Bavaria: In 1720, Bavaria expands its economy. National infrastructure is developed. The population continues to rise. Trausnitz continues to be the national capital. In Munchen, Queen Isabell University remains a staple of education in Bavaria. King Charles (KarI) I, aged 59, and his council continue to allow the training of new troops. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port. Modern weaponry make its introduction into Bavaria. In diplomatic news, Bavaria maintains alliances with Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, Scandinavia, and Rome. In religious news, around 76% of the country adheres to the Western Church, while the rest are either traditional Catholic or Reformist. There has been an uptick of 60% of Bavaro-German primary speakers in Franken-Sachsen, Pomerania, and Brandenburg, and uptick of 85% secondary speakers in those areas. In colonial news, Nei Baiern continues to expand. With the Bohemian revolt, Leopold orders that several infrastructure projects be started in Brandenburg and Pomerania instead of Bohemia. In royal news, the King's children are: Albert (born 1694), Klaudia-Franzina (born 1701), and Friedrich-Rudolf (born 1704). In economic news, the previously informal, regional Landshut Stock Exchange is given a royal charter and given full benefits of a crown backed enterprise. In political news, Charles I continues to sit at both Bavarian and Austrian privy councils, the separation having occurred in 1668. In cultural news, Wolfgang Diefenbach establishes himself as a prominent European scientist, and immediately sets up a proto-salon in Berlin. In political news, several parliamentary factions spring up in the Curia Bavaria. Several factions are opposed to both the existence of the Curia Austria as well as the latter's call for a larger, country-wide parliament. In other news, support for a unified Bavarian and Austrian parliament skyrockets this year, with many Austrian noblemen prompting the King to create a larger parliament. Joachim von Ingschaft, a popular Austrian parliamentarian, becomes the most vocal advocate for a national parliament, where an Austrian branch is on equal footing with the Bavarian branch. Within the year, more Austrian parliamentarians and a handful of Bavarian ones are drawn to Ingschaft's idea of a new government. In other news, several Bavarian parliamentarians pay attention to the situation in Pskov. However, as the year goes on, more attention is paid to the general structure of Pskov's republican government, rather than the problem of representation itself. By 1710, a small faction of parliamentarians support a greater, stronger parliament in Bavaria. Within three years, this faction grows mighty in the Curia Bavaria, with many supporting a strong, centralized, Pskovian parliament. In other news, Heir Apparent Albert geins showing signs of a mental disturbance, including symptoms of schizophrenia. Bavaria begins incorporating Franken-Sachsen (Turn Four of Six). In response to the small, peaceful, and (mostly) bloodless tax revolt in Landshut, Charles I decides to lower taxes within Bavaria proper and alleviate the disrupted harvest by importing and increased amount of wheats, grains, and other foodstuffs from the Rhineland and Hamburg. In other news, Charles announces that Brandenburg will be elevated to a duchy upon the death of Margrave Albert II.
 * Curia Bavaria: The Curia Bavaria, also known as the Bavarian Parliament, continue to operate in the Parliamentary Palace in Landshut. Parliament orders the Bavarian Army to be outfitted in modern uniform and to hold modern weaponry. In political news, the Curia Bavaria continue to implement the Bavarian Commands and Collegiate Writs into a codified, national law.
 * Grand Duchy of Franken-Sachsen: Troops authorized by Charles I, aged 59, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * City of Lübeck: Troops authorized by the King continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The port of Lübeck is expanded and several ships are constructed.
 * Duchy of Neustadt: Troops authorized by the King continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The ports of Fehmarn are expanded and several ships are constructed.
 * Bremen Port: Troops authorized by King continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Several cogs are constructed, and plans are drafted to construct many larger ships. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port.
 * Kingdom of Austria: Troops authorized by the King continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Osterreich (Austria) in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. King Leopold orders that 5000 troops be sent to Austria to standby. Food and financial aid is sent to Austria, primarily to Vienna and surrounding cities. Furthermore, Leopold sends messengers to Vienna officials noting that the Bavarian crown will be paying for 50% of all Vienna-based infrastructure projects. He also notes that the taxes of the Austrian populace will be moderately lowered, lower than pre-war levels, in the face of the devastation of the war. He also announces aid will be increased over the next few years. In early 1667, an Austrian scholar and merchant, named Karl Manzkari, establishes a trade outpost in Vienna. Initially attracting local merchants, it soon amasses a large array of traders, mostly from northern Austria. In 1668, Karl Manzkari establishes a much smaller outpost in another section of Vienna, hoping to attract more business. The Austrian Council is created as an independent privy council for the King.
 * Curia Austria: Work on the Parliamentary Palace in Vienna finishes. A number of 251 Austrians sit in the Austrian parliament. Most of the laws they pass concern continual relief for Vienna and various infrastructural reconstructions around Austria. The Curia Austria is tentatively popular in Vienna, with most welcoming a separate legislative body, while others see it as a Bavarian puppet. New roads continue to be constructed. The Curia Austria call for greater legislative power in Austria, and perhaps a large legislature servicing all Bavarian realms, one which would be an Upper house while the Curia Bavaria and Curia Austria would be regional lower houses.
 * Margraviate of Brandenburg: Troops authorized by Margrave Albert II, age 56, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Brandenburg in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. Furthermore, Albert orders that several infrastructure commissions are created in order to repair the extreme damage to Brandenburg after the war. As with Austria, the Bavarian crown will pay for 50% of all renovations in Brandenburg. Wolfgang Diefenbach's first scientific meeting in Berlin is successful. The first scientific meeting will occur in 1675. Young Albert is married off to Maria von Hamburg. Margrave Albert II has two children, Karolina (born 1679), and Albert (born 1683).
 * Duchy of Pomerania: Troops authorized by Duchess Mary, age 52, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Pomerania in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. Princess Mary and Henry von Hamburg have a daughter in 1687, who they name Margaret. Princess Mary has a son in 1691, who she names Franz-Heinrich. In royal news, Duchess Mary is immediately overshadowed by her husband Henry, who takes a dominant role in Pomeranian politics. Mary feels as if she is being throttled by her husband's power and begins communicating with several of her courtiers on how to mitigate his influence. Gil Vimaranes, a wealthy Portuguese noble merchant, begins meeting with Duchess Mary and counsels her on many ways to block her husband's efforts at powering over her. Duke Henry remains a shadow of his former, powerful self. However, Duke Henry seemingly reconciles with Mary, and he is relegated some control over the Pomeranian administration. Gil Vimaranes, aged 55, is appointed as Ducal chancellor of Pomerania. In 1704, Gil Vimaranes, in an effort to secure the wealth and power of Duchess Mary, advises her and the council to abolish couverture (the event where a woman's finances and legal rights become her husband's upon marriage) in Pomerania. The movement grows in 1705 among the privy council, with many having Duchess Mary's interests in their minds. In 1707, coverture is abolished within Stettin city limits, as a test to see how coverture abolition would fare in the country. In 1710, Mary authorizes the abolition of coverture in all of Pomerania.
 * Duchy of the Palatine: Troops authorized by Charles I, aged 59, continue training. Pfalz is incorporated into the Kingdom of Bavaria. However, it remains in the Westphalian confederation and is given several degrees of autonomy within Bavaria. It is elevated to a Duchy in 1719.
 * Royal Bavarian Stock Company: The RBSC, founded in the late fifteenth century, is finally formalized and given a royal charter by King Leopold II in 1662. The RBSC operate chiefly in Landshut, where a stock exchange floor continues to remain active. Branches of the RBSC exist in München, Regensberg, Berlin, and Stettin.
 * New Bavaria: The colony of Nei Baiern continues to expand in population. Katharinas-Hafen, Franznacken, Bayreuth, Nei Regens, and Regenholz all expand by the end of the year. Houses and shops in each settlement continue being built. Jülichsberg and Wittlesberg both expand. Nei Baiern expands 750 km. The militias and shops are developed. A small logging and fishing town is founded north of Wilhelmsbaum island, on the mainland. The settlement, mainly populated by Saxons, comes to be called Regenholz.
 * Pearl River: The outpost of Perlefluss is established. A capital is expected to be constructed over the next few years. The capital of Pearl River is established, which the settlers name Perlefluss (Pearl River) after the outpost itself.
 * Imperium of Heaven: Military and economy are improved.
 * Imperial Vassal of Mongolia: Military and economy are improved.

1721
The “Spice Island tales” are published in the Netherlands which unexpectedly are translated into a few differing languages particularly English and various Scandinavian languages prompting traders from all three nations to begin looking for locations for trade posts in the Spice Islands

A new playwright is up and coming in France with his new plays adding multiple new words to the French language as well as becoming increasingly popular.

'''Following years of underground fighting and training the Burmese man the son of the previous revolting noble, Ashin (Lord) Aung Thura - had gained mass respect as a fighter as well as a shrewd diplomat. Due to this prestige and diplomacy, Lord Aung Thura manages to gain an audience with the Spanish government in Greater Cochin.'''

'''A brave group of Bavarian explorers looking to discover wealth in interior Africa embark on a journey into the various West African kingdoms around Mali and Songhai using Spanish Oyo as a basing point. '''


 * Duchy of Hamburg: Hamburg expands its infrastructure and its subjects expand their economies. Pressure on New Hesse to accept Hamburg's overlordship to improve their economic and military deficiencies (Turn Two of Five). New Mecklenburg in Australia expands by 20 px.


 * Portugal: Continues a notable buildup in military strength and allows for a vigorous training program on the existing military forces attempting to train them up heavily. Meanwhile, the administration continues to be reformed, and agriculture and commerce are encouraged. Meanwhile, Portugal continues to develop its navy. Meanwhile, the colony in Lenhame continues exporting wheat to Portugal. Meanwhile, trade intensifies in the African coast. Meanwhile, Santa Cruz and São Sebastião expand by 5000 sq km each. Meanwhile, sugarcane continues to be planted in Santa Cruz.


 * Empire of Japan (Personal Union With Manchuria): The military/economy is built up. Horiyōshi Yokohama III, late one night, decides to engage in intercourse with one of his courtwomen. However, getting overly exited and aroused, he suffers a heart attack from exhaustion. His son, Yamamota Yokohama IV, takes power, now being the Emperor of Japan and Manchuria. A notification is sent to Manchuria that due to these recent unfortunate events, the emperor will have to come to throne in Japan, ruling both nations from there. Merchants, seeking to make the lives of the disorganized Small Kingdoms better, found the port city of Yantai to trade the Chinese food in order to make life easier on them. The fire, know to the people of Japan as the Great Fire, makes many people move away from the city, into Japan's colonies and vassals such as Manchuria, and Taiwan. Now that Manchuria is owned by Yokohama III, the nation rejoices, now being under a Japanese monarchs rule. Meanwhile, merchants in the Philippines, on their way to the southern islands, steer off course on their way there. His companions and their leader, Hideak Kotohito, freak out, until they land at the OTL location of Biak. The town of OTL Biak is claimed for Japan, already serving as a trading post with the natives. The island is settled, creating the first colonial settlement for the Empire of Japan. The emperor is praised apon, with the magical number 2000 being used everywhere. After exploring north for a couple years to find alternate trade different from Hispania, Japanese and Ainu merchants make first contact with the Kiamukut Band on the Alaskan coast. The merchants did not understand the Inuits well, but they were escorted by fishers to the Grand Chief. As a sign if friendship between them, the merchants offer many gifts to him, being given Inuit food, cloth, shelter, and warmth in return. Because of this, troops are sent into the war against the Ming. A few Japanese settlers, looking to become the first contenders in the Alaskan trade, travel north to establish a colony on OTL St Lawrence Island. Ainu is annexed into Japan, in which a feast is held for both of the leaders of the two nations. However, Yamamoto Yokohama IV, afraid of losing trading rights in Kiatumgutai, sends a diplomat to the Tartary asking for trading rights in where they have settled. [MODERATOR RESPONSE]. Meanwhile, Yamamoto Yokohama IV adopts a 12 year old Manchu boy, to show the people how much he cares about his empire
 * Japanese Manchuria (Port of Japan): Infrastructure is improved. The port finishes construction, and is now open for service. More settlers come, mostly from survivors from the great fire, to build ships for Japan. The project of 9 larger ships is now complete, and another one of 20 frigates is planned to be finished by 1700.
 * Yantai (Port of Japan): Infrastructure is improved. The port city of Yantai is founded to feed the people of the Small Kingdoms, and to spread Shinto missionaries throughout China. Though, after a few small skirmishes with the locals, no expansion of the city occurs. As the economy begins to drop with fewer Chinese and Spanish merchants coming in Yamamoto Yokohama IV asks the Chinese Warlord states X and Y to defend China in the case of any non-local emerging power rises in the area. To spice up the deal, Japan-Manchuria offers 70 lbs of Silver to every state that joins, with economic bonuses coming long term. [NEUTRAL MOD RESPONSE].
 * Formosa (Vassal of Japan): Economy is improved. Now that the war is over, The old Taiwanese state now controls all of Taiwan. A huge wave of settlers come, mostly survivors from the great fire, settle in Taiwan to start up a new life and to build ships/farm for Japan.
 * Vietnam: Mil/Econ is improved. A law is passed that makes all teenagers get two-year compulsory military training and then a five-year military term. While training, the people are exposed to Shinto, and some convert because they have lost faith in Buddhism. While not many do, the number seems to increase slightly every years, about 5000 doing so. Shinto missionaries are also sent to North Vietnam to help the people convert, or at least tolerate Shinto. The conversion rate continues to rise, with help asked from Korea to send missionaries to help rise these rates even more to convert them. Foreign troops are moved into the area, to help keep the area centralized and under control. The Governments of Vietnam are now under one.
 * Biak: Expands by 20 px.
 * Kiatumgutai: As the new Alaskan market opens up, about 8 more people flock to the area to try to make money in the area. The colony expands by 5px.


 * Great Manchu Empire (Personal Union With Japan): With the sudden death of the previous Emperor, his eldest son-in-law Horiyōshi Yokohama III succeeded the throne and acquired the position of Emperor of the Manchu Empire. One of his first decisions was to establish a tax system to extract tax from the people but to also make sure that not too much pressure was put upon the peasants. The Emperor was keen on improving the agricultural status in the state, and crops such as maize, wheat, rice, sorghum and soy beans were cultivated and harvested to also make sure that hunger was eradicated from the state. The herding of horses and cattle benefited the Manchu to a great extent with the Manchu being amongst the top exporters of milk in China. Trade with Korea, Imperium of Heaven and Japan proved beneficial as Manchu exported agricultural goods - especially lumber - to these states. Meanwhile, a major port was constructed to handle foreign trade to prevent illegal trading which would otherwise have a disastrous effect on the economy. Meanwhile, a large army of roughly 300,000 men was raised to defend the state from any foreign invasion with the soldiers handed light matchlock muskets snaphaunces, and with pikes equipped to be used while charging upon the enemy. Therefore, importance was given to the production of firearms and gunpowder. The infantry was equipped with daggers and swords to be utilised in close combat against the enemy and horses as well as carts were used for the transportation of supplies. Major forts were constructed in the North to defend against any invasion that would otherwise sweep through Manchuria. The Manchu Emperor, having closely observed the rapid development of Japan, started to promote education to copy the west. Many eunuchs who opposed this decision were put to death and eventually, the system of eunuchs was put down to prevent any power from opposing the Emperor. The Emperor ordered an increase in the teaching of subjects such as Biology, Chemistry and especially on developing new firearms and many firearms imported from Hispania were reverse-engineered to create identical copies. On the orders of Emperor Horiyōshi Yokohama III, the people were now converted to Shintoism and mass Shinto Temples were built. Meanwhile, we purchase battleships from Japan and build up our navy. Major military reforms are brought and a paramilitary force referred to as the Manchu Guards is initiated. The paramilitary comprising of 50,000 guards swear allegiance to the Emperor and are ordered to put down any rebellion swiftly and without mercy. Large scale trade continues with SiChuan and the two nations are slowly and gradually brought closer. Meanwhile, Emperor Horiyoshi Yokohama III died and was succeeded by Yamamoto Yokohama IV. Japanese culture was gradually adopted by the people. [Mil/Eco Turn]
 * Shangjingkou: The state being agriculturally strong had numerous agricultural projects initiated and crops such as maize, wheat, rice, sorghum and soy beans were cultivated and harvested to also make sure that hunger was eradicated from the state, and moreover these goods were exported to other Chinese states. The herding of horses and cattle benefited the Manchu to a great extent with the Manchu being amongst the top exporters of milk in China. Meanwhile, a major port was constructed to handle foreign trade to prevent illegal trading which would otherwise have a disastrous effect on the economy. Major forts were constructed in the North to defend against any invasion that would otherwise sweep through Manchuria. The Manchu Emperor, having closely observed the rapid development of Japan, started to promote education to copy the west. On the orders of Emperor Horiyōshi Yokohama III, the people were now converted to Shintoism and mass Shinto Temples were built. Meanwhile, we purchased battleships from Japan and built up our navy, eventually preparing a navy of a 100 ships. Moreover, we adopt Japanese culture and promote Shinto. [Mil/Eco Turn]
 * Kingdom of Lanzhou: With the conquest of Lanzhou, a local leadership is set up. The people are treated with mercy, and all the positions that were held prior to the war would still be held. With the exception of nobles and the royal family, which, however, were to be replaced. Much more modern weaponry was flowed into Lanzhou and a militia consisting of 5000 men was established to look after the state security. Moreover, we adopt Japanese culture and promote Shinto. [Mil/Eco Turn]
 * Hailar Khaganate: Prince Qing Aisen-Gioro Dorgon introduced a series of reforms which included support of settlement, ordering the people to put a halt to their nomadic lifestyles. Moreover, Prince Qing Aisen-Gioro Dorgon supported the construction of schools in order to spread western knowledge to the rural areas and to educate the people. Meanwhile, a paramilitary consisting of 500 men was set up to maintain law and order in the state, and a system of spies had been established to eradicate opposition to Manchu rule. The native Mongol people were treated generously, but all those that had fought against the Manchu in the war were sent to work in the fields although this did mean that the populace did not take part in cultivation and harvest of crops. To modify the trade route present in the state, Dorgon initiated the start of the road system to link the trade route and by now, up to 5000 men were recruited into the military. On the orders of Emperor Horiyōshi Yokohama III, the people were now converted to Shintoism and mass Shinto Temples were built and we adopt Japanese culture. Crops were cultivated to feed the poor, and a trade system had been established to trade with the Mangut Nivkh Tribes. [Mil/Eco Turn]
 * Korea: Korea continues to build up its military. Meanwhile, more Taoist, Neo-Confucian and Buddhist temples are built. Taoism rises in popularity and gains more followers. Regular (read: not Imperial) Shinto gains a few more followers as well, mainly along the coastline in Southeastern Korea, particularly in Busan, Jejudo, Ulsan, and the coastal cities and coastal towns of Southern Gyeongsang Province. Mahayana Tao-Shintoism also continues to grow, and begins gaining followers from the areas where Shinto is growing, with some Shintoists switching to Mahayana Tao-Shintoism. A few Shinto missionaries from Jejudo help out Japan in Vietnam to bring Shinto there. The colony of Haejagang (해자강) expands by 500 sq km.
 * France: Military, navy and economy are built up. The colony continues expanding and growing by 100 sq km among both colonies into the Galapago Islands called Illes d'Neptune The colonies continue growing as expected. The colony of Nouvelle Rouen continues to expand inland throughout the land corridor given by Cahokie by 9800 sq km. Mining continues in the colony of Nouevelle Orleans. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The Empire continues starting to prepare for another invasion in Cahokie region and Baie d'etoiles as Bayougoulaa has been named (after the king decided it fit his desire) begins to be heavily populated by French, mostly farmers and fur traders, for now small cotton productions continue popping out and growing as well as tobacco plantations in the area of OTL St Francisville called St Louis de Rouge. The colony is divided in three districts, Cahokienne districts (the thin continuous line up north) The Baie d'etoiles district (OTL Bayogoulaa). After several years of relative peace the French Empire prepares for a new war: the invasion of the Nehilaw, the country is quickly mobilized and the navy is prepared to deploy 150,000 soldiers from Europe to meet up with colonial forces (125,000 from Nouvelle Orleans (Colombia), 25,000 from Chateau d'or (French Central America) 20,000 from Jamaica and 30,000 from Rouenelle (Louisiana). We condemn the Invasion of Hesse but desire to remain neutral on the subject for the time, we offer the Westphalian monarchs to take refuge in the kingdom of Rhineland 50,000 mercenaries are sent to the Brussels government as the king sees the change of strengthening the relationship with the Dutch by helping the rebels from Brussels. However, this contingent is unofficial and not much news is spread of this throughout the empire. The Annexation of Neu Franken is made official under the Name of Nouvelle Artois and the Zollern Islands Renamed Illes Carolinnes. The French began building up their defenses along the river and troops began moving en masse to the Regions of Nouvelle Artois and Rouenelle. The nation is outraged by the Breton assassination, However, the king decides to await for a more favorable time to punish the Breton Killing, The king, however, warns the Bretons and States clearly, "Any further damage to a French citizen in their territory or piracy or any sort of attempted attack at the Kingdom's subjects will be viewed as a war declaration and the rather view toward the Breton that France has kept will change rather quick. Blockades to Breton traders begins in the territories of the French Empire.
 * Kingdom of Rhineland: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The French influx in the southern areas caused by over population of the northern areas of the country (mostly around the capital, Rouen and Nantes) a few regions begin to officially allow French as co-official language while others are still deeply Germanic. While this, throughout the entire country deep cultural change undergoes as the country feels different from the French nations, however, no longer sees itself as a nation under the HRE German influence and has lost respect at their failure to protect them.
 * Kingdom of Lower Burgundy: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The war troops return as the war ends later on the year. The war ends by the end of the year.
 * Sardinia: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. Uprisings begin in Sardinia for further freedom and desire of independence from the French monarchy and the African Kingdom. However, for the time being African peoples influx continue entering the country. The war ends by the end of the year.
 * Andorra: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up.
 * Africa: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The local language in Africa continues growing as most of the population (83% of 1.53 million) the rest speaking some Germanic languages (mostly from Rhenish settlers) with 8%, Arabic with 4% and Sardo-African with 5%.
 * French Mali: Due to vast piracy campaigns which France and Spain have contributed to has resulted in many pirate coves in the Bissagos Islands, and as a result a larger influx of Frenchmen arrived this year, though they still don't even make up 1% yet. Ports continue to expand appropriately and the region becomes a place worth note on many maps. Roads continue being built to outlying villages and plantations continue being built.
 * Artois: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure and navy are built up. The war ends by the end of the year
 * Free City of Danzig: The military, economy, infrastructure, and navy are built up, the establishment of the City as a Vassal of France after the occupation of the city since 1655.
 * Cahokie: The country receives huge numbers of French settlers slowly displacing the local tribes fleeing to other tribal kingdoms in the region. Christianization begins. Military, navy, infrastructure and economy are built up. Cedes its southern portion of territory to the colony of Rouenelle. The Western Half of Chahta and Chickasha are annexed by the kingdom, while the rest is rewarded to the Colony of Rouenelle.
 * |onte: Population grows by 50,000 people. Kurum Kuneneli continues making rifles for the army. Mon VI travels around making sure of the well being of |onte's Khoisan brothers. Mon IX, interested in the formalism of European laws and nation starts thinking of ways to consolidate |onte, such as a flag, motto, coat of arms, capital, etc. A regimentation of the "gift-based" economy has been noticed by scholars. Though transactions do not occur, per se, it is considered very rude not to reciprocate a gift. However, they need not be of equal value. The knowledge and education in Kunene spread on a slight scale, as authors, story tellers, philosophers and other intelligentsia leave their work out to gain recognition, often taken home by farmers from the countryside, the farmers, who grow far more than they will need, leave their rice in the grain storage. A trend has appeared for women to cover their breasts. However, the trend is mostly confined to Kunene. Mon XI sends his 200,000-strong Eheresito hu |onte to begin mining for diamonds that were recently encountered, greatly boosting the economy, allowing for food imports and the buying of ships. |onte's navy reaches a large size after many years of buying from France.
 * Yunnan: The Yunnanese continue to invest the modest income from exports into infrastructure. They also continue improving the defensive fortifications of Yunnan.
 * The Kiatagmiut Band works to expand its cultural, trade, and geographic boundaries throughout Kelutmun.
 * Nubia: The military continues to train loyal troops to fight for the nation. Cities continue to rebuild themselves like European cities. Ports expand to fit more ships. A big library is continuing being built in the capital city. It will store books from around the world. The first university of the country is continuing being built in the capital city. Our military continues to expand 100 px southwest. Walls and outposts around the capital city are continuing to be built.
 * Alodia: Military and economy expand.
 * Makuria: Military and economy expand.
 * Peruvian Confederation: Within the Inca Empire proper, the military, economy and navy are improved. Cava dies at the age of 65. her eldest son takes the throne. He, like his mother, places himself on the throne of both Tawatinsuyu and Chiribaya. Population of the Empire stands at six million with the largest city being Cuzco (170,000), then Peru (80,000), Machu Picchu (65,000), Chimu (50,000) Sican (30,000) and New Burgundy (25,000). Cava also creates the Peruvian Confederation, modeled after the Spanish confederation, it consists of Peru and her vassals. Huascar takes the throne. Her other children include Huascar's brother, Maitia (27), and his sister, Ka-Atta-Killia. (20) Reconstruction of Huari continues. A novel called ,  The Children of the Mountains , is published in the Inca Empire. The Novel details a history where Cuzco is destroyed by Spanish Conquerors and what remains of the Inca live within the mountains, fighting against the Spanish conquistadors. The novel is mostly ignored. The Inca ask Spain if it is all right to form the Peruvian Royal Army, which would act as a separate entity from the Colonial military.
 * Empire of Chiribaya: With the formation of the Peruvian Confederation and the Elevation of Chiribaya into an empire, a new wave of updates to the military, economy and navy begins. The nation, under Cava's rule, begins to develop laws similar to that of the Inca. An effort to attract immigrants from Tawatinsuyu begins, as the population stands at 1,750,000. Chirbaya Cuzco has a population of 75,000.
 * Empire of Chimor: Military and economy improve. Chan Chan is developed. Population stands at 1.8 million. Chan Chan has a population of 127,000. As the nation ascends to the Empire of Chimor, the Inca encourage the movement of Chimu people (those who remain) back to their homeland.
 * Empire of Collaquimbaya: Expansion ends. Military and economy improve. Population stands at 180,000. The city of Apeac stands at a population of 10,000.
 * I said yes - like 20 years ago -Feud
 * Wu: Wu improves military, economy and infrastructure. Meanwhile, Wu continues to improve the defensive fortifications. Military continues to expand 50 px southwest.
 * Nehilaw Sachemate: Modernization continues, with numerous European immigrants accelerating technological advancements. Much of the upper class now speaks French in addition to Cree, and interest in French culture and food grows. Meanwhile, farmers in northern areas finish domesticating captured musk oxen, in order to replace cattle, which generally die in huge numbers every winter. Nomadic herding of reindeer, musk oxen and horses, increases in importance. Tsicha continues to be produced. The addition of certain herbs gives it hallucinogenic properties, making it far more popular than previously. The military grows, especially the navy. Cavalry increases in importance, while the navy and merchant marine reach a far larger size and efficiency from years of purchase, both from France and on the black market. Fishing continues to expand its importance to the Nehilaw economy, especially the massive cod fisheries off Newfoundland. All vassals and PU's expand their economies. A fort is constructed on Igulik and several dozen fishermen settle there for the winter this year, giving them a greater ability to catch and dry fish. With the High Sachem's daughter having received no marriage offers from European nobility, she is instead betrothed to Johan Albertus, the scion of a wealthy merchant family. Pragmatically, the marriage requires the movement of most of the family's immense assets to the Sachemate, in return for their long-desired ennobling. As a result, the Nehilaw gain dozens of ships, as well as banking and trade expertise. Desiring to expand its influence, the Nehilaw send the Ho-Chunk and Twightee offers for mutual defence pacts and trade agreements. (Mod Response Needed)
 * Grand Croatian Bajandom (Velika Hrvatska Bajanovina): Military turn. Sewerage systems similar to Ragusan ones are built in major towns of the Bajanate. With growing Ragusan influence, and the beginning of further colonization, the navy expands rapidly using much of the Ragusan and also Britannic expertise. Moreover with the influx of new resources in form of lumber, labour and metals, the navy begins expanding at a fast rate. More and more ships capable of crossing the Atlantic with ease are built. The Sabor intends to restore the glorious naval culture of the Neretva peoples and plans to do so by expanding the navy. The kravata (tie) is more and more used as an accessory. Tensions rise with Dacia as the Croat and Hungarian populace (whatever's left of it) begins yearning for Eastern Hungary.
 * ​Bandom of Croatia: Trade routes are strengthened and the salt mines around Tuzla are explored as well as the salt industry in Pag and Nin. Using irrigation from the Danube, Sava, Drava, Drina, Cetina, Una, Vrbaš, Kupa, Neretva and other rivers the fields in the kingdom are developed, used for crops such as wheat, rye and barley. With trade routes increasing and Croatia entering an era of peace and of stability, the development of new trade ships is issued. The Brothers of the Raven continue spreading their influence in Croatia. Stone mining is furthered as well as the timber industry. The need for these resources rises as urbanization carries on. The navy, under command of the Bajan and the First Admiral is developed due to the purchase of Britannic ships which are inspected and introduced into the Royal War Navy of Croatia or HBRM (Hrvatska Bajanska Ratna Mornarica). Iron ores in Dugopolje, Zenice and at last the 'mud' ore in Vojvodina and eastern Slavonia are to be exploited alongside the silver and copper ores more frequently and of better quality than the iron ores. The exploitation of iron ores in the Lika and Gorski kotar areas continues. The salt industry in Ston is funded by the government. Britannic assistance aids with the naval reform. The influx of resources from Dahomey aids the economy. However, the government makes sure that the gold arriving isn't immediately put on the market in order to control the inflation in the worth of gold. The silver mine in Srebrenica is mined.
 * Polish Bandom (Poljska Banovina): The Polish Bandom grows relatively independently, although a part of the Bajandom, the Polish Saborčić (Little Sabor, also known as Szlachta/Šljahta) works more or less independently within its borders. The Polish Ban is elected by it while the Bajan only confirms him. The issue within Poland are attempted to be handled, and for now things are peaceful again, although some nobles still seem to be plotting something.
 * Czech Bandom (Češka Banovina): The Bandom recovers from the Idiocracy's rule and many nobles gain more power in the nation.
 * Podbanate of Silesia (Šlezijska Podbanovina): The Podbandom's natural resources are highly sought in the rest of the Bajanate which leads to economic growth. The Silesian cultural movement flourishes with aid of the Croats, who aim to make Silesia a region independent from both Poland and the Czech Banate.
 * Podbanate of Dahomej (Podbanovina Dahomej): The natural resources are quickly put to use, such as coconuts, cotton both refined and raw as well as the gold. Finally, the wood industry prospers as materiel is needed for new ships that would help keep the connection between Croatia and Dahomey strong.
 * Podbandom of Carantania (Podbanovina Karantanska): Croatization continues, starting with removing any pro-Austrian threats. The idea that Carantania is Slavic since the Carantanian Slavic tribe settled there spreads and is used to bring the Podbandom closer to the Bandom.
 * Isles of the Grand Bajandom (Otoci Velike Bajanovine): The infrastructure is built up.
 * Carantanian Island (Karantanski Otok): The colony expands by 750 sq km.
 * Hispania: The Kingdom of Spain itself begins to see a small demographical decline as the immigration to colonies for the economic opportunity is on the rise. The Spanish nobility even sees a large sort of decline as many of the younger sons and daughters go to the Spanish colonies as the example has been set by the Royal Family. The Spanish population reaches about 16 million. The Empire officially begins a reform of the economic system looking to get away from reliance on gold and silver to bail the economy out of crisis and funding the big wars, The bullion is instead geared toward giving the empire a competitive edge in being able to invest millions on a whim in order to drive up investments and production. However, some paper notes to be backed up by bullion are also beginning to be considered in order to prevent the outflow of gold and silver capital from the empire. The colonies, as well, have officially moved away from the exploitation model of colonial economics and toward the production model, even though places like New Spain and New Granada are already heavily production model economies. The royal government continues to develop plans for the eventual reconquest of Hawaii. The Hispanian navy begins further development of its new larger classes of ships, churning out first rate flagships for various fleets, and more third rates, and fourth rates with the occasional second rate to augment the smaller patrol fleets the fifth and sixth rates begin to become more standard as light and medium frigates for singular voyages and patrols among other things. The Hispanian attitudes on industrialism continue to change but the nobility seems rather unhappy about having to see more common people in major cities. With relatively no sources of power, the natural sources of power, and in some cases manpower are used for the increasing amount of textile mills among other things. The flocking of populations to Northern Spain continues with a mass increase of population in Madrid, Zaragoza, Pamplona, Barcelona, and various other minor cities and townships throughout the north. Support is continually sent to the Scottish king to help his victory in Britannia
 * Kingdom of Italy: The Italian army is drawn back to 40,000 troops most of them fiercely loyal to Hispania as they have made fortunes fighting for the empire or are Spanish cultured. The Italian navy reaches nearly 200 ships and growing. Some Hispanicized Italians (Italians who have adopted Spanish culture) are allowed to settle in the Spanish colonies. Some smaller towns and cities in coastal Italy see the first real merging of Spanish and Italian culture. Italy continues its economic buildup become a large part of the Spanish economy. The Italians show some minor unrest under the Spanish but the growing Hispanicized populace in Southern Italy is beginning to overtake various cultures within the southern territories. Some cultures such as Sicilian one of the most dominant in Southern Italy have become a closely tied culture with Spanish with a common "Hispanian" Culture beginning to develop in the Historic Kingdom of Naples area as well as farther within Italy now as well. The Italian legion deploys to India with about 10 combat ships and its full 1000 man complement.
 * Savoy: The economy, thanks to trade with Spain, expands moderately. The people of Savoy begin to work toward building up a  fleet now at 120 ships. The military stands at about 10,000 and is worked on.
 * Genoa: Genoa's armed forces reach about 12,000. These people continue to find ways to live under the Spanish empire in a more prosperous way, by establishing multiple trade companies. These companies begin to be common throughout Spanish lands as the Genoans begin to build up a trade fleet of a sizable number now at 100 ships.
 * Kingdom of Lombardy: The Kingdom of Lombardy continues its development of its armed forces, being aided by a domestic arms industry. The Economy of the kingdom officially becomes fully tied with the empire. The Navy of the kingdom is minor standing at 25 ships. The Military stands at 25,000. Hispanization of Lombardy continues.
 * Modena: The nation of Modena's government is built up as the Barony of Modena and its military is improved significantly under the Spanish umbrella as they get a new slew of modern arms among other things. The economy of Modena is also expanded as the state begins to consolidate itself under Spain's trade umbrella.
 * Ravenna: Ravenna - now known as the Barony of Ravenna - is expanded economically heavily under Spain's trade umbrella as the majority of the Italian region has come under Spain's control. The military is also expanded as the city receives arms from Spain and Italy. Its armed forces reach a size of about 6000 and the military is drilled in Spanish tactics.
 * Vatican City: Wielding considerable influence the current Pope seeing Spanish advances deems it the will of God and declares the Spanish rule in Italy is one of the biggest acts of peace and prosperity seen on the peninsula since the Roman empire itself. The Vatican State recruits a series of guards to protect themselves and begins the process of adding many things to the Papal palace and beginning to root out corruption in the churches of the City of Rome and many other places in Italy.
 * Kingdom of Morocco: The Moroccan economy continues to expand with greater trade coming from Spain and the Canaries all the way down to Cape Ferdinand increasing the relative wealth. The Kingdom, with many canals having been completed, has vastly expanded its farmland among other things. The Moroccan navy elevates to nearly 150 ships. Morocco's economy continues to boom as the major canal projects have turned some of Morocco's harshest areas into incredibly useful farmland and for the first time in recorded history the area is covered in green farmland, trees and grasses. The population of Morocco is at an estimated 2.7 million with many being of mixed race or Spanish origin. The Moroccan culture, however, is wholly Spanish. The Moroccan nation sees some emigration from the nation to Spanish colonies but sees no real drain as many of them are Berbers or Mestizos looking for work other than farm work in Morocco.
 * Kingdom of Algiers: With the conquest of Algiers the Moroccan state continues to occupy and pacify Algiers flooding it with new Spaniards as nobles. The Imperial system is established in Algiers and a local force of about 2000 is established and run purely by the Spanish. The economy is obviously weak but begins to be recovered due to inclusion into the Spanish system. The Kingdom of Algiers is established and many Muslim fighters and their families are exiled into the deserts with the government unwilling to deal with the ultra-orthodox or radical Muslims. The Algerian kingdom begins using low class Muslim labor to begin working on canals much like Morocco. With recent history in Morocco many Algerians simply emigrate from the area to avoid wholesale slaughter or forced slave labor. Along with this many begin to convert as Christianity takes dominant presence due to a large Spanish settler class in Algiers of nearly 30,000.
 * Kongo: The Kingdom begins to work toward a trade and production economy focusing on helping provide resources for Spain's massive West African trade network. The King of the Kongo converting to Christianity and being baptised begins to call for the expansion of ports to the best of the Kongolese architects' abilities. The Kingdom of the Kongo in an attempt to increase economic output and trade begins to export a large amount of raw materiel to Spain and begins to push toward heavy exploitation methods. The Kongo continues to expand its economy in order to export material to Spain, seeing a notable upswing as population and Spanish involvement helps the nation out. The first census of the Kongo is conducted with a population of about two million the nation is beginning to advance through some of the previous populational issues it had. The Spanish settlers in the Kongo only number about 2000.
 * Morelia: The military and economy of the Maya under Spain is developed and roads are upgraded to Spanish standards. The Island of Cuba is cultivated for sugar as Spain begins looking for more trade income rather than just total income from gold. Morelia reaches a population of about 1.5 million with many living within the Cuba island territory. Morelia officially finishes its expansion having nowhere else to go. Its armed forces reach force of about 5000 Colonial Spaniards supplied by the Spanish from home. The Colonial forces move on Cuba putting down the revolt as well as possible suffering surprising casualties.
 * Tenocha: Spanish continue their Ecomienda system from the Mapuche in the south to the Aztec areas to extract gold and silver. The economy becomes a major exporter in silver and gold as well as other materiel back to Spain for which there is a high demand. The mercantilist policies, however, prevent competition in lucrative Spanish industries. The military of the Aztec territory. (Now known as Tenocha - a shortened and corrupted form of Tenochtitlan) reaches a force of about 5000 militia troops who are trained and led by Spanish officers. Coincidentally, the majority of the militia is Spanish as well that or the mixed race Mestizos. The population of Tenocha drops to barely six million as the disease has ravaged the massive nearly untouched Indian community in the western states. This has a massive impact as the vulnerability of the natives is considered a breaking point for the Spanish attempts to recruit them for a labor force.
 * Zapoteca: The Protectorate of Zapoteca after years of expanding begins the major integration of the new territories looking to integrate them fully. With a population of about four million Zapoteca re-arms its military into a force of about 40,000. Zapoteca also begins to consider Redistricting with more authority over Tenocha being granted while Itzapam is ceded to Morealia. The Zapotecan fleet is expanded further and a coastal highway is built up and connected with roads in Tenocha. Zapoteca boasts a large Mestizo population but also maintains a moderately sized New World born Spanish population which administers a good amount of the Zapotecan territories.
 * Mission of Nueva Galicia: Set up by a few opportunistic Spaniards the Mission of New Galicia is set up in the unorganized Colorado Territories using newly subjugated natives as a base for this (this is a vassal set up out of the unorganized Colorado Territory). Many of the Coloradans are happy for some semblance of organization and the mission is set up to expand throughout the well known Colorado Territories for trade supplies, or to come across settlements with which to trade. The Republic immediately begins to expand throughout the territory seeking for trade goods (50 px). This Mission (a church for the sole purpose of converting) is more or less turned into a small town with the church at the center but with many heavily armed Spanish guarding the fort's walls and keeping the surrounding territory around.
 * Kingdom of Venezia: The businessmen and high level economists, bankers and multiple other fully knowledgeable individuals of Venezia remaining after the war go on a trip to Spain's vibrant trade cities and after careful negotiations many of these men take over one of Spain's newest rising trade companies, the Buenos Aires trade company, with some offices based out of the Buenos Aires colony in Hesperia. The Venezian military is Raised to nearly 25,000 from its new Italian territories and exiles all Germans/Austrians from the territory only leaving Italians and Hispanians (Hispanicized Italians) Venezia continues its integration of the new territory. Venezia continues on a massive path toward hispanicization.
 * Viceroyalty of Nueva España: The Viceroyalty of New Spain is established with a massive amount of coastal territory secured begins to expand its major coastal settlements seriously with Buenos Aires maintaining the most with nearly 250,000 people but stagnating as more people are settling the countryside and establishing new towns and cities. The Population of the colony reaches nearly 5.5 million being about one-third the population of Spain itself. New Spain boasts massive crops of tobacco and cotton. The viceroy - in order to expand the food supply of the large colony - expands cattle ranching and agriculture in certain areas. The Spanish inhabitants of the colonies form more militias under the command of a Spanish officer which is trained only to fight off native attacks. New Spain begins an immense project to attract settlers and set up a much more organized settlement system. New Spain reaches a population of nearly five million and growing through immigration and domestic growth as well as inclusion of hispanicized natives and unhispanicized natives. The Viceroyalty with full authority of the Emperor issues a series of land grants to respectable people along the Interior territories and along the West Coast of the continent throughout Chile, this puts the Mapuche and Chilean territories officially under control of New Spain. With this inclusion the vast new tracts of territory begin to be settled further to expand existing internal cities. Along with this the attractiveness of cash cropping leads many to take out loans from the Royal Bank in New Spain which begins the development of further cash cropping such as cotton, yerba mate, wheat, barley, grapes, and a host of other cash crops keeping the crops on a rotationary cycle in order to keep prices in a fluctuation over the years and for field rejuvenation. New Spain, following nearly 200 years or more of being a full fledged colony of Spain, makes its first major standing colonial military force of nearly 50,000. Only about 15,000 are on duty at any given moment but the training of the Colonial army allows nearly the whole force to assemble within 100 miles of Buenos Aires in three weeks tops. The largest city in New Spain and officially one of the largest in the world is Potosi Bolivia with a population of nearly 300,000 and growing as the area around becomes heavily developed aside from the productive silver mines.
 * Vorlayacor: The Nation of Vorlayacor is officially brought back into the Empire a Solid Spanish built navy, and now military access to the Colonial Military Authority. The local ruler is left in his position and is granted as the Governor of Vorlayacor given a Spanish advisor and nearly 5000 of New Spain's colonial militia to establish solid Spanish control of the territory. Many see this as an affront as Vorlayacor was forced into its current position through Imperialist Spaniards. Regardless now with cheaper goods being part of the empire than being outside of it, the Vorlayacoran populace is relatively passive. Many border restrictions are eased in regards to New Spain and Vorlayacor to encourage some White immigration to the area to form the core of a new white settler population here. Fleet is expanded to about 20 ships. The Military is a force sent from New Spain acting as the military force for the nation.
 * Cape Ferdinand: The Cape Ferdinand colony expands its population hoping to attract more settlers. The population of Cape Ferdinand rises to 120,000 colonists as many new settlers arrive due to the investment. The area itself begins to show up as a trade hub. Zulu Africans in the area begin being contacted with missionaries looking to speak to these people. The expansion of colonists in the area is truly more along the lines of some Zulus who have been converted and contracted by the local colonists. This has led to many of them being recruited as colonial troops for their very warlike tendencies and well recognized attribute of following strong and powerful leaders of which the CMA sends only these to command the Zulu troops.Settlers along the Orange River begin an ambitious irrigation project. The Orange River settlers begin to mine diamonds. The Colony itself begins to see a notable growth of its Agricultural centers becoming a decent exporter of agricultural goods. Along with this a rather unorthodox product has come about. Zulu soldiers previously hired out and trained as colonial troops have come some of South Africa's most loyal and vehement supporters of Spain and here empire seeing her as the Bringers of Civilization, and with the wide adoption of Christianity among many Zulu peoples has led to them becoming a rather accepted demographic in the society of the Colony. However, this has led to relative tension as Zulu and Colonial troops are forced to take extremely harsh measures against other natives. This leads to the creation of the Zulu only policy, set on making Zulus the only Black Demographic in South Africa with significant populations in proportion to White Spaniards.
 * Viceroyalty of Nueva Granada: The Viceroyalty of New Granada sees more immigration but has become a sort of hub for Colonial administration fleets coming throughout the area to trade and explore as well as a staging point for those looking to sail to the Philippines hoping to reach them via the Pacific Ocean. The colony itself expands by 100 px. The colony's population expands to around 510,000 as the colony continues to grow in importance and the agriculture begins to take precedence - especially in the areas above the city of San Francisco. The establishment of wineries and even terrace farming for food begins in the San Lorenzo Valley and the surrounding mountains. The wineries are considered a lucrative cash crop and the Colonists take great pride in growing them in the area. The port city of Arica expands to a population of nearly 35,000 becoming a solid rival for the thriving San Francisco City. New Granada begins seeing some native resistance but forces many out in favor of settlers, Some native groups, however, seem rather keen on assimilation with the Spaniards adopting Spanish culture, Spanish language, and in some cases marrying Spanish men, and working for Spanish people. With life on the frontier rather hard, the Spaniards have great welcome for cheaper workers who are willing to adopt all aspects of Spanish culture. Taking a cue from the conquests of territory in New Spain by the natives, the Colonial forces here use a divide and conquer strategy pitting some native tribes against each other and then eliminating the survivors. New Granada with its various mountains and with some territory in the valley secured, begins to implement the learned Inca method of terrace farming which is standard even in Spain at this point. The farming in general begins to show promise as surplus yields begins to show. The Forests in the area begin to be cut for ship building which quickly picks up as various Spanish trade companies and even the highly militarized Spanish Asian companies begins picking up on these developing the local economy into something impressive. Various cash crops also begin to be grown - most particularly cotton and now Grapes as well as the hybrid grape is bred and planted.
 * Philippines: Spain continues to establish majority control over the area through trade and other means. Investment from Spain is sent to facilitate buying materiel to build up the area as the Philippines are garrisoned by mercenaries hired by Spain and nearly 300 of Spain's most well trained troops but the forces are expanded to about 5000 using locally trained soldiers or more mercenaries. The Philippines is built up as a massive trade and naval base and a fleet of Spanish ships sent from here make more trips to Central Borealia with Spain becoming the first nation to connect a trade route along the entire planet. This trip begins to gradually shift toward New Granada. Talks of turning the Philippines into a Crown Viceroyalty get underway. The Philippines shows notable Spanish settlement with nearly 12,000 Spaniards living on the islands, mostly in Manila. The Army of the Philippines is raised with nearly 2000 troops deployed to India to fight.
 * Protectorate of Oyo: The extraction economy of the protectorate increases and the royal governor makes quotas much less demanding allowing the people to actually live somewhat rather than be in a bond of virtual slavery. The military forces in the area are augmented with newer weaponry and are some of the most advanced troops in the region. The Protectorate exports many cash crops, metals and precious goods to Spain. The population of the Oyo territory being part of the original heartland of the former Oyo empire undergoing a census is estimated at about five million people having experiences multiple population shattering issues since the collapse of the empire, mostly diasporas inland, and the readjustment into the Spanish colonial economy. The protectorate of Oyo keeps its armed forces to nearly 20,000 all made up of some of the minorities in the area and led by Spanish officers. A large community of Spaniards begins to develop on in the protectorate with about 3000 people between Spaniards, and Hispanicized Italians living along the coast.
 * East African Protectorates: The military is reformed under a new commander of the CMA who gets newer weapons for his troops and drills them in modern tactics seeing developing colonies in Africa as a threat to the sovereignty of the protectorates. With Colonial Authority in place, and the Colonial Military Administration keeping the areas from devolving into a regional arms race between the protectorates the area is effectively administered as a singular entity under the Administration, with each state keeping its local culture, customs, and minor armed forces. The Colonial Military Administration does take extra care in keeping these forces loyal and small, having more to gain by serving with Spain rather than for nationalistic purposes. The economy of the area is advanced significantly as the Spanish global trade network uses this area as a stopping point. The Protectorate's naval force headquarters is moved to the massive naval port on the southern coast of Madagasikara known as Saint Felipe. The potential division of the EAP is proposed with Madagasikara, Maputo, and Mozambika becoming three separate entities within the Empire. This decision shows a great deal of support as the decentralized nature of the current governmental force has become a major issue in dealing with the three territories.
 * Khambhat: With growing Spanish presence in India, the Spanish East India Company agrees to separate administration into the Khambat sphere and the Madras sphere organizing them into two separate entities. The military forces of the area are recruited from Indians with a force of nearly 5000 in Khambhat and the surrounding territories. The area's economy is built up as a trade hub as a trade port. The company navy along with Madras maintains nearly 70 ships for personal use 20 of these being top-of-the-line warships. The Khambhat territory as it is well known is shown to be a proven economic hub from India as Spain begins to made a noticeable and large profit with the territory being managed by the East India Company. Khmbat deploys its full 5000 troop complement but with recent growth over the years and a much higher need to take more territory, the army is raised to about 20,000 with the Sepoya troops being the majority with a good amount of them being Sikhs. These forces are deployed to fight their northern neighbor.
 * Madras: With Madras being ceded by the Netherlands to Spain the territory is administered as a separate entity from Khambhat. The majority of Spain's 10,000 Indian troops are relocated from Bengal to Madras with the empty slots being filled as the East India Company established full control over the enclave. The economy of the area is bolstered by Madras being a major stopping point for ships and the Indian trade moving along the Spanish global trade route increases the economy immensely. Plantations are started up in the area for cash crops and run with local labor. The City is at an estimated 200,000 people within the confines of Spanish controlled territory and the outer edges of territory contain nearly another 75,000 people. The Spanish colonial government raises its forces to nearly 25,000 and within the next year or two is expected to gain another 10,000 recruits. These forces are deployed to fight in india
 * Greater Cochin: The Protectorate of Greater Cochin is formed following the revolt of the noble and with this the nobility more or less are forced to give up their titles. They are all more or less replaced with a Spanish aristocracy which now run the country. With this the unification of Dawei and Shan under Cochin the new state begins an aggressive integrationist policy. The Sepoya troops in Cochin are expanded to nearly 8000 and the economic policies are used to increase the productivity of the territory. The Greater Cochin area now houses nearly 1000 Spanish marines now using it as a major base of operations in the region. The Greater Cochin area raises nearly 35,000 troops from the local treasury and with this marches through Urdustan to fight in India purchasing supplies along the war.
 * Shanghai: The city of Shanghai - due to its presence on the mainland of China proper - becomes a massive economic and trade port for the empire only just a few years but with direct access to Chinese goods coveted by Europe a huge volume of trade ships numbering in the hundreds flood the port purchasing the goods and transporting them across the Pacific via Spain global trade route. Shanghai hears of the first potential immunization for smallpox via Chinese texts and begins looking into it. The Shanghai armed forces stand at a solid 35,000 strong bearing some of Spain's finest military equipment accrued through the China Sea Company. Shanghai is named the headquarters of the overseas South China Sea Company and manages to secure 500 elite Spanish troops to guard the interest in China. The newly built trade port of Heian is put under Shanghai's operational umbrella on the island of Hainan.
 * Qingdao: Qingdao - due to further distance - is set up as another South China Sea Company ruled territory and the good from the area are used to attract traders here as well. This is done to prevent the city of Shanghai being the only major Spanish Chinese port. The company invests into a force of about 1000 to hold the city and now about 30 top-of-the-line ships.
 * Nueva Aragon: New Aragon is officially established as an independent viceroyalty with the discovery of another organized state in Australia with plans to begin expansion around 1700. The Areas shows a large influx of Spanish military settlers looking to keep any hostility down on the continent of Australia. The Force here is at about 300 with a grand total population of about 2000. The emerging importance of this territory becomes increasingly important as New Aragon is given ten top-of-the-line ships, and about 500 marines to keep the area a major territory of Spanish influence. New Aragon begins considering the opening up of a new Colony on the now named Continent of Australia. New Aragon begins to expand by 50 px to the east.
 * Sorento: The Colony of Sorento is founded following various economic and trade company forays into the region. The Colony expands by 75 px taking control of the harbor now known as Sorento Harbor which begins to show a good influx of traders who are looking to make their fortunes in Australia. The Colony has a population of 500 but the Sorento company looking to give the colony a rather large population begins advertising and offering to subsidize people to come to the new colony and help it grow. The Sorento colony is supported by five warships from the empire and their marine forces which are used multiple time to drive off native raids from the trade company's fort.
 * Kingdom of Bavaria: In 1721, Bavaria expands its economy. National infrastructure is developed. The population continues to rise. Trausnitz continues to be the national capital. In Munchen, Queen Isabell University remains a staple of education in Bavaria. King Charles (KarI) I, aged 60, and his council continue to allow the training of new troops. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port. Modern weaponry make its introduction into Bavaria. In diplomatic news, Bavaria maintains alliances with Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, Scandinavia, and Rome. In religious news, around 76% of the country adheres to the Western Church, while the rest are either traditional Catholic or Reformist. There has been an uptick of 60% of Bavaro-German primary speakers in Franken-Sachsen, Pomerania, and Brandenburg, and uptick of 85% secondary speakers in those areas. In colonial news, Nei Baiern continues to expand. With the Bohemian revolt, Leopold orders that several infrastructure projects be started in Brandenburg and Pomerania instead of Bohemia. In royal news, the King's children are: Albert (born 1694), Klaudia-Franzina (born 1701), and Friedrich-Rudolf (born 1704). In economic news, the previously informal, regional Landshut Stock Exchange is given a royal charter and given full benefits of a crown-backed enterprise. In political news, Charles I continues to sit at both Bavarian and Austrian privy councils, the separation having occurred in 1668. In cultural news, Wolfgang Diefenbach establishes himself as a prominent European scientist, and immediately sets up a proto-salon in Berlin. In political news, several parliamentary factions spring up in the Curia Bavaria. Several factions are opposed to both the existence of the Curia Austria as well as the latter's call for a larger, country-wide parliament. In other news, support for a unified Bavarian and Austrian parliament skyrockets this year, with many Austrian noblemen prompting the King to create a larger parliament. Joachim von Ingschaft, a popular Austrian parliamentarian, becomes the most vocal advocate for a national parliament, where an Austrian branch is on equal footing with the Bavarian branch. Within the year, more Austrian parliamentarians and a handful of Bavarian ones are drawn to Ingschaft's idea of a new government. In other news, several Bavarian parliamentarians pay attention to the situation in Pskov. However, as the year goes on, more attention is paid to the general structure of Pskov's republican government, rather than the problem of representation itself. By 1710, a small faction of parliamentarians support a greater, stronger parliament in Bavaria. Within three years, this faction grows mighty in the Curia Bavaria, with many supporting a strong, centralized, Pskovian parliament. In other news, Heir Apparent Albert geins showing signs of a mental disturbance, including symptoms of schizophrenia. Bavaria begins incorporating Franken-Sachsen (Turn Four of Six). In response to the small, peaceful, and (mostly) bloodless tax revolt in Landshut, Charles I decides to lower taxes within Bavaria proper and alleviate the disrupted harvest by importing and increased amount of wheats, grains, and other foodstuffs from the Rhineland and Hamburg. In other news, Charles announces that Brandenburg will be elevated to a duchy upon the death of Margrave Albert II. King Charles praises the bravery and integrity of the explorers who traverse the African wilds. He sends another expedition to the continent in 1721.
 * Curia Bavaria: The Curia Bavaria, also known as the Bavarian Parliament, continue to operate in the Parliamentary Palace in Landshut. Parliament orders the Bavarian Army to be outfitted in modern uniform and to hold modern weaponry. In political news, the Curia Bavaria continue to implement the Bavarian Commands and Collegiate Writs into a codified, national law.
 * Grand Duchy of Franken-Sachsen: Troops authorized by Charles I, aged 60, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * City of Lübeck: Troops authorized by the King continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The port of Lübeck is expanded and several ships are constructed.
 * Duchy of Neustadt: Troops authorized by the King continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The ports of Fehmarn are expanded and several ships are constructed.
 * Bremen Port: Troops authorized by King continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Several cogs are constructed, and plans are drafted to construct many larger ships. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port.
 * Kingdom of Austria: Troops authorized by the King continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Osterreich (Austria) in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. King Leopold orders that 5000 troops be sent to Austria to standby. Food and financial aid is sent to Austria, primarily to Vienna and surrounding cities. Furthermore, Leopold sends messengers to Vienna officials noting that the Bavarian crown will be paying for 50% of all Vienna-based infrastructure projects. He also notes that the taxes of the Austrian populace will be moderately lowered, lower than pre-war levels, in the face of the devastation of the war. He also announces aid will be increased over the next few years. In early 1667, an Austrian scholar and merchant, named Karl Manzkari, establishes a trade outpost in Vienna. Initially attracting local merchants, it soon amasses a large array of traders, mostly from northern Austria. In 1668, Karl Manzkari establishes a much smaller outpost in another section of Vienna, hoping to attract more business. The Austrian Council is created as an independent privy council for the King.
 * Curia Austria: Work on the Parliamentary Palace in Vienna finishes. A number of 251 Austrians sit in the Austrian parliament. Most of the laws they pass concern continual relief for Vienna and various infrastructural reconstructions around Austria. The Curia Austria is tentatively popular in Vienna, with most welcoming a separate legislative body, while others see it as a Bavarian puppet. New roads continue to be constructed. The Curia Austria call for greater legislative power in Austria, and perhaps a large legislature servicing all Bavarian realms, one which would be an Upper house while the Curia Bavaria and Curia Austria would be regional lower houses.
 * Margraviate of Brandenburg: Troops authorized by Margrave Albert II, age 57, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Brandenburg in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. Furthermore, Albert orders that several infrastructure commissions are created in order to repair the extreme damage to Brandenburg after the war. As with Austria, the Bavarian crown will pay for 50% of all renovations in Brandenburg. Wolfgang Diefenbach's first scientific meeting in Berlin is successful. The first scientific meeting will occur in 1675. Young Albert is married off to Maria von Hamburg. Margrave Albert II has two children, Karolina (born 1679), and Albert (born 1683).
 * Duchy of Pomerania: Troops authorized by Duchess Mary, age 53, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Pomerania in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. Princess Mary and Henry von Hamburg have a daughter in 1687, who they name Margaret. Princess Mary has a son in 1691, who she names Franz-Heinrich. In royal news, Duchess Mary is immediately overshadowed by her husband Henry, who takes a dominant role in Pomeranian politics. Mary feels as if she is being throttled by her husband's power and begins communicating with several of her courtiers on how to mitigate his influence. Gil Vimaranes, a wealthy Portuguese noble merchant, begins meeting with Duchess Mary and counsels her on many ways to block her husband's efforts at powering over her. Duke Henry remains a shadow of his former, powerful self. However, Duke Henry seemingly reconciles with Mary, and he is relegated some control over the Pomeranian administration. Gil Vimaranes, aged 56, is appointed as Ducal chancellor of Pomerania. In 1704, Gil Vimaranes, in an effort to secure the wealth and power of Duchess Mary, advises her and the council to abolish couverture (the event where a woman's finances and legal rights become her husband's upon marriage) in Pomerania. The movement grows in 1705 among the privy council, with many having Duchess Mary's interests in their minds. In 1707, coverture is abolished within Stettin city limits, as a test to see how coverture abolition would fare in the country. In 1710, Mary authorizes the abolition of coverture in all of Pomerania.
 * Duchy of the Palatine: Troops authorized by Charles I, aged 60, continue training. Pfalz is incorporated into the Kingdom of Bavaria. However, it remains in the Westphalian confederation and is given several degrees of autonomy within Bavaria. It is elevated to a Duchy in 1719.
 * Royal Bavarian Stock Company: The RBSC, founded in the late fifteenth century, is finally formalized and given a royal charter by King Leopold II in 1662. The RBSC operate chiefly in Landshut, where a stock exchange floor continues to remain active. Branches of the RBSC exist in München, Regensberg, Berlin, and Stettin.
 * New Bavaria: The colony of Nei Baiern continues to expand in population. Katharinas-Hafen, Franznacken, Bayreuth, Nei Regens, and Regenholz all expand by the end of the year. Houses and shops in each settlement continue being built. Jülichsberg and Wittlesberg both expand. Nei Baiern expands 750 km. The militias and shops are developed. A small logging and fishing town is founded north of Wilhelmsbaum island, on the mainland. The settlement, mainly populated by Saxons, comes to be called Regenholz.
 * Pearl River: The outpost of Perlefluss is established. A capital is expected to be constructed over the next few years. The capital of Pearl River is established, which the settlers name Perlefluss (Pearl River) after the outpost itself.
 * Imperium of Heaven: Military and economy are improved.
 * Imperial Vassal of Mongolia: Military and economy are improved.

1722
A group of Bavarian explorers is discovered to have been killed by various African diseases in the explorations through West Africa's interior with only two men returning - sickly and near death.


 * Duchy of Hamburg: Hamburg expands its infrastructure, and its subjects expand their militaries. New Hesse is continued to be pressured to accept Hamburg's overlordship to improve its economic and military deficiencies (turn three of five). New Mecklenburg in Australia expands by 20 px. Ayutthaya is sent an offer for Hamburg to purchase the southern half of its land on the Thai Penninsula. In other news, Duke Karl II is pleased and thankful for French support for the House of Hamburg's rightful claim to rule Britannia. Emissaries are sent to Bavaria and Scandinavia, looking to persuade them for intervention on the House of Hamburg's side.


 * Portugal: Continues a notable buildup in military strength and allows for a vigorous training program on the existing military forces attempting to train them up heavily. Meanwhile, the administration continues to be reformed, and agriculture and commerce are encouraged. Meanwhile, Portugal continues to develop its navy. Meanwhile, the colony in Lenhame continues exporting wheat to Portugal. Meanwhile, trade intensifies in the African coast. Meanwhile, Santa Cruz and São Sebastião expand by 5000 sq km each. Meanwhile, sugarcane continues to be planted in Santa Cruz.
 * Empire of Japan (Personal Union With Manchuria): The military/economy is built up. Horiyōshi Yokohama III, late one night, decides to engage in intercourse with one of his courtwomen. However, getting overly exited and aroused, he suffers a heart attack from exhaustion. His son, Yamamota Yokohama IV, takes power, now being the Emperor of Japan and Manchuria. A notification is sent to Manchuria that due to these recent unfortunate events, the emperor will have to come to throne in Japan, ruling both nations from there. Merchants, seeking to make the lives of the disorganized Small Kingdoms better, found the port city of Yantai to trade the Chinese food in order to make life easier on them. The fire, know to the people of Japan as the Great Fire, makes many people move away from the city, into Japan's colonies and vassals such as Manchuria, and Taiwan. Now that Manchuria is owned by Yokohama III, the nation rejoices, now being under a Japanese monarchs rule. Meanwhile, merchants in the Philippines, on their way to the southern islands, steer off course on their way there. His companions and their leader, Hideak Kotohito, freak out, until they land at the OTL location of Biak. The town of OTL Biak is claimed for Japan, already serving as a trading post with the natives. The island is settled, creating the first colonial settlement for the Empire of Japan. The emperor is praised apon, with the magical number 2000 being used everywhere. After exploring north for a couple years to find alternate trade different from Hispania, Japanese and Ainu merchants make first contact with the Kiamukut Band on the Alaskan coast. The merchants did not understand the Inuits well, but they were escorted by fishers to the Grand Chief. As a sign if friendship between them, the merchants offer many gifts to him, being given Inuit food, cloth, shelter, and warmth in return. Because of this, troops are sent into the war against the Ming. A few Japanese settlers, looking to become the first contenders in the Alaskan trade, travel north to establish a colony on OTL St Lawrence Island. Ainu is annexed into Japan, in which a feast is held for both of the leaders of the two nations. However, Yamamoto Yokohama IV, afraid of losing trading rights in Kiatumgutai, sends a diplomat to the Tartary asking for trading rights in where they have settled. [MODERATOR RESPONSE]. Meanwhile, Yamamoto Yokohama IV adopts a 12 year old Manchu boy, to show the people how much he cares about his empire
 * Japanese Manchuria (Port of Japan): Infrastructure is improved. The port finishes construction, and is now open for service. More settlers come, mostly from survivors from the great fire, to build ships for Japan. The project of 9 larger ships is now complete, and another one of 20 frigates is planned to be finished by 1700.
 * Yantai (Port of Japan): Infrastructure is improved. The port city of Yantai is founded to feed the people of the Small Kingdoms, and to spread Shinto missionaries throughout China. Though, after a few small skirmishes with the locals, no expansion of the city occurs. As the economy begins to drop with fewer Chinese and Spanish merchants coming in Yamamoto Yokohama IV asks the Chinese Warlord states X and Y to defend China in the case of any non-local emerging power rises in the area. To spice up the deal, Japan-Manchuria offers 70 lbs of Silver to every state that joins, with economic bonuses coming long term. [NEUTRAL MOD RESPONSE].
 * Formosa (Vassal of Japan): Economy is improved. Now that the war is over, The old Taiwanese state now controls all of Taiwan. A huge wave of settlers come, mostly survivors from the great fire, settle in Taiwan to start up a new life and to build ships/farm for Japan.
 * Vietnam: Mil/Econ is improved. A law is passed that makes all teenagers get two-year compulsory military training and then a five-year military term. While training, the people are exposed to Shinto, and some convert because they have lost faith in Buddhism. While not many do, the number seems to increase slightly every years, about 5000 doing so. Shinto missionaries are also sent to North Vietnam to help the people convert, or at least tolerate Shinto. The conversion rate continues to rise, with help asked from Korea to send missionaries to help rise these rates even more to convert them. Foreign troops are moved into the area, to help keep the area centralized and under control. The Governments of Vietnam are now under one.
 * Biak: Expands by 20 px.
 * Kiatumgutai: As the new Alaskan market opens up, about eight more people flock to the area to try to make money in the area. The colony expands by 5px.
 * Great Manchu Empire (Personal Union With Japan): With the sudden death of the previous Emperor, his eldest son-in-law Horiyōshi Yokohama III succeeded the throne and acquired the position of Emperor of the Manchu Empire. One of his first decisions was to establish a tax system to extract tax from the people but to also make sure that not too much pressure was put upon the peasants. The Emperor was keen on improving the agricultural status in the state, and crops such as maize, wheat, rice, sorghum and soy beans were cultivated and harvested to also make sure that hunger was eradicated from the state. The herding of horses and cattle benefited the Manchu to a great extent with the Manchu being amongst the top exporters of milk in China. Trade with Korea, Imperium of Heaven and Japan proved beneficial as Manchu exported agricultural goods - especially lumber - to these states. Meanwhile, a major port was constructed to handle foreign trade to prevent illegal trading which would otherwise have a disastrous effect on the economy. Meanwhile, a large army of roughly 300,000 men was raised to defend the state from any foreign invasion with the soldiers handed light matchlock muskets snaphaunces, and with pikes equipped to be used while charging upon the enemy. Therefore, importance was given to the production of firearms and gunpowder. The infantry was equipped with daggers and swords to be utilised in close combat against the enemy and horses as well as carts were used for the transportation of supplies. Major forts were constructed in the North to defend against any invasion that would otherwise sweep through Manchuria. The Manchu Emperor, having closely observed the rapid development of Japan, started to promote education to copy the west. Many eunuchs who opposed this decision were put to death and eventually, the system of eunuchs was put down to prevent any power from opposing the Emperor. The Emperor ordered an increase in the teaching of subjects such as Biology, Chemistry and especially on developing new firearms and many firearms imported from Hispania were reverse-engineered to create identical copies. On the orders of Emperor Horiyōshi Yokohama III, the people were now converted to Shintoism and mass Shinto Temples were built. Meanwhile, we purchase battleships from Japan and build up our navy. Major military reforms are brought and a paramilitary force referred to as the Manchu Guards is initiated. The paramilitary comprising of 50,000 guards swear allegiance to the Emperor and are ordered to put down any rebellion swiftly and without mercy. Large scale trade continues with SiChuan and the two nations are slowly and gradually brought closer. Meanwhile, Emperor Horiyoshi Yokohama III died and was succeeded by Yamamoto Yokohama IV. Japanese culture was gradually adopted by the people. [Mil/Eco Turn]
 * Shangjingkou: The state being agriculturally strong had numerous agricultural projects initiated and crops such as maize, wheat, rice, sorghum and soy beans were cultivated and harvested to also make sure that hunger was eradicated from the state, and moreover these goods were exported to other Chinese states. The herding of horses and cattle benefited the Manchu to a great extent with the Manchu being amongst the top exporters of milk in China. Meanwhile, a major port was constructed to handle foreign trade to prevent illegal trading which would otherwise have a disastrous effect on the economy. Major forts were constructed in the North to defend against any invasion that would otherwise sweep through Manchuria. The Manchu Emperor, having closely observed the rapid development of Japan, started to promote education to copy the west. On the orders of Emperor Horiyōshi Yokohama III, the people were now converted to Shintoism and mass Shinto Temples were built. Meanwhile, we purchased battleships from Japan and built up our navy, eventually preparing a navy of a 100 ships. Moreover, we adopt Japanese culture and promote Shinto. [Mil/Eco Turn]
 * Kingdom of Lanzhou: With the conquest of Lanzhou, a local leadership is set up. The people are treated with mercy, and all the positions that were held prior to the war would still be held. With the exception of nobles and the royal family, which, however, were to be replaced. Much more modern weaponry was flowed into Lanzhou and a militia consisting of 5000 men was established to look after the state security. Moreover, we adopt Japanese culture and promote Shinto. [Mil/Eco Turn]
 * Hailar Khaganate: Prince Qing Aisen-Gioro Dorgon introduced a series of reforms which included support of settlement, ordering the people to put a halt to their nomadic lifestyles. Moreover, Prince Qing Aisen-Gioro Dorgon supported the construction of schools in order to spread western knowledge to the rural areas and to educate the people. Meanwhile, a paramilitary consisting of 500 men was set up to maintain law and order in the state, and a system of spies had been established to eradicate opposition to Manchu rule. The native Mongol people were treated generously, but all those that had fought against the Manchu in the war were sent to work in the fields although this did mean that the populace did not take part in cultivation and harvest of crops. To modify the trade route present in the state, Dorgon initiated the start of the road system to link the trade route and by now, up to 5000 men were recruited into the military. On the orders of Emperor Horiyōshi Yokohama III, the people were now converted to Shintoism and mass Shinto Temples were built and we adopt Japanese culture. Crops were cultivated to feed the poor, and a trade system had been established to trade with the Mangut Nivkh Tribes. [Mil/Eco Turn]
 * Korea: Korea continues to build up its military. Meanwhile, more Taoist, Neo-Confucian and Buddhist temples are built. Taoism rises in popularity and gains more followers. Regular (read: not Imperial) Shinto gains a few more followers as well, mainly along the coastline in Southeastern Korea, particularly in Busan, Jejudo, Ulsan, and the coastal cities and coastal towns of Southern Gyeongsang Province. Mahayana Tao-Shintoism also continues to grow, and begins gaining followers from the areas where Shinto is growing, with some Shintoists switching to Mahayana Tao-Shintoism. A few Shinto missionaries from Jejudo help out Japan in Vietnam to bring Shinto there. The colony of Haejagang (해자강) expands by 500 sq km.
 * Yunnan: The Yunnanese continue to invest the modest income from exports into infrastructure. They also continue improving the defensive fortifications of Yunnan.
 * The Kiatagmiut Band works to expand its cultural, trade, and geographic boundaries throughout Kelutmun.
 * France: Military, navy and economy are built up. The colony continues expanding and growing by 100 sq km among both colonies into the Galapago Islands called Illes d'Neptune The colonies continue growing as expected. The colony of Nouvelle Rouen continues to expand inland throughout the land corridor given by Cahokie by 9800 sq km. Mining continues in the colony of Nouevelle Orleans. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. after several years of ruling, the king Charles XVI dies, and with it His oldest son, Francois becomes the king of France as Jean Francois I, seeing the chance to turn the politic tide of Europe decides to join in the side of Hamburg on the affair of the Britannian succession war. one of the first actions made is to support the claim of the House of Hamburg. on other aspects a great number of men are conscripted for the army and preparation for troops being sent into Calais to await for deployment if needed into Kent. on another news the King shows renewed interest in East Asia, seeing that no much more room is left, he does a quite odd ritual in order to choose the aim of French expansion in East Asia, taking a map of the kingdoms of the area and an arrow, he throws a dart at the map blindfolded, whichever nation it hits, will be France's main target. The result, Cambodia. The plans are drawn up but put in hold due to the Britannian succession. The king also commands the creation of a secret plan to conquer Brittany once the britannian issue is resolved. The creation of a Cahokian bellic campaign are also to be set in motion sometime in five years after moving the sufficient troops to the area.
 * Kingdom of Rhineland: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The Rhenish culture begins spreading farther from the center of the country northwards. However, failing to penetrate Koln and northernmost area of the country, Southern French Speaking "Rhenanie" region. has become profoundly populated by French Speakers and Rhenanien Speakers (Similar to Wallonian in some aspects, a deeply Germanized French dialect).
 * Kingdom of Lower Burgundy: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The French population in the country grows and the Valais region becomes a trading point with the German nations.
 * Sardinia: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The Sardinian language has lowered its usage to only 10% of the population of Sardinia (roughly 50,000 people) with the speaking African (43%) and French (38%) or Vandalian (9% African Rhenish German dialect) and with the vast majority being able to speak both African and French (that is more or less 85% of the nation's population). The population is stable at 500,000 people.
 * Andorra: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up.
 * Africa: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The African language has become the de facto leading language surpassing every other (outside of French) being spoken by the 2.3 million people living in the country as either native or second language. Vandalian, however, dominates area of Tripolitania's coast with a population of around 5000 speakers in the region. French is still the main language officially. Trading outposts begin to be made in the border of the country to trade with Tuareg and inland tribes.
 * French Mali: Due to vast piracy campaigns which France and Spain have contributed to has resulted in many pirate coves in the Bissagos Islands, and as a result a larger influx of Frenchmen arrived this year, though they still don't even make up 1% yet. Ports continue to expand appropriately and the region becomes a place worth note on many maps. Roads continue being built to outlying villages and plantations continue being built.
 * Artois: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure and navy are built up. The nation prepares an army for the conflict in Britannia.
 * Free City of Danzig: The military, economy, infrastructure, and navy are built up, Danzig asks a diplomatic meeting with Pskov, Croatia and Poland's leadership within the city.
 * Cahokie: Christianization of the locals continue Military, navy, infrastructure and economy are built up.
 * |onte: Population grows by 50,000 people. Kurum Kuneneli continues making rifles for the army. Mon VI travels around making sure of the well being of |onte's Khoisan brothers. Mon IX, interested in the formalism of European laws and nation starts thinking of ways to consolidate |onte, such as a flag, motto, coat of arms, capital, etc. A regimentation of the "gift-based" economy has been noticed by scholars. Though transactions do not occur, per se, it is considered very rude not to reciprocate a gift. However, they need not be of equal value. The knowledge and education in Kunene spread on a slight scale, as authors, story tellers, philosophers and other intelligentsia leave their work out to gain recognition, often taken home by farmers from the countryside, the farmers, who grow far more than they will need, leave their rice in the grain storage. A trend has appeared for women to cover their breasts. However, the trend is mostly confined to Kunene. Mon XI sends his 200,000-strong Eheresito hu |onte to begin mining for diamonds that were recently encountered, greatly boosting the economy, allowing for food imports and the buying of ships. |onte's navy reaches a large size after many years of buying from France.
 * Nubia: The military continues to train loyal troops to fight for the nation. Cities continue to rebuild themselves like European cities. Ports expand to fit more ships. A big library is continuing being built in the capital city. It will store books from around the world. The first university of the country is continuing being built in the capital city. Our military continues to expand 100 px southwest. Walls and outposts around the capital city are continuing to be built.
 * Alodia: Military and economy expand.
 * Makuria: Military and economy expand.
 * Scandinavian Empire: The economy and military of Scandinavia improves this year. Import/export businesses in Denmark, Sweden and Norway bring in a considerable amount of income. Scandinavia's chief exports include iron, wood, and other construction materiel, a commodity that is vastly growing in necessity as urbanization increases throughout Europe. Militaries in Europe purchase Scandinavian iron for ships and weapons. The Scandinavian colonies are a source of even more lumber. Resources such as pelts bring in massive amounts of profit for Scandinavia, both due to intranational trading and international trading. Scandinavia exports resources such as textiles, dyes and foodstuffs from its trading partners. Interest in coffee plants rises among nobles as the drink becomes more popular among the population of Scandinvia, especially in the upper class and in the aristocracy. Though the bean is expensive to Scandinavia, coffee sales spike. Indonesian powers are offered exclusive trade deals for coffee in exchange for discounted, high-quality wood and iron. Scandinavia retains its alliances with Bavaria, Pskov, the Roman Empire, Britannia, the Nehilaw and many other nations. These alliances are celebrated in the Scandinavian courts. The ports in Iceland are expanded to accomodate more ships. Education in Scandinavia continues to improve. The literacy rate is steadily increasing as public schools are built throughout the nation. The population of Scandinavia continues to explode as well. Urbanization, more food supplies, better census data, and other factors are all leading to a spike in population. Scandinavia's population is expected to reach nine million by 1740. While this increase in population does come with benefits, it has its drawbacks as well. Homelessness in urban areas and overcrowding is becoming a massive problem, especially in Copenhagen. To accomodate, people are encouraged to travel to the New World. In political news, the House of Bjelbo-Griffins continues to remain in charge of Scandinavia. The riksdag is dominated by this royal house. The health of King Kristoffer II takes a turn for the worse before passing away in late November. He has ruled since the 1660s and will be remembered as a powerful leader and an inspirational tale for those undergoing hardship and struggle. Kristoffer was once a captain in the Danish armies before rising to power in the Scandinavian Civil War as an icon of the revolution. His son, Nikolos Griffins, becomes Nikolos II of Scandinavia. He adopts a 'wait and see' protocol for the British Civil War.
 * Helluland: The military is improved. Helluland expands by 1000 sq km this year. Helluland is responsible for the production of furs in the Scandinavian Empire, generating much profit for the colony.
 * Huronsmark: The military is improved. Huronsmark expands by 1000 sq km this year. Huronsmark is responsible for the production of furs and timber in the Scandinavian Empire, generating much profit for the colony.
 * Iceland: The military is improved. Iceland is an important port for northern Europeans. Due to the large amounts of trade flowing into Icelandic ports, the population of Iceland increases.
 * Jansylvania: The military is expanded. Jansylvania is Scandinavia's newest colony, though it has grown rapidly since its establishment. Jansylvania yields large amounts of timber, though it is also a massive center of trade between Scandiavia and Native Americans.
 * Karelia: The military expands. Karelia has been in the Scandinavian realm for centuries now. It is the location of many important fortresses, namely Castle Vyborg. Karelia is a massive source of iron for Scandinavia. Trade with Russia and Pskov flows through Karelia during the summer months.
 * New Gotland: The military expands. New Gotland is one of Scandinavia's older colonies. A coastal colony, New Gotland specializes in shipbuilding and trading along the Borealian East Coast. Timber is also produced in New Gotland.
 * Schleswig: The military is expanded. Schleswig has been a vassal of the Scandinavian Empire for quite some time. All land routes into Scandinavia go through this vassal, meaning Schleswig is one of Scandinavia's wealthiest vassals.
 * Sjösmark: The military is expanded. The colony expands by 5000 sq km this year. Trade with Nehilaw brings gold and people into the colony.
 * Strombek: The military is expanded. Strombek expands by 5000 sq km. Strombek is one of Scandinavia's oldest and most successful colonies. Trade along the St Lawrence River makes it one of the wealthiest as well. Strombek is a source of furs and timber for Scandinavia.
 * Vinland: The military is expanded. Vinland expands by 5000 sq km. The oldest of Scandinavia's colonies, Vinland is one of the most populous colonies along the eastern Borealian coast. Its capital, New Copenhagen, has become the most populous city on the east Borealian coast. Immigrants from Northern Europe flock to Vinland, especially New Copenhagen, in search of a new life.
 * Grand Croatian Bajandom (Velika Hrvatska Bajanovina): Economy turn. Sewerage systems similar to Ragusan ones are built in major towns of the Bajanate. With growing Ragusan influence, and the beginning of further colonization, the navy expands rapidly using much of the Ragusan and also Britannic expertise. Moreover with the influx of new resources in form of lumber, labour and metals, the navy begins expanding at a fast rate. More and more ships capable of crossing the Atlantic with ease are built. The Sabor intends to restore the glorious naval culture of the Neretva peoples and plans to do so by expanding the navy. The kravata (tie) is more and more used as an accessory. Tensions rise with Dacia as the Croat and Hungarian populace (whatever's left of it) begins yearning for Eastern Hungary. This leads to a war in order to unite Hungary's territory once more, including the territory that was lost in the 1530s during the first war against Hungary.
 * ​Bandom of Croatia: Trade routes are strengthened and the salt mines around Tuzla are explored as well as the salt industry in Pag and Nin. Using irrigation from the Danube, Sava, Drava, Drina, Cetina, Una, Vrbaš, Kupa, Neretva and other rivers the fields in the kingdom are developed, used for crops such as wheat, rye and barley. With trade routes increasing and Croatia entering an era of peace and of stability, the development of new trade ships is issued. The Brothers of the Raven continue spreading their influence in Croatia. Stone mining is furthered as well as the timber industry. The need for these resources rises as urbanization carries on. The navy, under command of the Bajan and the First Admiral is developed due to the purchase of Britannic ships which are inspected and introduced into the Royal War Navy of Croatia or HBRM (Hrvatska Bajanska Ratna Mornarica). Iron ores in Dugopolje, Zenice and at last the 'mud' ore in Vojvodina and eastern Slavonia are to be exploited alongside the silver and copper ores more frequently and of better quality than the iron ores. The exploitation of iron ores in the Lika and Gorski kotar areas continues. The salt industry in Ston is funded by the government. Britannic assistance aids with the naval reform. The influx of resources from Dahomey aids the economy. However, the government makes sure that the gold arriving isn't immediately put on the market in order to control the inflation in the worth of gold. The silver mine in Srebrenica is mined.
 * Polish Bandom (Poljska Banovina): The Polish Bandom grows relatively independently, although a part of the Bajandom, the Polish Saborčić (Little Sabor, also known as Szlachta/Šljahta) works more or less independently within its borders. The Polish Ban is elected by it while the Bajan only confirms him. The issue within Poland are attempted to be handled, and for now things are peaceful again, although some nobles still seem to be plotting something.
 * Czech Bandom (Češka Banovina): The Bandom recovers from the Idiocracy's rule and many nobles gain more power in the nation.
 * Podbanate of Silesia (Šlezijska Podbanovina): The Podbandom's natural resources are highly sought in the rest of the Bajanate which leads to economic growth. The Silesian cultural movement flourishes with aid of the Croats, who aim to make Silesia a region independent from both Poland and the Czech Banate.
 * Podbanate of Dahomej (Podbanovina Dahomej): The natural resources are quickly put to use, such as coconuts, cotton both refined and raw as well as the gold. Finally, the wood industry prospers as materiel is needed for new ships that would help keep the connection between Croatia and Dahomey strong.
 * Podbandom of Carantania (Podbanovina Karantanska): Croatization continues, starting with removing any pro-Austrian threats. The idea that Carantania is Slavic since the Carantanian Slavic tribe settled there spreads and is used to bring the Podbandom closer to the Bandom.
 * Isles of the Grand Bajandom (Otoci Velike Bajanovine): The infrastructure is built up.
 * Carantanian Island (Karantanski Otok): The colony expands by 750 sq km.
 * Hispania: The Kingdom of Spain itself begins to see a small demographical decline as the immigration to colonies for the economic opportunity is on the rise. The Spanish nobility even sees a large sort of decline as many of the younger sons and daughters go to the Spanish colonies as the example has been set by the Royal Family. The Spanish population reaches about 16 million. The Empire officially begins a reform of the economic system looking to get away from reliance on gold and silver to bail the economy out of crisis and funding the big wars, The bullion is instead geared toward giving the empire a competitive edge in being able to invest millions on a whim in order to drive up investments and production. However, some paper notes to be backed up by bullion are also beginning to be considered in order to prevent the outflow of gold and silver capital from the empire. The colonies, as well, have officially moved away from the exploitation model of colonial economics and toward the production model, even though places like New Spain and New Granada are already heavily production model economies. The royal government continues to develop plans for the eventual reconquest of Hawaii. The Hispanian navy begins further development of its new larger classes of ships, churning out first rate flagships for various fleets, and more third rates, and fourth rates with the occasional second rate to augment the smaller patrol fleets the fifth and sixth rates begin to become more standard as light and medium frigates for singular voyages and patrols among other things. The Hispanian attitudes on industrialism continue to change but the nobility seems rather unhappy about having to see more common people in major cities. With relatively no sources of power, the natural sources of power, and in some cases manpower are used for the increasing amount of textile mills among other things. The flocking of populations to Northern Spain continues with a mass increase of population in Madrid, Zaragoza, Pamplona, Barcelona, and various other minor cities and townships throughout the north. Support is continually sent to the Scottish king to help his victory in Britannia.
 * Kingdom of Italy: The Italian army is drawn back to 40,000 troops most of them fiercely loyal to Hispania as they have made fortunes fighting for the empire or are Spanish cultured. The Italian navy reaches nearly 200 ships and growing. Some Hispanicized Italians (Italians who have adopted Spanish culture) are allowed to settle in the Spanish colonies. Some smaller towns and cities in coastal Italy see the first real merging of Spanish and Italian culture. Italy continues its economic buildup become a large part of the Spanish economy. The Italians show some minor unrest under the Spanish but the growing Hispanicized populace in Southern Italy is beginning to overtake various cultures within the southern territories. Some cultures such as Sicilian one of the most dominant in Southern Italy have become a closely tied culture with Spanish with a common "Hispanian" Culture beginning to develop in the Historic Kingdom of Naples area as well as farther within Italy now as well. The Italian legion deploys to India with about 10 combat ships and its full 1000 man complement.
 * Savoy: The economy, thanks to trade with Spain, expands moderately. The people of Savoy begin to work toward building up a  fleet now at 120 ships. The military stands at about 10,000 and is worked on.
 * Genoa: Genoa's armed forces reach about 12,000. These people continue to find ways to live under the Spanish empire in a more prosperous way, by establishing multiple trade companies. These companies begin to be common throughout Spanish lands as the Genoans begin to build up a trade fleet of a sizable number now at 100 ships.
 * Kingdom of Lombardy: The Kingdom of Lombardy continues its development of its armed forces, being aided by a domestic arms industry. The Economy of the kingdom officially becomes fully tied with the empire. The Navy of the kingdom is minor standing at 25 ships. The Military stands at 25,000. Hispanization of Lombardy continues.
 * Modena: The nation of Modena's government is built up as the Barony of Modena and its military is improved significantly under the Spanish umbrella as they get a new slew of modern arms among other things. The economy of Modena is also expanded as the state begins to consolidate itself under Spain's trade umbrella.
 * Ravenna: Ravenna - now known as the Barony of Ravenna - is expanded economically heavily under Spain's trade umbrella as the majority of the Italian region has come under Spain's control. The military is also expanded as the city receives arms from Spain and Italy. Its armed forces reach a size of about 6000 and the military is drilled in Spanish tactics.
 * Vatican City: Wielding considerable influence the current Pope seeing Spanish advances deems it the will of God and declares the Spanish rule in Italy is one of the biggest acts of peace and prosperity seen on the peninsula since the Roman empire itself. The Vatican State recruits a series of guards to protect themselves and begins the process of adding many things to the Papal palace and beginning to root out corruption in the churches of the City of Rome and many other places in Italy.
 * Kingdom of Morocco: The Moroccan economy continues to expand with greater trade coming from Spain and the Canaries all the way down to Cape Ferdinand increasing the relative wealth. The Kingdom, with many canals having been completed, has vastly expanded its farmland among other things. The Moroccan navy elevates to nearly 150 ships. Morocco's economy continues to boom as the major canal projects have turned some of Morocco's harshest areas into incredibly useful farmland and for the first time in recorded history the area is covered in green farmland, trees and grasses. The population of Morocco is at an estimated 2.7 million with many being of mixed race or Spanish origin. The Moroccan culture, however, is wholly Spanish. The Moroccan nation sees some emigration from the nation to Spanish colonies but sees no real drain as many of them are Berbers or Mestizos looking for work other than farm work in Morocco.
 * Kingdom of Algiers: With the conquest of Algiers the Moroccan state continues to occupy and pacify Algiers flooding it with new Spaniards as nobles. The Imperial system is established in Algiers and a local force of about 2000 is established and run purely by the Spanish. The economy is obviously weak but begins to be recovered due to inclusion into the Spanish system. The Kingdom of Algiers is established and many Muslim fighters and their families are exiled into the deserts with the government unwilling to deal with the ultra-orthodox or radical Muslims. The Algerian kingdom begins using low class Muslim labor to begin working on canals much like Morocco. With recent history in Morocco many Algerians simply emigrate from the area to avoid wholesale slaughter or forced slave labor. Along with this many begin to convert as Christianity takes dominant presence due to a large Spanish settler class in Algiers of nearly 30,000.
 * Kongo: The Kingdom begins to work toward a trade and production economy focusing on helping provide resources for Spain's massive West African trade network. The King of the Kongo converting to Christianity and being baptised begins to call for the expansion of ports to the best of the Kongolese architects' abilities. The Kingdom of the Kongo in an attempt to increase economic output and trade begins to export a large amount of raw materiel to Spain and begins to push toward heavy exploitation methods. The Kongo continues to expand its economy in order to export material to Spain, seeing a notable upswing as population and Spanish involvement helps the nation out. The first census of the Kongo is conducted with a population of about two million the nation is beginning to advance through some of the previous populational issues it had. The Spanish settlers in the Kongo only number about 2000.
 * Morelia: The military and economy of the Maya under Spain is developed and roads are upgraded to Spanish standards. The Island of Cuba is cultivated for sugar as Spain begins looking for more trade income rather than just total income from gold. Morelia reaches a population of about 1.5 million with many living within the Cuba island territory. Morelia officially finishes its expansion having nowhere else to go. Its armed forces reach force of about 5000 Colonial Spaniards supplied by the Spanish from home. The Colonial forces move on Cuba putting down the revolt as well as possible suffering surprising casualties.
 * Tenocha: Spanish continue their Ecomienda system from the Mapuche in the south to the Aztec areas to extract gold and silver. The economy becomes a major exporter in silver and gold as well as other materiel back to Spain for which there is a high demand. The mercantilist policies, however, prevent competition in lucrative Spanish industries. The military of the Aztec territory. (Now known as Tenocha - a shortened and corrupted form of Tenochtitlan) reaches a force of about 5000 militia troops who are trained and led by Spanish officers. Coincidentally, the majority of the militia is Spanish as well that or the mixed race Mestizos. The population of Tenocha drops to barely six million as the disease has ravaged the massive nearly untouched Indian community in the western states. This has a massive impact as the vulnerability of the natives is considered a breaking point for the Spanish attempts to recruit them for a labor force.
 * Zapoteca: The Protectorate of Zapoteca after years of expanding begins the major integration of the new territories looking to integrate them fully. With a population of about four million Zapoteca re-arms its military into a force of about 40,000. Zapoteca also begins to consider Redistricting with more authority over Tenocha being granted while Itzapam is ceded to Morealia. The Zapotecan fleet is expanded further and a coastal highway is built up and connected with roads in Tenocha. Zapoteca boasts a large Mestizo population but also maintains a moderately sized New World born Spanish population which administers a good amount of the Zapotecan territories.
 * Mission of Nueva Galicia: Set up by a few opportunistic Spaniards the Mission of New Galicia is set up in the unorganized Colorado Territories using newly subjugated natives as a base for this (this is a vassal set up out of the unorganized Colorado Territory). Many of the Coloradans are happy for some semblance of organization and the mission is set up to expand throughout the well known Colorado Territories for trade supplies, or to come across settlements with which to trade. The Republic immediately begins to expand throughout the territory seeking for trade goods (50 px). This Mission (a church for the sole purpose of converting) is more or less turned into a small town with the church at the center but with many heavily armed Spanish guarding the fort's walls and keeping the surrounding territory around.
 * Kingdom of Venezia: The businessmen and high level economists, bankers and multiple other fully knowledgeable individuals of Venezia remaining after the war go on a trip to Spain's vibrant trade cities and after careful negotiations many of these men take over one of Spain's newest rising trade companies, the Buenos Aires trade company, with some offices based out of the Buenos Aires colony in Hesperia. The Venezian military is Raised to nearly 25,000 from its new Italian territories and exiles all Germans/Austrians from the territory only leaving Italians and Hispanians (Hispanicized Italians) Venezia continues its integration of the new territory. Venezia continues on a massive path toward hispanicization.
 * Viceroyalty of Nueva España: The Viceroyalty of New Spain is established with a massive amount of coastal territory secured begins to expand its major coastal settlements seriously with Buenos Aires maintaining the most with nearly 250,000 people but stagnating as more people are settling the countryside and establishing new towns and cities. The Population of the colony reaches nearly 5.5 million being about one-third the population of Spain itself. New Spain boasts massive crops of tobacco and cotton. The viceroy - in order to expand the food supply of the large colony - expands cattle ranching and agriculture in certain areas. The Spanish inhabitants of the colonies form more militias under the command of a Spanish officer which is trained only to fight off native attacks. New Spain begins an immense project to attract settlers and set up a much more organized settlement system. New Spain reaches a population of nearly five million and growing through immigration and domestic growth as well as inclusion of hispanicized natives and unhispanicized natives. The Viceroyalty with full authority of the Emperor issues a series of land grants to respectable people along the Interior territories and along the West Coast of the continent throughout Chile, this puts the Mapuche and Chilean territories officially under control of New Spain. With this inclusion the vast new tracts of territory begin to be settled further to expand existing internal cities. Along with this the attractiveness of cash cropping leads many to take out loans from the Royal Bank in New Spain which begins the development of further cash cropping such as cotton, yerba mate, wheat, barley, grapes, and a host of other cash crops keeping the crops on a rotationary cycle in order to keep prices in a fluctuation over the years and for field rejuvenation. New Spain, following nearly 200 years or more of being a full fledged colony of Spain, makes its first major standing colonial military force of nearly 50,000. Only about 15,000 are on duty at any given moment but the training of the Colonial army allows nearly the whole force to assemble within 100 miles of Buenos Aires in three weeks tops. The largest city in New Spain and officially one of the largest in the world is Potosi Bolivia with a population of nearly 300,000 and growing as the area around becomes heavily developed aside from the productive silver mines.
 * Vorlayacor: The Nation of Vorlayacor is officially brought back into the Empire a Solid Spanish built navy, and now military access to the Colonial Military Authority. The local ruler is left in his position and is granted as the Governor of Vorlayacor given a Spanish advisor and nearly 5000 of New Spain's colonial militia to establish solid Spanish control of the territory. Many see this as an affront as Vorlayacor was forced into its current position through Imperialist Spaniards. Regardless now with cheaper goods being part of the empire than being outside of it, the Vorlayacoran populace is relatively passive. Many border restrictions are eased in regards to New Spain and Vorlayacor to encourage some White immigration to the area to form the core of a new white settler population here. Fleet is expanded to about 20 ships. The Military is a force sent from New Spain acting as the military force for the nation.
 * Cape Ferdinand: The Cape Ferdinand colony expands its population hoping to attract more settlers. The population of Cape Ferdinand rises to 120,000 colonists as many new settlers arrive due to the investment. The area itself begins to show up as a trade hub. Zulu Africans in the area begin being contacted with missionaries looking to speak to these people. The expansion of colonists in the area is truly more along the lines of some Zulus who have been converted and contracted by the local colonists. This has led to many of them being recruited as colonial troops for their very warlike tendencies and well recognized attribute of following strong and powerful leaders of which the CMA sends only these to command the Zulu troops.Settlers along the Orange River begin an ambitious irrigation project. The Orange River settlers begin to mine diamonds. The Colony itself begins to see a notable growth of its Agricultural centers becoming a decent exporter of agricultural goods. Along with this a rather unorthodox product has come about. Zulu soldiers previously hired out and trained as colonial troops have come some of South Africa's most loyal and vehement supporters of Spain and here empire seeing her as the Bringers of Civilization, and with the wide adoption of Christianity among many Zulu peoples has led to them becoming a rather accepted demographic in the society of the Colony. However, this has led to relative tension as Zulu and Colonial troops are forced to take extremely harsh measures against other natives. This leads to the creation of the Zulu only policy, set on making Zulus the only Black Demographic in South Africa with significant populations in proportion to White Spaniards.
 * Viceroyalty of Nueva Granada: The Viceroyalty of New Granada sees more immigration but has become a sort of hub for Colonial administration fleets coming throughout the area to trade and explore as well as a staging point for those looking to sail to the Philippines hoping to reach them via the Pacific Ocean. The colony itself expands by 100 px. The colony's population expands to around 510,000 as the colony continues to grow in importance and the agriculture begins to take precedence - especially in the areas above the city of San Francisco. The establishment of wineries and even terrace farming for food begins in the San Lorenzo Valley and the surrounding mountains. The wineries are considered a lucrative cash crop and the Colonists take great pride in growing them in the area. The port city of Arica expands to a population of nearly 35,000 becoming a solid rival for the thriving San Francisco City. New Granada begins seeing some native resistance but forces many out in favor of settlers, Some native groups, however, seem rather keen on assimilation with the Spaniards adopting Spanish culture, Spanish language, and in some cases marrying Spanish men, and working for Spanish people. With life on the frontier rather hard, the Spaniards have great welcome for cheaper workers who are willing to adopt all aspects of Spanish culture. Taking a cue from the conquests of territory in New Spain by the natives, the Colonial forces here use a divide and conquer strategy pitting some native tribes against each other and then eliminating the survivors. New Granada with its various mountains and with some territory in the valley secured, begins to implement the learned Inca method of terrace farming which is standard even in Spain at this point. The farming in general begins to show promise as surplus yields begins to show. The Forests in the area begin to be cut for ship building which quickly picks up as various Spanish trade companies and even the highly militarized Spanish Asian companies begins picking up on these developing the local economy into something impressive. Various cash crops also begin to be grown - most particularly cotton and now Grapes as well as the hybrid grape is bred and planted.
 * Philippines: Spain continues to establish majority control over the area through trade and other means. Investment from Spain is sent to facilitate buying materiel to build up the area as the Philippines are garrisoned by mercenaries hired by Spain and nearly 300 of Spain's most well trained troops but the forces are expanded to about 5000 using locally trained soldiers or more mercenaries. The Philippines is built up as a massive trade and naval base and a fleet of Spanish ships sent from here make more trips to Central Borealia with Spain becoming the first nation to connect a trade route along the entire planet. This trip begins to gradually shift toward New Granada. Talks of turning the Philippines into a Crown Viceroyalty get underway. The Philippines shows notable Spanish settlement with nearly 12,000 Spaniards living on the islands, mostly in Manila. The Army of the Philippines is raised with nearly 2000 troops deployed to India to fight.
 * Protectorate of Oyo: The extraction economy of the protectorate increases and the royal governor makes quotas much less demanding allowing the people to actually live somewhat rather than be in a bond of virtual slavery. The military forces in the area are augmented with newer weaponry and are some of the most advanced troops in the region. The Protectorate exports many cash crops, metals and precious goods to Spain. The population of the Oyo territory being part of the original heartland of the former Oyo empire undergoing a census is estimated at about five million people having experiences multiple population shattering issues since the collapse of the empire, mostly diasporas inland, and the readjustment into the Spanish colonial economy. The protectorate of Oyo keeps its armed forces to nearly 20,000 all made up of some of the minorities in the area and led by Spanish officers. A large community of Spaniards begins to develop on in the protectorate with about 3000 people between Spaniards, and Hispanicized Italians living along the coast.
 * East African Protectorates: The military is reformed under a new commander of the CMA who gets newer weapons for his troops and drills them in modern tactics seeing developing colonies in Africa as a threat to the sovereignty of the protectorates. With Colonial Authority in place, and the Colonial Military Administration keeping the areas from devolving into a regional arms race between the protectorates the area is effectively administered as a singular entity under the Administration, with each state keeping its local culture, customs, and minor armed forces. The Colonial Military Administration does take extra care in keeping these forces loyal and small, having more to gain by serving with Spain rather than for nationalistic purposes. The economy of the area is advanced significantly as the Spanish global trade network uses this area as a stopping point. The Protectorate's naval force headquarters is moved to the massive naval port on the southern coast of Madagasikara known as Saint Felipe. The potential division of the EAP is proposed with Madagasikara, Maputo, and Mozambika becoming three separate entities within the Empire. This decision shows a great deal of support as the decentralized nature of the current governmental force has become a major issue in dealing with the three territories.
 * Khambhat: With growing Spanish presence in India, the Spanish East India Company agrees to separate administration into the Khambat sphere and the Madras sphere organizing them into two separate entities. The military forces of the area are recruited from Indians with a force of nearly 5000 in Khambhat and the surrounding territories. The area's economy is built up as a trade hub as a trade port. The company navy along with Madras maintains nearly 70 ships for personal use 20 of these being top-of-the-line warships. The Khambhat territory as it is well known is shown to be a proven economic hub from India as Spain begins to made a noticeable and large profit with the territory being managed by the East India Company. Khmbat deploys its full 5000 troop complement but with recent growth over the years and a much higher need to take more territory, the army is raised to about 20,000 with the Sepoya troops being the majority with a good amount of them being Sikhs. These forces are deployed to fight their northern neighbor.
 * Madras: With Madras being ceded by the Netherlands to Spain the territory is administered as a separate entity from Khambhat. The majority of Spain's 10,000 Indian troops are relocated from Bengal to Madras with the empty slots being filled as the East India Company established full control over the enclave. The economy of the area is bolstered by Madras being a major stopping point for ships and the Indian trade moving along the Spanish global trade route increases the economy immensely. Plantations are started up in the area for cash crops and run with local labor. The City is at an estimated 200,000 people within the confines of Spanish controlled territory and the outer edges of territory contain nearly another 75,000 people. The Spanish colonial government raises its forces to nearly 25,000 and within the next year or two is expected to gain another 10,000 recruits. These forces are deployed to fight in India.
 * Greater Cochin: The Protectorate of Greater Cochin is formed following the revolt of the noble and with this the nobility more or less are forced to give up their titles. They are all more or less replaced with a Spanish aristocracy which now run the country. With this the unification of Dawei and Shan under Cochin the new state begins an aggressive integrationist policy. The Sepoya troops in Cochin are expanded to nearly 8000 and the economic policies are used to increase the productivity of the territory. The Greater Cochin area now houses nearly 1000 Spanish marines now using it as a major base of operations in the region. The Greater Cochin area raises nearly 35,000 troops from the local treasury and with this marches through Urdustan to fight in India purchasing supplies along the war.
 * Shanghai: The city of Shanghai - due to its presence on the mainland of China proper - becomes a massive economic and trade port for the empire only just a few years but with direct access to Chinese goods coveted by Europe a huge volume of trade ships numbering in the hundreds flood the port purchasing the goods and transporting them across the Pacific via Spain global trade route. Shanghai hears of the first potential immunization for smallpox via Chinese texts and begins looking into it. The Shanghai armed forces stand at a solid 35,000 strong bearing some of Spain's finest military equipment accrued through the China Sea Company. Shanghai is named the headquarters of the overseas South China Sea Company and manages to secure 500 elite Spanish troops to guard the interest in China. The newly built trade port of Heian is put under Shanghai's operational umbrella on the island of Hainan.
 * Qingdao: Qingdao - due to further distance - is set up as another South China Sea Company ruled territory and the good from the area are used to attract traders here as well. This is done to prevent the city of Shanghai being the only major Spanish Chinese port. The company invests into a force of about 1000 to hold the city and now about 30 top-of-the-line ships.
 * Nueva Aragon: New Aragon is officially established as an independent viceroyalty with the discovery of another organized state in Australia with plans to begin expansion around 1700. The Areas shows a large influx of Spanish military settlers looking to keep any hostility down on the continent of Australia. The Force here is at about 300 with a grand total population of about 2000. The emerging importance of this territory becomes increasingly important as New Aragon is given ten top-of-the-line ships, and about 500 marines to keep the area a major territory of Spanish influence. New Aragon begins considering the opening up of a new Colony on the now named Continent of Australia. New Aragon begins to expand by 50 px to the east.
 * Sorento: The Colony of Sorento is founded following various economic and trade company forays into the region. The Colony expands by 75 px taking control of the harbor now known as Sorento Harbor which begins to show a good influx of traders who are looking to make their fortunes in Australia. The Colony has a population of 500 but the Sorento company looking to give the colony a rather large population begins advertising and offering to subsidize people to come to the new colony and help it grow. The Sorento colony is supported by five warships from the empire and their marine forces which are used multiple time to drive off native raids from the trade company's fort.
 * Nehilaw Sachemate: Modernization continues, with numerous European immigrants accelerating technological advancements. Much of the upper class now speaks French in addition to Cree, and interest in French culture and food grows. Meanwhile, farmers in northern areas finish domesticating captured musk oxen, in order to replace cattle, which generally die in huge numbers every winter. Nomadic herding of reindeer, musk oxen and horses, increases in importance. Tsicha continues to be produced. The addition of certain herbs gives it hallucinogenic properties, making it far more popular than previously. The military grows, especially the navy. Cavalry increases in importance, while the navy and merchant marine reach a far larger size and efficiency from years of purchase, both from France and on the black market. Fishing continues to expand its importance to the Nehilaw economy, especially the massive cod fisheries off Newfoundland. All vassals and PU's expand their economies. A fort is constructed on Igulik and several dozen fishermen settle there for the winter this year, giving them a greater ability to catch and dry fish. With the High Sachem's daughter having received no marriage offers from European nobility, she is instead betrothed to Johan Albertus, the scion of a wealthy merchant family. Pragmatically, the marriage requires the movement of most of the family's immense assets to the Sachemate, in return for their long-desired ennobling. As a result, the Nehilaw gain dozens of ships, as well as banking and trade expertise. Desiring to expand its influence, the Nehilaw send the Ho-Chunk and Twightee offers for mutual defence pacts and trade agreements. (Mod Response Needed)
 * Roman Empire: The Empire continues to prosper in this time of peace. The economy continues to grow as the trade networks across the Empire become more solidified and trade networks outside of the Empire continue to expand, particularly in eastern Asia and Borealia. The military and the navy continues to train, practice, and learn new techniques as they are discovered. The military eventually rises to about 200,000 trained soldiers, although not all of those soldiers are on duty all the time for economic concerns. Troops of all ethnicities are trained to keep the army diverse and the ethnic groups unified. The various Archonates continue to be integrated with new infrastructure, new trade connections, and a newly increasing sense of Roman "identity." Some expansionists begin to wonder why Egypt has not yet been added to the Empire as a full Archonate yet, although the Emperor assures them that it will happen. The reign of John IX has been relatively peaceful and prosperous, with minimal incidents. An attempted overthrow happened, but that was short and rapidly crushed by the army. The policy toward the Turks, numbering about two million out of an Empire of 23 million, remains the same, and a few hundred to a thousand Turks are estimated to leave the Empire each year. Cities like Ancyra, Nicaea and Ephesus continue to grow, further fortifying Roman control over western Anatolia. Military outposts along the border with the Damascan Sultanate are constructed and fortified, as the Emperor notices that there are now no buffer states between the two rising powers. Influence in vassal states continues to grow, and the Roman political and economic sphere continues to expand and consolidate its gains. Cooperation with the Croatians in their military efforts is supported, and Rome joins the war on their side.
 * Reme: The colony continues to prosper from the growth of cash crops and their export. Along with the native issue, some troops and militia as well as allied natives join in the fight to defeat the raiders and conquer their lairs. The native states are defeated and their lands placed under military occupation pending an increase of relations and better governance. Expands in the north by 20 pixels. The issues with the pirates begins to come to the attention of the colonial government, and steps are taken in order to cut down on piracy, including increased patrols. Increasing bureaucracy in the colonies is careful to facilitate cordial relations between the natives and colonists. Economic growth, particularly in Antillia, drive the colonization process further. Cooperation with the natives increases to further protect the mainland colonies, while better fortifications and shipyards are constructed in order to better protect the colonies. The native Creek royalty are captured after the war, and surprisingly are not executed. The royal family of the Creek is instead ordered to govern their people who reside in Roman territory in much the same manner as other native royalty in Roman Borealia. The population starts to grow further thanks to better healthcare, more food, and an expanding economy.
 * Egypt: Egypt begins to recover from the war. With almost all of the Muslim inhabited lands of the state stripped from it, Egypt is now mostly Christian, although the rights of the Muslims remaining are not infringed upon. Food begins to be grown again, and this helps the population recover from ages of war. The Roman military garrison largely maintains order, while a 25,000 man Egyptian force is trained to help protect the nation and the canal. The Grigius family returns from Greece to rule over Egypt once again, and they are met with some enthusiasm. The previous royal family is deposed from ruling but they are not harmed and are allowed to maintain their nobility, as relatives to the current king. Other nobles who were loyal keep their nobility, and commoners who remained loyal to Rome are given nobility and automatic citizenship. As the population continues to grow, it centers around the cities of Alexandria, Damietta, Luxor, and the newly refounded Berenice. Alexandria becomes a shining city on the banks of the sea and the Nile, and it is widely admired. Berenice is growing well, and the trade from India and China makes the city expand much more quickly. Large ships are sent around the Cape of Africa to serve as trade ships at Berenice. The population still remains mostly agricultural at this time. The revolt of the border town is easily put down by the military occupation force, but the lesson of the revolt is not lost on the Occupation Force and most of the Imperial government. Steps are taken to prevent or otherwise cut off revolts when they start, and as such some of the cultural laws and ideas initiated in the previous period of Roman rule are to be restored, with the rest restored over time. With the problems of the canal, the Roman military occupation and the native Egyptian military set up patrols along sections of the canal to ensure that raids are not too damaging. At the same time, the military tries to pinpoint the origins of these raids and take them out at the root. Military and economic growth and stability is the next major project for the Egyptian government. Egyptian officers are trained at military academies in Roman cities such as Constantinople, Adrianople and Sparta while Egyptian merchants are invested in and trained by Roman merchants. By now, most of the institutions of the Egyptian state have been rebuilt to some degree and are firmly integrated with their Roman counterparts.
 * Georgia: The Roman military occupation is largely frowned upon by the locals. However, the locals do approve of some aspects. They do approve of Roman occupation rather than Damascan occupation, and the fact that the Bagrationi Dynasty still rules earns some decent respect for Roman authority. Roman authorities work with the Bagrationi Dynasty to help bring improvements to the region and its people. Infrastructure is repaired from the war and new roads and buildings are constructed to benefit both the occupation and the native people. To help earn the loyalty of the native population, the Laz people, related to the Georgians themselves, are persuaded to gradually move from their homeland in northern Anatolia to join their brothers in Georgia. The existing Georgian navy is enrolled into the Imperial Navy while new Georgian merchants and military officers are enrolled in education programs to better integrate them with existing Imperial systems.
 * Armenia: The country of Armenia faces a bit of a problem. The Roman occupation force, as a general precaution, did not allow the Bragationi family remain in control of both Armenia and Georgia. As such, the need for a royal was the first challenge to be addressed. After much consideration in the Imperial court of Constantinople, it is decided that the Lusignan Dynasty of former Cyprus and Armenian Cicilia will take the throne, as some yet still live in Constantinople and have displayed considerable loyalty to the Empire a few decades after the fall of Cyprus. The new dynasty is enthroned on New Years Day, and the new king and the Roman occupation force begin eagerly in making Armenia a safe and prosperous place. Merchants and military officers are trained in ways similar to their Georgian counterparts, while border posts are constructed along the southern border with the Damascan Sultanate. In contrast with the Georgians, the Armenians are relatively glad to have Roman rule, as the Damascans directly invaded Armenia and threatened the populace.
 * In Pskov, the GDP rises along with average wages. The Inter-Republic Road network is continued to be worked on. The Science and technology aspect of Pskov is not overlooked either. As prosperity in the nation increases, the amount of money and new people investing in institutions of higher learning. As such, the various schools that existed in Nizhegorodsk-Na-Narve unite and form the "University of Nizhegorodsk", beginning a rivalry between it and Pskov. In the meantime, certain people with grievances begin petitioning the New Veche, especially from the aristocratic families, asking for more representation, the newer generations now taking control, and lamenting the power that their families once had. Initially they are ignored, and these aristocratic families, many of whom have much money and influence in the local parliaments, begin to rise tensions within the Union as they begin to be seen as lesser. This causes some problems, and this year's meeting of the Grand Summit ends with a more positive note than the previous ones, with the proposals for a "united Assembly" or "general Assembly" taken quite seriously by the Heads of State. Some emphasis on unification of certain places comes to mind ... and it begins to look like integration might be a thing that will come to reduce bureaucracy. However, there still must be independence for the highest number of people. The N. Veche decides that this needs to change quickly, and that the various union people need to feel somewhat unrepressed. However, they refuse to let any of the aristocracies of the other states have any say whatsoever in Pskovian politics ... the Uniting hand of Elena is gone, and the new Supreme Prince reigns from down south in Croatia, far from everything, and without much power, so it is up to the Velikiy-Knyaz-Namestnik of Pskov, Boris Gavrilov, to act as that uniting force. Boris Decides to move to expand the Grand Summit to include the viceregal positions of each state as well. The New Veche, near the end of the year, agrees to support the creation of a "General Assembly" of the entire union. Boris Gavrilov plans to tour the union nations and meet with the Vice-Consul of Eesti, the Knyaz-Namestnik of Latvia, Didžioji Viršininkas of Lithuania, Kniaz-Namestnik of Belarus, and König - Statthalter of Prussia (all titles that were granted after the death of Elena). He wants to go and meet and try and preach a tune of unity, and prepare for the worst ... Boris declares that Pskov is the only "real" Russian state that remains, and that it would be appropriate to rename Pskov into the "Republic of Russia". He gets a standing ovation from the Veche, and from the croud outside when he makes the speechю
 * The Federal Republic of Eesti upgrades its naval capabilities and military. The Integration of many people go as planned ... anyway, stuff happens and things. The current government decides to side with Pskov against the Lithuanian, Prussian and Latvian pseudo-aristocracy. However, the Vice-Consul and Peaminister come out together and begin to advocate a peaceful solution to the "brother-peoples" of the Union, and implore all to avoid any "fratricidal conflicts". The Road network continues being built and worked on.
 * In Lithuania, the military is improved by purchasing weaponry from Pskov and stuff, the Prime Minster attends the Grand Summit. Due to rifts in opinion about the aristocratic and representation, tensions rise between Lithuania and Pskov. The Road network continues being built and worked on.
 * In the United Republic of Prussia and Danzig benefits from the de facto free trade with Croatia begin to show and grow its economy, GDP and average wages, as Prussian merchants, quick to capitalize on the downfall of aristocratic privileges in favour of wealth privileges (that many nobles got because they were also wealthy, and those that were did not care for the fate of the "lesser" nobility). Fredrik Hohenzollern, now declaring himself König - Statthalter, banking on the fact that nothing will come of the situation because firstly, Pskov will not issue a statement regarding his title, as it would only further the divide, and they do not want to destroy the Legacy of Elena.
 * The Belarussian Military is improved as the Road network continues being built. The head of the Duma continues to stand together with his Pskovian counterpart, taking an anti-aristocratic stance, jeopardizing his position in the duma ... there is a possibility he will face a vote of no-confidence during the budget next year ... and a strong possibility he would lose.
 * Grand Duchy of Moscow: This turn in Moscow and all vassals is officially dedicated to economy. We begin recovering from recent wars and rebuild our nation’s infrastructure and defenses. Surprised by the sudden betrayal we faced by our neighbors, we put aside resources for new fortifications and an undated military. Ship production continues, as does trade along our many trade routes. The settlement at St Patriksburg is expanded, with a large kremlin and port being constructed.
 * Westphalia: This turn is officially dedicated to infrastructural expansion in Frankfurt. In Nassau, Luxembourg. Hesse, Jülich, Köln, Lippe, Mainz, Paderborn, Pfalz, Berg, Brunswick-Göttingen, and Westfalen this turn is dedicated to economic expansion. Our territories are reorganized, with Frankfurt, Nassau and Luxembourg remaining personal union with the Kingdom of Westphalia, and in turn the Netherlands, while our remaining territories are designated vassals. Our forces begin training using experience from recent wars, and ships are built in allied ports. Our colonies continue to be supplied through allied territory, although growth is slow. Trade increases with the nations of Oldenburg, Hamburg, and the Netherlands. Trade with our colonies and allies continues. Now that the entirety of the Westphalia region is united, including Frankfurt and Luxembourg, work begins on improving infrastructure between nations. The seed drill, previously invented by Johann Tserclaes, begins to become common place across the nation, greatly increasing the productivity of our agricultural sectors. The surplus in crops allows our nation to experience a large population increase, which continues from the previous year at a steady rate. Seeing the need for increased production of clothing and other cotton related products, the nation begins investing in the domestic woolen industry, since the nation lacks a major partner in India or elsewhere for importing of woolen goods. A heavy fabric cloth known as fustian becomes popular, made from flax warp and cotton weft. Although not as soft as cotton, and more difficult to sow, this fabric is much stronger.

1723
Issues flare up over Dutch and Croatian possession in Nova Scotia threatening to cause a potential war over conflicting claims.

'''Oh jolly! Nk and I somehow got land in Nova Scotia? Seriously though, the only place NK and I share a border is OTL Nigeria, but I don't see any reason for issues to flare up there due to the long history of relations between Netherlands and Croatia and the fact that Nk would probably handle this diplomatically before threatening with war. But back to Nova Scotia. Croatia has NO land in Nova Scotia, and neither does the Netherlands. I have land in OTL Newfoundland, which borders Oldenburg's possessions, but I had noticed that Oldenburg did not expand some years before my establishment of a colony there. Therefore, I don't see a reason for an event like this to pop up. -Sky'''

'''My fault and TBH we need to speak about that colony. The territory you control should be Dutch right now due to a misrepresentation on the map -Feud'''

'''If that territory was meant to be Dutch, then I think my whole colony should be retconned since I only colonized it because there were no other powers on that island apart from Oldenburg. -Sky'''

'''Ah - if you're okay with that I can reflect it on the next map. -Feud'''

'''Continued Issues in Pskov over lack of territorial integration flare up when Russian immigrants now in positions of power once again ask Pskov for integration into the main nation rather than a peripheral vassal. They are heavily incensed over the topic.'''

Nehilaw Sachemate: Modernization continues, with numerous European immigrants accelerating technological advancements. Much of the upper class now speaks French in addition to Cree, and interest in French culture and food grows. Meanwhile, farmers in northern areas finish domesticating captured musk oxen, in order to replace cattle, which generally die in huge numbers every winter. Nomadic herding of reindeer, musk oxen and horses, increases in importance. Tsicha continues to be produced. The addition of certain herbs gives it hallucinogenic properties, making it far more popular than previously. The military grows, especially the navy. Cavalry increases in importance, while the navy and merchant marine reach a far larger size and efficiency from years of purchase, both from France and on the black market. Fishing continues to expand its importance to the Nehilaw economy, especially the massive cod fisheries off Newfoundland. All vassals and PU's expand their economies. A fort is constructed on Igulik and several dozen fishermen settle there for the winter this year, giving them a greater ability to catch and dry fish. With the High Sachem's daughter having received no marriage offers from European nobility, she is instead betrothed to Johan Albertus, the scion of a wealthy merchant family. Pragmatically, the marriage requires the movement of most of the family's immense assets to the Sachemate, in return for their long-desired ennobling. As a result, the Nehilaw gain dozens of ships, as well as banking and trade expertise. Desiring to expand its influence, the Nehilaw send the Ho-Chunk and Twightee offers for mutual defence pacts and trade agreements. (Mod Response Needed)
 * Portugal: Continues a notable buildup in military strength and allows for a vigorous training program on the existing military forces attempting to train them up heavily. Meanwhile, the administration continues to be reformed, and agriculture and commerce are encouraged. Meanwhile, Portugal continues to develop its navy. Meanwhile, the colony in Lenhame continues exporting wheat to Portugal. Meanwhile, trade intensifies in the African coast. Meanwhile, Santa Cruz and São Sebastião expand by 5000 sq km each. Meanwhile, sugarcane continues to be planted in Santa Cruz.
 * Duchy of Hamburg: Hamburg expands its infrastructure, and its subjects expand their militaries. New Mecklenburg in Australia expands by 20 px. War is declared on Dacia, seeing an opportunity to seize their East African colonies. Hamburg, Holstein, Mecklenburg and Stade provide the men and ships.
 * Grand Duchy of Moscow: This turn in Moscow and all vassals is officially dedicated to military. We begin recovering from recent wars and rebuild our nation's infrastructure and defenses. Surprised by the sudden betrayal we faced by our neighbors, we put aside resources for new fortifications and an undated military. Ship production continues, as does trade along our many trade routes. The settlement at St Patriksburg is expanded, with a large kremlin and port being constructed.
 * Great Manchu Empire (Personal Union With Japan): With the sudden death of the previous Emperor, his eldest son-in-law Horiyōshi Yokohama III succeeded the throne and acquired the position of Emperor of the Manchu Empire. One of his first decisions was to establish a tax system to extract tax from the people but to also make sure that not too much pressure was put upon the peasants. The Emperor was keen on improving the agricultural status in the state, and crops such as maize, wheat, rice, sorghum and soy beans were cultivated and harvested to also make sure that hunger was eradicated from the state. The herding of horses and cattle benefited the Manchu to a great extent with the Manchu being amongst the top exporters of milk in China. Trade with Korea, Imperium of Heaven and Japan proved beneficial as Manchu exported agricultural goods - especially lumber - to these states. Meanwhile, a major port was constructed to handle foreign trade to prevent illegal trading which would otherwise have a disastrous effect on the economy. Meanwhile, a large army of roughly 300,000 men was raised to defend the state from any foreign invasion with the soldiers handed light matchlock muskets snaphaunces, and with pikes equipped to be used while charging upon the enemy. Therefore, importance was given to the production of firearms and gunpowder. The infantry was equipped with daggers and swords to be utilised in close combat against the enemy and horses as well as carts were used for the transportation of supplies. Major forts were constructed in the North to defend against any invasion that would otherwise sweep through Manchuria. The Manchu Emperor, having closely observed the rapid development of Japan, started to promote education to copy the west. Many eunuchs who opposed this decision were put to death and eventually, the system of eunuchs was put down to prevent any power from opposing the Emperor. The Emperor ordered an increase in the teaching of subjects such as Biology, Chemistry and especially on developing new firearms and many firearms imported from Hispania were reverse-engineered to create identical copies. On the orders of Emperor Horiyōshi Yokohama III, the people were now converted to Shintoism and mass Shinto Temples were built. Meanwhile, we purchase battleships from Japan and build up our navy. Major military reforms are brought and a paramilitary force referred to as the Manchu Guards is initiated. The paramilitary comprising of 50,000 guards swear allegiance to the Emperor and are ordered to put down any rebellion swiftly and without mercy. Large scale trade continues with SiChuan and the two nations are slowly and gradually brought closer. Meanwhile, Emperor Horiyoshi Yokohama III died and was succeeded by Yamamoto Yokohama IV. Japanese culture was gradually adopted by the people. [Mil/Eco Turn]
 * Shangjingkou: The state - being agriculturally strong - had numerous agricultural projects initiated and crops such as maize, wheat, rice, sorghum and soy beans were cultivated and harvested to also make sure that hunger was eradicated from the state, and moreover these goods were exported to other Chinese states. The herding of horses and cattle benefited the Manchu to a great extent with the Manchu being amongst the top exporters of milk in China. Meanwhile, a major port was constructed to handle foreign trade to prevent illegal trading which would otherwise have a disastrous effect on the economy. Major forts were constructed in the North to defend against any invasion that would otherwise sweep through Manchuria. The Manchu Emperor, having closely observed the rapid development of Japan, started to promote education to copy the west. On the orders of Emperor Horiyōshi Yokohama III, the people were now converted to Shintoism and mass Shinto Temples were built. Meanwhile, we purchased battleships from Japan and built up our navy, eventually preparing a navy of a 100 ships. Moreover, we adopt Japanese culture and promote Shinto. [Mil/Eco Turn]
 * Kingdom of Lanzhou: With the conquest of Lanzhou, a local leadership is set up. The people are treated with mercy, and all the positions that were held prior to the war would still be held. With the exception of nobles and the royal family, which, however, were to be replaced. Much more modern weaponry was flowed into Lanzhou and a militia consisting of 5000 men was established to look after the state security. Moreover, we adopt Japanese culture and promote Shinto. [Mil/Eco Turn]
 * Hailar Khaganate: Prince Qing Aisen-Gioro Dorgon introduced a series of reforms which included support of settlement, ordering the people to put a halt to their nomadic lifestyles. Moreover, Prince Qing Aisen-Gioro Dorgon supported the construction of schools in order to spread western knowledge to the rural areas and to educate the people. Meanwhile, a paramilitary consisting of 500 men was set up to maintain law and order in the state, and a system of spies had been established to eradicate opposition to Manchu rule. The native Mongol people were treated generously, but all those that had fought against the Manchu in the war were sent to work in the fields although this did mean that the populace did not take part in cultivation and harvest of crops. To modify the trade route present in the state, Dorgon initiated the start of the road system to link the trade route and by now, up to 5000 men were recruited into the military. On the orders of Emperor Horiyōshi Yokohama III, the people were now converted to Shintoism and mass Shinto Temples were built and we adopt Japanese culture. Crops were cultivated to feed the poor, and a trade system had been established to trade with the Mangut Nivkh Tribes. [Mil/Eco Turn]
 * Korea: Korea continues to build up its military. Meanwhile, more Taoist, Neo-Confucian and Buddhist temples are built. Taoism rises in popularity and gains more followers. Regular (read: not Imperial) Shinto gains a few more followers as well, mainly along the coastline in Southeastern Korea, particularly in Busan, Jejudo, Ulsan, and the coastal cities and coastal towns of Southern Gyeongsang Province. Mahayana Tao-Shintoism also continues to grow, and begins gaining followers from the areas where Shinto is growing, with some Shintoists switching to Mahayana Tao-Shintoism. A few Shinto missionaries from Jejudo help out Japan in Vietnam to bring Shinto there. The colony of Haejagang (해자강) expands by 500 sq km.
 * Hispania: The Kingdom of Spain itself begins to see a small demographical decline as the immigration to colonies for the economic opportunity is on the rise. The Spanish nobility even sees a large sort of decline as many of the younger sons and daughters go to the Spanish colonies as the example has been set by the Royal Family. The Spanish population reaches about 16 million. The Empire officially begins a reform of the economic system looking to get away from reliance on gold and silver to bail the economy out of crisis and funding the big wars, The bullion is instead geared toward giving the empire a competitive edge in being able to invest millions on a whim in order to drive up investments and production. However, some paper notes to be backed up by bullion are also beginning to be considered in order to prevent the outflow of gold and silver capital from the empire. The colonies, as well, have officially moved away from the exploitation model of colonial economics and toward the production model, even though places like New Spain and New Granada are already heavily production model economies. The royal government continues to develop plans for the eventual reconquest of Hawaii. The Hispanian navy begins further development of its new larger classes of ships, churning out first rate flagships for various fleets, and more third rates, and fourth rates with the occasional second rate to augment the smaller patrol fleets the fifth and sixth rates begin to become more standard as light and medium frigates for singular voyages and patrols among other things. The Hispanian attitudes on industrialism continue to change but the nobility seems rather unhappy about having to see more common people in major cities. With relatively no sources of power, the natural sources of power, and in some cases manpower are used for the increasing amount of textile mills among other things. The flocking of populations to Northern Spain continues with a mass increase of population in Madrid, Zaragoza, Pamplona, Barcelona, and various other minor cities and townships throughout the north. In Response to the French supporting the german king in Britannia the Spanish navy is officially deployed in a much more aggressive stance towards France marking trade routes. Nearly 10,000 troops are moved up to the border as well.
 * Kingdom of Italy: The Italian army is drawn back to 40,000 troops most of them fiercely loyal to Hispania as they have made fortunes fighting for the empire or are Spanish cultured. The Italian navy reaches nearly 200 ships and growing. Some Hispanicized Italians (Italians who have adopted Spanish culture) are allowed to settle in the Spanish colonies. Some smaller towns and cities in coastal Italy see the first real merging of Spanish and Italian culture. Italy continues its economic buildup become a large part of the Spanish economy. The Italians show some minor unrest under the Spanish but the growing Hispanicized populace in Southern Italy is beginning to overtake various cultures within the southern territories. Some cultures such as Sicilian one of the most dominant in Southern Italy have become a closely tied culture with Spanish with a common "Hispanian" Culture beginning to develop in the Historic Kingdom of Naples area as well as farther within Italy now as well. The Spanish forces of Italy including Italian armed forces as well as the domestic navy are deployed as the tensions with France ramp up.
 * Savoy: The economy, thanks to trade with Spain, expands moderately. The people of Savoy begin to work toward building up a  fleet now at 120 ships. The military stands at about 10,000 and is worked on.
 * Genoa: Genoa's armed forces reach about 12,000. These people continue to find ways to live under the Spanish empire in a more prosperous way, by establishing multiple trade companies. These companies begin to be common throughout Spanish lands as the Genoans begin to build up a trade fleet of a sizable number now at 100 ships.
 * Kingdom of Lombardy: The Kingdom of Lombardy continues its development of its armed forces, being aided by a domestic arms industry. The Economy of the kingdom officially becomes fully tied with the empire. The Navy of the kingdom is minor standing at 25 ships. The Military stands at 25,000. Hispanization of Lombardy continues.
 * Modena: The nation of Modena's government is built up as the Barony of Modena and its military is improved significantly under the Spanish umbrella as they get a new slew of modern arms among other things. The economy of Modena is also expanded as the state begins to consolidate itself under Spain's trade umbrella.
 * Ravenna: Ravenna - now known as the Barony of Ravenna - is expanded economically heavily under Spain's trade umbrella as the majority of the Italian region has come under Spain's control. The military is also expanded as the city receives arms from Spain and Italy. Its armed forces reach a size of about 6000 and the military is drilled in Spanish tactics.
 * Vatican City: Wielding considerable influence the current Pope seeing Spanish advances deems it the will of God and declares the Spanish rule in Italy is one of the biggest acts of peace and prosperity seen on the peninsula since the Roman empire itself. The Vatican State recruits a series of guards to protect themselves and begins the process of adding many things to the Papal palace and beginning to root out corruption in the churches of the City of Rome and many other places in Italy.
 * Kingdom of Morocco: The Moroccan economy continues to expand with greater trade coming from Spain and the Canaries all the way down to Cape Ferdinand increasing the relative wealth. The Kingdom, with many canals having been completed, has vastly expanded its farmland among other things. The Moroccan navy elevates to nearly 150 ships. Morocco's economy continues to boom as the major canal projects have turned some of Morocco's harshest areas into incredibly useful farmland and for the first time in recorded history the area is covered in green farmland, trees and grasses. The population of Morocco is at an estimated 2.7 million with many being of mixed race or Spanish origin. The Moroccan culture, however, is wholly Spanish. The Moroccan nation sees some emigration from the nation to Spanish colonies but sees no real drain as many of them are Berbers or Mestizos looking for work other than farm work in Morocco.
 * Kingdom of Algiers: With the conquest of Algiers the Moroccan state continues to occupy and pacify Algiers flooding it with new Spaniards as nobles. The Imperial system is established in Algiers and a local force of about 2000 is established and run purely by the Spanish. The economy is obviously weak but begins to be recovered due to inclusion into the Spanish system. The Kingdom of Algiers is established and many Muslim fighters and their families are exiled into the deserts with the government unwilling to deal with the ultra-orthodox or radical Muslims. The Algerian kingdom begins using low class Muslim labor to begin working on canals much like Morocco. With recent history in Morocco many Algerians simply emigrate from the area to avoid wholesale slaughter or forced slave labor. Along with this many begin to convert as Christianity takes dominant presence due to a large Spanish settler class in Algiers of nearly 30,000.
 * Kongo: The Kingdom begins to work toward a trade and production economy focusing on helping provide resources for Spain's massive West African trade network. The King of the Kongo converting to Christianity and being baptised begins to call for the expansion of ports to the best of the Kongolese architects' abilities. The Kingdom of the Kongo in an attempt to increase economic output and trade begins to export a large amount of raw materials to Spain and begins to push toward heavy exploitation methods. The Kongo continues to expand its economy in order to export material to Spain, seeing a notable upswing as population and Spanish involvement helps the nation out. The first census of the Kongo is conducted with a population of about two million the nation is beginning to advance through some of the previous populational issues it had. The Spanish settlers in the Kongo only number about 2000.
 * Morelia: The military and economy of the Maya under Spain is developed and roads are upgraded to Spanish standards. The Island of Cuba is cultivated for sugar as Spain begins looking for more trade income rather than just total income from gold. Morelia reaches a population of about 1.5 million with many living within the Cuba island territory. Morelia officially finishes its expansion having nowhere else to go. Its armed forces reach force of about 5000 Colonial Spaniards supplied by the Spanish from home. The Colonial forces move on Cuba putting down the revolt as well as possible suffering surprising casualties.
 * Tenocha: Spanish continue their Ecomienda system from the Mapuche in the south to the Aztec areas to extract gold and silver. The economy becomes a major exporter in silver and gold as well as other materials back to Spain for which there is a high demand. The mercantilist policies, however, prevent competition in lucrative Spanish industries. The military of the Aztec territory. (Now known as Tenocha - a shortened and corrupted form of Tenochtitlan) reaches a force of about 5000 militia troops who are trained and led by Spanish officers. Coincidentally, the majority of the militia is Spanish as well that or the mixed race Mestizos. The population of Tenocha drops to barely six million as the disease has ravaged the massive nearly untouched Indian community in the western states. This has a massive impact as the vulnerability of the natives is considered a breaking point for the Spanish attempts to recruit them for a labor force.
 * Zapoteca: The Protectorate of Zapoteca after years of expanding begins the major integration of the new territories looking to integrate them fully. With a population of about four million Zapoteca re-arms its military into a force of about 40,000. Zapoteca also begins to consider Redistricting with more authority over Tenocha being granted while Itzapam is ceded to Morealia. The Zapotecan fleet is expanded further and a coastal highway is built up and connected with roads in Tenocha. Zapoteca boasts a large Mestizo population but also maintains a moderately sized New World born Spanish population which administers a good amount of the Zapotecan territories.
 * Mission of Nueva Galicia: Set up by a few opportunistic Spaniards the Mission of New Galicia is set up in the unorganized Colorado Territories using newly subjugated natives as a base for this (this is a vassal set up out of the unorganized Colorado Territory). Many of the Coloradans are happy for some semblance of organization and the mission is set up to expand throughout the well known Colorado Territories for trade supplies, or to come across settlements with which to trade. The Republic immediately begins to expand throughout the territory seeking for trade goods (50 px). This Mission (a church for the sole purpose of converting) is more or less turned into a small town with the church at the center but with many heavily armed Spanish guarding the fort's walls and keeping the surrounding territory around.
 * Kingdom of Venezia: The businessmen and high level economists, bankers and multiple other fully knowledgeable individuals of Venezia remaining after the war go on a trip to Spain's vibrant trade cities and after careful negotiations many of these men take over one of Spain's newest rising trade companies, the Buenos Aires trade company, with some offices based out of the Buenos Aires colony in Hesperia. The Venezian military is Raised to nearly 25,000 from its new Italian territories and exiles all Germans/Austrians from the territory only leaving Italians and Hispanians (Hispanicized Italians) Venezia continues its integration of the new territory. Venezia continues on a massive path toward hispanicization.
 * Viceroyalty of Nueva España: The Viceroyalty of New Spain is established with a massive amount of coastal territory secured begins to expand its major coastal settlements seriously with Buenos Aires maintaining the most with nearly 250,000 people but stagnating as more people are settling the countryside and establishing new towns and cities. The Population of the colony reaches nearly 5.5 million being about one-third the population of Spain itself. New Spain boasts massive crops of tobacco and cotton. The viceroy - in order to expand the food supply of the large colony - expands cattle ranching and agriculture in certain areas. The Spanish inhabitants of the colonies form more militias under the command of a Spanish officer which is trained only to fight off native attacks. New Spain begins an immense project to attract settlers and set up a much more organized settlement system. New Spain reaches a population of nearly five million and growing through immigration and domestic growth as well as inclusion of hispanicized natives and unhispanicized natives. The Viceroyalty with full authority of the Emperor issues a series of land grants to respectable people along the Interior territories and along the West Coast of the continent throughout Chile, this puts the Mapuche and Chilean territories officially under control of New Spain. With this inclusion the vast new tracts of territory begin to be settled further to expand existing internal cities. Along with this the attractiveness of cash cropping leads many to take out loans from the Royal Bank in New Spain which begins the development of further cash cropping such as cotton, yerba mate, wheat, barley, grapes, and a host of other cash crops keeping the crops on a rotationary cycle in order to keep prices in a fluctuation over the years and for field rejuvenation. New Spain, following nearly 200 years or more of being a full fledged colony of Spain, makes its first major standing colonial military force of nearly 50,000. Only about 15,000 are on duty at any given moment but the training of the Colonial army allows nearly the whole force to assemble within 100 miles of Buenos Aires in three weeks tops. The largest city in New Spain and officially one of the largest in the world is Potosi Bolivia with a population of nearly 300,000 and growing as the area around becomes heavily developed aside from the productive silver mines.
 * Vorlayacor: The Nation of Vorlayacor is officially brought back into the Empire a Solid Spanish built navy, and now military access to the Colonial Military Authority. The local ruler is left in his position and is granted as the Governor of Vorlayacor given a Spanish advisor and nearly 5000 of New Spain's colonial militia to establish solid Spanish control of the territory. Many see this as an affront as Vorlayacor was forced into its current position through Imperialist Spaniards. Regardless now with cheaper goods being part of the empire than being outside of it, the Vorlayacoran populace is relatively passive. Many border restrictions are eased in regards to New Spain and Vorlayacor to encourage some White immigration to the area to form the core of a new white settler population here. Fleet is expanded to about 20 ships. The Military is a force sent from New Spain acting as the military force for the nation.
 * Cape Ferdinand: The Cape Ferdinand colony expands its population hoping to attract more settlers. The population of Cape Ferdinand rises to 120,000 colonists as many new settlers arrive due to the investment. The area itself begins to show up as a trade hub. Zulu Africans in the area begin being contacted with missionaries looking to speak to these people. The expansion of colonists in the area is truly more along the lines of some Zulus who have been converted and contracted by the local colonists. This has led to many of them being recruited as colonial troops for their very warlike tendencies and well recognized attribute of following strong and powerful leaders of which the CMA sends only these to command the Zulu troops.Settlers along the Orange River begin an ambitious irrigation project. The Orange River settlers begin to mine diamonds. The Colony itself begins to see a notable growth of its Agricultural centers becoming a decent exporter of agricultural goods. Along with this a rather unorthodox product has come about. Zulu soldiers previously hired out and trained as colonial troops have come some of South Africa's most loyal and vehement supporters of Spain and here empire seeing her as the Bringers of Civilization, and with the wide adoption of Christianity among many Zulu peoples has led to them becoming a rather accepted demographic in the society of the Colony. However, this has led to relative tension as Zulu and Colonial troops are forced to take extremely harsh measures against other natives. This leads to the creation of the Zulu only policy, set on making Zulus the only Black Demographic in South Africa with significant populations in proportion to White Spaniards.
 * Viceroyalty of Nueva Granada: The Viceroyalty of New Granada sees more immigration but has become a sort of hub for Colonial administration fleets coming throughout the area to trade and explore as well as a staging point for those looking to sail to the Philippines hoping to reach them via the Pacific Ocean. The colony itself expands by 100 px. The colony's population expands to around 570,000 as the colony continues to grow in importance and the agriculture begins to take precedence - especially in the areas above the city of San Francisco. The establishment of wineries and even terrace farming for food begins in the San Lorenzo Valley and the surrounding mountains. The wineries are considered a lucrative cash crop and the Colonists take great pride in growing them in the area. The port city of Arica expands to a population of nearly 45,000 becoming a solid rival for the thriving San Francisco City. New Granada begins seeing some native resistance but forces many out in favor of settlers, Some native groups, however, seem rather keen on assimilation with the Spaniards adopting Spanish culture, Spanish language, and in some cases marrying Spanish men, and working for Spanish people. With life on the frontier rather hard, the Spaniards have great welcome for cheaper workers who are willing to adopt all aspects of Spanish culture. Taking a cue from the conquests of territory in New Spain by the natives, the Colonial forces here use a divide and conquer strategy pitting some native tribes against each other and then eliminating the survivors. New Granada with its various mountains and with some territory in the valley secured, begins to implement the learned Inca method of terrace farming which is standard even in Spain at this point. The farming in general begins to show promise as surplus yields begins to show. The Forests in the area begin to be cut for ship building which quickly picks up as various Spanish trade companies and even the highly militarized Spanish Asian companies begins picking up on these developing the local economy into something impressive. Various cash crops also begin to be grown - most particularly cotton and now Grapes as well as the hybrid grape is bred and planted.
 * Philippines: Spain continues to establish majority control over the area through trade and other means. Investment from Spain is sent to facilitate buying materials to build up the area as the Philippines are garrisoned by mercenaries hired by Spain and nearly 300 of Spain's most well trained troops but the forces are expanded to about 5000 using locally trained soldiers or more mercenaries. The Philippines is built up as a massive trade and naval base and a fleet of Spanish ships sent from here make more trips to Central Borealia with Spain becoming the first nation to connect a trade route along the entire planet. This trip begins to gradually shift toward New Granada. Talks of turning the Philippines into a Crown Viceroyalty get underway. The Philippines shows notable Spanish settlement with nearly 12,000 Spaniards living on the islands, mostly in Manila.
 * Protectorate of Oyo: The extraction economy of the protectorate increases and the royal governor makes quotas much less demanding allowing the people to actually live somewhat rather than be in a bond of virtual slavery. The military forces in the area are augmented with newer weaponry and are some of the most advanced troops in the region. The Protectorate exports many cash crops, metals and precious goods to Spain. The population of the Oyo territory being part of the original heartland of the former Oyo empire undergoing a census is estimated at about five million people having experiences multiple population shattering issues since the collapse of the empire, mostly diasporas inland, and the readjustment into the Spanish colonial economy. The protectorate of Oyo keeps its armed forces to nearly 20,000 all made up of some of the minorities in the area and led by Spanish officers. A large community of Spaniards begins to develop on in the protectorate with about 3000 people between Spaniards, and Hispanicized Italians living along the coast.
 * East African Protectorates: The military is reformed under a new commander of the CMA who gets newer weapons for his troops and drills them in modern tactics seeing developing colonies in Africa as a threat to the sovereignty of the protectorates. With Colonial Authority in place, and the Colonial Military Administration keeping the areas from devolving into a regional arms race between the protectorates the area is effectively administered as a singular entity under the Administration, with each state keeping its local culture, customs, and minor armed forces. The Colonial Military Administration does take extra care in keeping these forces loyal and small, having more to gain by serving with Spain rather than for nationalistic purposes. The economy of the area is advanced significantly as the Spanish global trade network uses this area as a stopping point. The Protectorate's naval force headquarters is moved to the massive naval port on the southern coast of Madagasikara known as Saint Felipe. The potential division of the EAP is proposed with Madagasikara, Maputo, and Mozambika becoming three separate entities within the Empire. This decision shows a great deal of support as the decentralized nature of the current governmental force has become a major issue in dealing with the three territories.
 * Khambhat: With growing Spanish presence in India, the Spanish East India Company agrees to separate administration into the Khambat sphere and the Madras sphere organizing them into two separate entities. The military forces of the area are recruited from Indians with a force of nearly 5000 in Khambhat and the surrounding territories. The area's economy is built up as a trade hub as a trade port. The company navy along with Madras maintains nearly 70 ships for personal use 20 of these being top-of-the-line warships. The Khambhat territory as it is well known is shown to be a proven economic hub from India as Spain begins to made a noticeable and large profit with the territory being managed by the East India Company. Khmbat deploys its full 5000 troop complement but with recent growth over the years and a much higher need to take more territory, the army is raised to about 20,000 with the Sepoya troops being the majority with a good amount of them being Sikhs. These forces are deployed to fight their northern neighbor.
 * Madras: With Madras being ceded by the Netherlands to Spain the territory is administered as a separate entity from Khambhat. The majority of Spain's 10,000 Indian troops are relocated from Bengal to Madras with the empty slots being filled as the East India Company established full control over the enclave. The economy of the area is bolstered by Madras being a major stopping point for ships and the Indian trade moving along the Spanish global trade route increases the economy immensely. Plantations are started up in the area for cash crops and run with local labor. The City is at an estimated 200,000 people within the confines of Spanish controlled territory and the outer edges of territory contain nearly another 75,000 people. The Spanish colonial government raises its forces to nearly 25,000 and within the next year or two is expected to gain another 10,000 recruits. These forces are deployed to fight in India.
 * Greater Cochin: The Protectorate of Greater Cochin is formed following the revolt of the noble and with this the nobility more or less are forced to give up their titles. They are all more or less replaced with a Spanish aristocracy which now run the country. With this the unification of Dawei and Shan under Cochin the new state begins an aggressive integrationist policy. The Sepoya troops in Cochin are expanded to nearly 8000 and the economic policies are used to increase the productivity of the territory. The Greater Cochin area now houses nearly 1000 Spanish marines now using it as a major base of operations in the region. The Greater Cochin area raises nearly 35,000 troops from the local treasury and with this marches through Urdustan to fight in India purchasing supplies along the war.
 * Shanghai: The city of Shanghai - due to its presence on the mainland of China proper - becomes a massive economic and trade port for the empire only just a few years but with direct access to Chinese goods coveted by Europe a huge volume of trade ships numbering in the hundreds flood the port purchasing the goods and transporting them across the Pacific via Spain global trade route. Shanghai hears of the first potential immunization for smallpox via Chinese texts and begins looking into it. The Shanghai armed forces stand at a solid 35,000 strong bearing some of Spain's finest military equipment accrued through the China Sea Company. Shanghai is named the headquarters of the overseas South China Sea Company and manages to secure 500 elite Spanish troops to guard the interest in China. The newly built trade port of Heian is put under Shanghai's operational umbrella on the island of Hainan.
 * Qingdao: Qingdao - due to further distance - is set up as another South China Sea Company ruled territory and the good from the area are used to attract traders here as well. This is done to prevent the city of Shanghai being the only major Spanish Chinese port. The company invests into a force of about 1000 to hold the city and now about 30 top-of-the-line ships.
 * Nueva Aragon: New Aragon is officially established as an independent viceroyalty with the discovery of another organized state in Australia with plans to begin expansion around 1700. The area shows a large influx of Spanish military settlers looking to keep any hostility down on the continent of Australia. The Force here is at about 300 with a grand total population of about 2000. The emerging importance of this territory becomes increasingly important as New Aragon is given ten top-of-the-line ships, and about 500 marines to keep the area a major territory of Spanish influence. New Aragon begins considering the opening up of a new Colony on the now named Continent of Australia. New Aragon begins to expand by 50 px to the east.
 * Sorento: The Colony of Sorento is founded following various economic and trade company forays into the region. The Colony expands by 75 px taking control of the harbor now known as Sorento Harbor which begins to show a good influx of traders who are looking to make their fortunes in Australia. The Colony has a population of 500 but the Sorento company looking to give the colony a rather large population begins advertising and offering to subsidize people to come to the new colony and help it grow. The Sorento colony is supported by five warships from the empire and their marine forces which are used multiple time to drive off native raids from the trade company's fort.
 * Yunnan: The Yunnanese continue to invest the modest income from exports into infrastructure. They also continue improving the defensive fortifications of Yunnan.
 * France: Military, navy and economy are built up. The colony continues expanding and growing by 100 sq km among both colonies into the Galapago Islands called Illes d'Neptune The colonies continue growing as expected. The colony of Nouvelle Rouen continues to expand inland throughout the land corridor given by Cahokie by 9800 sq km. Mining continues in the colony of Nouevelle Orleans. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. after several years of ruling, the king Charles XVI dies, and with it His oldest son, Francois becomes the king of France as Jean Francois I, seeing the chance to turn the politic tide of Europe decides to join in the side of Hamburg on the affair of the Britannian succession war. one of the first actions made is to support the claim of the House of Hamburg. In other aspects, a great number of men are conscripted for the army and preparation for troops being sent into Calais to await for deployment if needed into Kent. In other news, the King shows renewed interest in East Asia, seeing that no much more room is left, he does a quite odd ritual in order to choose the aim of French expansion in East Asia, taking a map of the kingdoms of the area and an arrow, he throws a dart at the map blindfolded, whichever nation it hits, will be France's main target. The result, Cambodia. The plans are drawn up but put in hold due to the Britannian succession. The king also commands the creation of a secret plan to conquer Brittany once the britannian issue is resolved. The creation of a Cahokian bellic campaign are also to be set in motion sometime in five years after moving the sufficient troops to the area.
 * Kingdom of Rhineland: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The Rhenish culture begins spreading farther from the center of the country northwards. However, failing to penetrate Koln and northernmost area of the country, Southern French Speaking "Rhenanie" region. has become profoundly populated by French Speakers and Rhenanien Speakers (Similar to Wallonian in some aspects, a deeply Germanized French dialect).
 * Kingdom of Lower Burgundy: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The French population in the country grows and the Valais region becomes a trading point with the German nations.
 * Sardinia: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The Sardinian language has lowered its usage to only 10% of the population of Sardinia (roughly 50,000 people) with the speaking African (43%) and French (38%) or Vandalian (9% African Rhenish German dialect) and with the vast majority being able to speak both African and French (that is more or less 85% of the nation's population). The population is stable at 500,000 people.
 * Andorra: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up.
 * Africa: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The African language has become the de facto leading language surpassing every other (outside of French) being spoken by the 2.3 million people living in the country as either native or second language. Vandalian, however, dominates area of Tripolitania's coast with a population of around 5000 speakers in the region. French is still the main language officially. Trading outposts begin to be made in the border of the country to trade with Tuareg and inland tribes.
 * French Mali: Due to vast piracy campaigns which France and Spain have contributed to has resulted in many pirate coves in the Bissagos Islands, and as a result a larger influx of Frenchmen arrived this year, though they still don't even make up 1% yet. Ports continue to expand appropriately and the region becomes a place worth note on many maps. Roads continue being built to outlying villages and plantations continue being built.
 * Artois: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure and navy are built up. The nation prepares an army for the conflict in Britannia.
 * Free City of Danzig: The military, economy, infrastructure, and navy are built up, Danzig asks a diplomatic meeting with Pskov, Croatia and Poland's leadership within the city.
 * Cahokie: Christianization of the locals continue Military, navy, infrastructure and economy are built up.
 * |onte: Population grows by 50,000 people. Kurum Kuneneli continues making rifles for the army. Mon VI travels around making sure of the well being of |onte's Khoisan brothers. Mon IX, interested in the formalism of European laws and nation starts thinking of ways to consolidate |onte, such as a flag, motto, coat of arms, capital, etc. A regimentation of the "gift-based" economy has been noticed by scholars. Though transactions do not occur, per se, it is considered very rude not to reciprocate a gift. However, they need not be of equal value. The knowledge and education in Kunene spread on a slight scale, as authors, story tellers, philosophers and other intelligentsia leave their work out to gain recognition, often taken home by farmers from the countryside, the farmers, who grow far more than they will need, leave their rice in the grain storage. A trend has appeared for women to cover their breasts. However, the trend is mostly confined to Kunene. Mon XI sends his 200,000-strong Eheresito hu |onte to begin mining for diamonds that were recently encountered, greatly boosting the economy, allowing for food imports and the buying of ships. |onte's navy reaches a large size after many years of buying from France.
 * The Kiatagmiut Band works to expand its cultural, trade, and geographic boundaries throughout Kelutmun.
 * Nubia: The military continues to train loyal troops to fight for the nation. Cities continue to rebuild themselves like European cities. Ports expand to fit more ships. A big library is continuing being built in the capital city. It will store books from around the world. The first university of the country is continuing being built in the capital city. Our military continues to expand 100 px southwest. Walls and outposts around the capital city are continuing to be built.
 * Alodia: Military and economy expand.
 * Makuria: Military and economy expand.
 * Grand Croatian Bajandom (Velika Hrvatska Bajanovina): Military turn. Sewerage systems similar to Ragusan ones are built in major towns of the Bajanate. With growing Ragusan influence, and the beginning of further colonization, the navy expands rapidly using much of the Ragusan and also Britannic expertise. Moreover with the influx of new resources in form of lumber, labour and metals, the navy begins expanding at a fast rate. More and more ships capable of crossing the Atlantic with ease are built. The Sabor intends to restore the glorious naval culture of the Neretva peoples and plans to do so by expanding the navy. The kravata (tie) is more and more used as an accessory. Tensions rise with Dacia as the Croat and Hungarian populace (whatever's left of it) begins yearning for Eastern Hungary. This leads to a war in order to unite Hungary's territory once more, including the territory that was lost in the 1530s during the first war against Hungary.
 * ​Bandom of Croatia: Trade routes are strengthened and the salt mines around Tuzla are explored as well as the salt industry in Pag and Nin. Using irrigation from the Danube, Sava, Drava, Drina, Cetina, Una, Vrbaš, Kupa, Neretva and other rivers the fields in the kingdom are developed, used for crops such as wheat, rye and barley. With trade routes increasing and Croatia entering an era of peace and of stability, the development of new trade ships is issued. The Brothers of the Raven continue spreading their influence in Croatia. Stone mining is furthered as well as the timber industry. The need for these resources rises as urbanization carries on. The navy, under command of the Bajan and the First Admiral is developed due to the purchase of Britannic ships which are inspected and introduced into the Royal War Navy of Croatia or HBRM (Hrvatska Bajanska Ratna Mornarica). Iron ores in Dugopolje, Zenice and at last the 'mud' ore in Vojvodina and eastern Slavonia are to be exploited alongside the silver and copper ores more frequently and of better quality than the iron ores. The exploitation of iron ores in the Lika and Gorski kotar areas continues. The salt industry in Ston is funded by the government. Britannic assistance aids with the naval reform. The influx of resources from Dahomey aids the economy. However, the government makes sure that the gold arriving isn't immediately put on the market in order to control the inflation in the worth of gold. The silver mine in Srebrenica is mined.
 * Polish Bandom (Poljska Banovina): The Polish Bandom grows relatively independently, although a part of the Bajandom, the Polish Saborčić (Little Sabor, also known as Szlachta/Šljahta) works more or less independently within its borders. The Polish Ban is elected by it while the Bajan only confirms him. The issue within Poland are attempted to be handled, and for now things are peaceful again, although some nobles still seem to be plotting something.
 * Czech Bandom (Češka Banovina): The Bandom recovers from the Idiocracy's rule and many nobles gain more power in the nation.
 * Podbanate of Silesia (Šlezijska Podbanovina): The Podbandom's natural resources are highly sought in the rest of the Bajanate which leads to economic growth. The Silesian cultural movement flourishes with aid of the Croats, who aim to make Silesia a region independent from both Poland and the Czech Banate.
 * Podbanate of Dahomej (Podbanovina Dahomej): The natural resources are quickly put to use, such as coconuts, cotton both refined and raw as well as the gold. Finally, the wood industry prospers as materials are needed for new ships that would help keep the connection between Croatia and Dahomey strong.
 * Podbandom of Carantania (Podbanovina Karantanska): Croatization continues, starting with removing any pro-Austrian threats. The idea that Carantania is Slavic since the Carantanian Slavic tribe settled there spreads and is used to bring the Podbandom closer to the Bandom.
 * Isles of the Grand Bajandom (Otoci Velike Bajanovine): The infrastructure is built up.
 * Carantanian Island (Karantanski Otok): The colony expands by 750 sq km.
 * In Pskov, the GDP rises along with average wages. The Inter-Republic Road network is continued to be worked on. The Science and technology aspect of Pskov is not overlooked either. As prosperity in the nation increases, the amount of money and new people investing in institutions of higher learning. As such, the various schools that existed in Nizhegorodsk-Na-Narve unite and form the "University of Nizhegorodsk", beginning a rivalry between it and Pskov. The idea of creating the general assembly, and the ideas of integration are at the core of this year's Grand Summit, with much push back coming from Eesti, Latvia, and Lithuania, because they are the least populous states, and do not want measures disadvantagous to them to be passed, or for people in Pskov of Prussia to have a say in the decisions affecting only that region. This sentiment of wanting independence in affairs only concerning them is echoed by every nation (mostly because no nation has a majority of the population). However, the desire for integration still remains high in the parliaments due to russian immigrants that Pskov is able to ... let's just say acquire from Russia. After the conclusion, the Heads of Government and the heads of state plea together to the New Veche of Pskov to be the first to ratify the Pskov Concordat, the formal agreement that would institute the Grand Senate as a legislative branch that would be a unified parliament for all members of the union and to pass laws on issues affecting the union as a whole. It also contains a promise of each signing nation to strive towards "Greater Integration" in the near future, and the "clarification of the division of powers". The Grand Senate would be a  bicameral legislature, with the first house being the General Assembly, a 500-member house that is chosen by elections throughout the union, and the second house, the Council of Nations, a 120-member house where the representatives are appointed by the various republics in order to represent their interests and be "above" the election politics seen in many cities where people are more than likely to join factions (proto-political parties), each republic would get 20 representatives (All house names are their English equivalents, and will have equivalent and official names in Russian, German, Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian). After much debate, a slimm majority of 53 ayes votes to ratify against 47 nays. All the viceregal representatives of the Supreme Prince sign it as it has become tradition for them as well to meet at the Grand Summit. The concordat is then taken to the other republics to ratify, and then will be given to the Supreme Prince in Croatia for him to sign this place into law. The New veche also approves of a motion to temporarily use the Electoral council building for the Grand Senate until a seperate building may be constructed for it outside the Krom, or for it to be decided that it will permanently use the Electoral Council building.
 * The Federal Republic of Eesti upgrades its naval capabilities and military. The Integration of many people go as planned ... anyway, stuff happens and things. The Grand Summit is a great success, as after much heated debate, and more than one near-stormout, the Pskov Concordat is agreed upon when the Council of Nations is added as an upper house to the General Assembly, in no small part due to the efforsts of Vice-Consul Peeter Vaino and Peaminister Elmar Lepmets, who both endorse the agreement (with Vice-Consul Peeter signing it), and present it as the perfect solution to the Riigikogu of the Federal Republic, whom they ask for approval. Before the Christmas reprieve, the Riigikogy ratifies the Concordat with a 84-16 vote. The Road network continues being built and worked on.
 * In Lithuania, the military is improved by purchasing weaponry from Pskov and stuff. The Prime Minster attends the Grand Summit. Due to rifts in opinion about the aristocratic and representation, tensions rise between Lithuania and Pskov. The Road network continues being built and worked on.
 * In the United Republic of Prussia and Danzig benefits from the de facto free trade with Croatia begin to show and grow its economy, GDP, and average wages, as Prussian merchants, quick to capitalize on the downfall of aristocratic privileges in favour of wealth privileges (that many nobles got because they were also wealthy, and those that were did not care for the fate of the "lesser" nobility). König - Statthalter Willhelm Hohenzollern and Chancellor Albert Ackerman, both present the Pskov Concordat to be ratified, both having signed it in person. The Bundestag passes the bill with a 60-40 majority, many unsure of the exact powers the Grand Senate will have
 * The Belarussian Military is improved as the Road network continues being built. After the Grand Summit, Knyaz-Namestnik Dmitri Shevchenko, and Glava-Dumi Nikolai Prakazov, having signed the Pskov Concordat, both endorse the document and emplore the Duma to ratify it. Unfortunately, however, they do not get around to doing so before Christmas break, and the issue will be taken up again next year in February during the new session.
 * Scandinavian Empire: The economy and military of Scandinavia improves this year. Import/export businesses in Denmark, Sweden and Norway bring in a considerable amount of income. Scandinavia's chief exports include iron, wood, and other construction materiel, a commodity that is vastly growing in necessity as urbanization increases throughout Europe. Militaries in Europe purchase Scandinavian iron for ships and weapons. The Scandinavian colonies are a source of even more lumber. Resources such as pelts bring in massive amounts of profit for Scandinavia, both due to intranational trading and international trading. Scandinavia exports resources such as textiles, dyes and foodstuffs from its trading partners. Interest in coffee plants rises among nobles as the drink becomes more popular among the population of Scandinvia, especially in the upper class and in the aristocracy. Though the bean is expensive to Scandinavia, coffee sales spike. Indonesian powers are offered exclusive trade deals for coffee in exchange for discounted, high-quality wood and iron. Scandinavia retains its alliances with Bavaria, Pskov, the Roman Empire, Britannia, the Nehilaw and many other nations. These alliances are celebrated in the Scandinavian courts. The ports in Iceland are expanded to accomodate more ships. Education in Scandinavia continues to improve. The literacy rate is steadily increasing as public schools are built throughout the nation. The population of Scandinavia continues to explode as well. Urbanization, more food supplies, better census data, and other factors are all leading to a spike in population. Scandinavia's population is expected to reach nine million by 1740. While this increase in population does come with benefits, it has its drawbacks as well. Homelessness in urban areas and overcrowding is becoming a massive problem, especially in Copenhagen. To accomodate, people are encouraged to travel to the New World. In political news, the House of Bjelbo-Griffins continues to remain in charge of Scandinavia. The riksdag is dominated by this royal house. The health of King Kristoffer II takes a turn for the worse before passing away in late November. He has ruled since the 1660s and will be remembered as a powerful leader and an inspirational tale for those undergoing hardship and struggle. Kristoffer was once a captain in the Danish armies before rising to power in the Scandinavian Civil War as an icon of the revolution. His son, Nikolos Griffins, becomes Nikolos II of Scandinavia. He adopts a 'wait and see' protocol for the British Civil War.
 * Helluland: The military and economy are improved. Helluland expands by 1000 sq km this year. Helluland is responsible for the production of furs in the Scandinavian Empire, generating much profit for the colony.
 * Huronsmark: The military and economy are improved. Huronsmark expands by 1000 sq km this year. Huronsmark is responsible for the production of furs and timber in the Scandinavian Empire, generating much profit for the colony.
 * Iceland: The military and economy are improved. Iceland is an important port for northern Europeans. Due to the large amounts of trade flowing into Icelandic ports, the population of Iceland increases.
 * Jansylvania: The military and economy are expanded. Jansylvania is Scandinavia's newest colony, though it has grown rapidly since its establishment. Jansylvania yields large amounts of timber, though it is also a massive center of trade between Scandiavia and Native Americans.
 * Karelia: The military and economy expands. Karelia has been in the Scandinavian realm for centuries now. It is the location of many important fortresses, namely Castle Vyborg. Karelia is a massive source of iron for Scandinavia. Trade with Russia and Pskov flows through Karelia during the summer months.
 * New Gotland: The military and economy expands. New Gotland is one of Scandinavia's older colonies. A coastal colony, New Gotland specializes in shipbuilding and trading along the Borealian East Coast. Timber is also produced in New Gotland.
 * Schleswig: The military and economy are expanded. Schleswig has been a vassal of the Scandinavian Empire for quite some time. All land routes into Scandinavia go through this vassal, meaning Schleswig is one of Scandinavia's wealthiest vassals.
 * Sjösmark: The military and economy are expanded. The colony expands by 5000 sq km this year. Trade with Nehilaw brings gold and people into the colony.
 * Strombek: The military and economy are expanded. Strombek expands by 5000 sq km. Strombek is one of Scandinavia's oldest and most successful colonies. Trade along the St Lawrence River makes it one of the wealthiest as well. Strombek is a source of furs and timber for Scandinavia.
 * Vinland: The military and economy are expanded. Vinland expands by 5000 sq km. The oldest of Scandinavia's colonies, Vinland is one of the most populous colonies along the eastern Borealian coast. Its capital, New Copenhagen, has become the most populous city on the east Borealian coast. Immigrants from Northern Europe flock to Vinland, especially New Copenhagen, in search of a new life.
 * Vinland: The military and economy are expanded. Vinland expands by 5000 sq km. The oldest of Scandinavia's colonies, Vinland is one of the most populous colonies along the eastern Borealian coast. Its capital, New Copenhagen, has become the most populous city on the east Borealian coast. Immigrants from Northern Europe flock to Vinland, especially New Copenhagen, in search of a new life.
 * Roman Empire: The Empire continues to prosper in this time of peace. The economy continues to grow as the trade networks across the Empire become more solidified and trade networks outside of the Empire continue to expand, particularly in eastern Asia and Borealia. The military and the navy continues to train, practice, and learn new techniques as they are discovered. The military eventually rises to about 200,000 trained soldiers, although not all of those soldiers are on duty all the time for economic concerns. Troops of all ethnicities are trained to keep the army diverse and the ethnic groups unified. The various Archonates continue to be integrated with new infrastructure, new trade connections, and a newly increasing sense of Roman "identity." Some expansionists begin to wonder why Egypt has not yet been added to the Empire as a full Archonate yet, although the Emperor assures them that it will happen. The reign of John IX has been relatively peaceful and prosperous, with minimal incidents. An attempted overthrow happened, but that was short and rapidly crushed by the army. The policy toward the Turks, numbering about two million out of an Empire of 23 million, remains the same, and a few hundred to a thousand Turks are estimated to leave the Empire each year. Cities like Ancyra, Nicaea and Ephesus continue to grow, further fortifying Roman control over western Anatolia. Military outposts along the border with the Damascan Sultanate are constructed and fortified, as the Emperor notices that there are now no buffer states between the two rising powers. Influence in vassal states continues to grow, and the Roman political and economic sphere continues to expand and consolidate its gains. Cooperation with the Croatians in their military efforts is supported, and Rome joins the war on their side.
 * Reme: The colony continues to prosper from the growth of cash crops and their export. Along with the native issue, some troops and militia as well as allied natives join in the fight to defeat the raiders and conquer their lairs. The native states are defeated and their lands placed under military occupation pending an increase of relations and better governance. Expands in the north by 20 pixels. The issues with the pirates begins to come to the attention of the colonial government, and steps are taken in order to cut down on piracy, including increased patrols. Increasing bureaucracy in the colonies is careful to facilitate cordial relations between the natives and colonists. Economic growth, particularly in Antillia, drive the colonization process further. Cooperation with the natives increases to further protect the mainland colonies, while better fortifications and shipyards are constructed in order to better protect the colonies. The native Creek royalty are captured after the war, and surprisingly are not executed. The royal family of the Creek is instead ordered to govern their people who reside in Roman territory in much the same manner as other native royalty in Roman Borealia. The population starts to grow further thanks to better healthcare, more food, and an expanding economy.
 * Egypt: Egypt begins to recover from the war. With almost all of the Muslim inhabited lands of the state stripped from it, Egypt is now mostly Christian, although the rights of the Muslims remaining are not infringed upon. Food begins to be grown again, and this helps the population recover from ages of war. The Roman military garrison largely maintains order, while a 25,000 man Egyptian force is trained to help protect the nation and the canal. The Grigius family returns from Greece to rule over Egypt once again, and they are met with some enthusiasm. The previous royal family is deposed from ruling but they are not harmed and are allowed to maintain their nobility, as relatives to the current king. Other nobles who were loyal keep their nobility, and commoners who remained loyal to Rome are given nobility and automatic citizenship. As the population continues to grow, it centers around the cities of Alexandria, Damietta, Luxor, and the newly refounded Berenice. Alexandria becomes a shining city on the banks of the sea and the Nile, and it is widely admired. Berenice is growing well, and the trade from India and China makes the city expand much more quickly. Large ships are sent around the Cape of Africa to serve as trade ships at Berenice. The population still remains mostly agricultural at this time. The revolt of the border town is easily put down by the military occupation force, but the lesson of the revolt is not lost on the Occupation Force and most of the Imperial government. Steps are taken to prevent or otherwise cut off revolts when they start, and as such some of the cultural laws and ideas initiated in the previous period of Roman rule are to be restored, with the rest restored over time. With the problems of the canal, the Roman military occupation and the native Egyptian military set up patrols along sections of the canal to ensure that raids are not too damaging. At the same time, the military tries to pinpoint the origins of these raids and take them out at the root. Military and economic growth and stability is the next major project for the Egyptian government. Egyptian officers are trained at military academies in Roman cities such as Constantinople, Adrianople and Sparta while Egyptian merchants are invested in and trained by Roman merchants. By now, most of the institutions of the Egyptian state have been rebuilt to some degree and are firmly integrated with their Roman counterparts.
 * Georgia: The Roman military occupation is largely frowned upon by the locals. However, the locals do approve of some aspects. They do approve of Roman occupation rather than Damascan occupation, and the fact that the Bagrationi Dynasty still rules earns some decent respect for Roman authority. Roman authorities work with the Bagrationi Dynasty to help bring improvements to the region and its people. Infrastructure is repaired from the war and new roads and buildings are constructed to benefit both the occupation and the native people. To help earn the loyalty of the native population, the Laz people, related to the Georgians themselves, are persuaded to gradually move from their homeland in northern Anatolia to join their brothers in Georgia. The existing Georgian navy is enrolled into the Imperial Navy while new Georgian merchants and military officers are enrolled in education programs to better integrate them with existing Imperial systems.
 * Armenia: The country of Armenia faces a bit of a problem. The Roman occupation force, as a general precaution, did not allow the Bragationi family remain in control of both Armenia and Georgia. As such, the need for a royal was the first challenge to be addressed. After much consideration in the Imperial court of Constantinople, it is decided that the Lusignan Dynasty of former Cyprus and Armenian Cicilia will take the throne, as some yet still live in Constantinople and have displayed considerable loyalty to the Empire a few decades after the fall of Cyprus. The new dynasty is enthroned on New Years Day, and the new king and the Roman occupation force begin eagerly in making Armenia a safe and prosperous place. Merchants and military officers are trained in ways similar to their Georgian counterparts, while border posts are constructed along the southern border with the Damascan Sultanate. In contrast with the Georgians, the Armenians are relatively glad to have Roman rule, as the Damascans directly invaded Armenia and threatened the populace.

1724
Events (mods only)


 * Duchy of Hamburg: Hamburg expands its infrastructure, and its subjects expand their militaries. New Mecklenburg in Australia expands by 20 px. The war in Dacian Somalia progresses smoothly, with Mogadishu falling early in the year.


 * Portugal: Continues a notable buildup in military strength and allows for a vigorous training program on the existing military forces attempting to train them up heavily. Meanwhile, the administration continues to be reformed, and agriculture and commerce are encouraged. Meanwhile, Portugal continues to develop its navy. Meanwhile, the colony in Lenhame continues exporting wheat to Portugal. Meanwhile, trade intensifies in the African coast. Meanwhile, Santa Cruz and São Sebastião expand by 5000 sq km each. Meanwhile, sugarcane continues to be planted in Santa Cruz.
 * Nubia: The military continues to train loyal troops to fight for the nation. Cities continue to rebuild themselves like European cities. Ports expand to fit more ships. A big library is continuing being built in the capital city. It will store books from around the world. The first university of the country is continuing being built in the capital city. Our military continues to expand 100 px southwest. Walls and outposts around the capital city are continuing to be built.
 * Alodia: Military and economy expand.
 * Makuria: Military and economy expand.
 * Korea: Korea continues to build up its military. Meanwhile, more Taoist, Neo-Confucian and Buddhist temples are built. Taoism rises in popularity and gains more followers. Regular (read: not Imperial) Shinto gains a few more followers as well, mainly along the coastline in Southeastern Korea, particularly in Busan, Jejudo, Ulsan, and the coastal cities and coastal towns of Southern Gyeongsang Province. Mahayana Tao-Shintoism also continues to grow, and begins gaining followers from the areas where Shinto is growing, with some Shintoists switching to Mahayana Tao-Shintoism. A few Shinto missionaries from Jejudo help out Japan in Vietnam to bring Shinto there. The colony of Haejagang (해자강) expands by 500 sq km.
 * Yunnan: The Yunnanese continue to invest the modest income from exports into infrastructure. They also continue improving the defensive fortifications of Yunnan.


 * Peruvian Confederation: Within the Inca Empire proper, the military, economy and navy are improved. Cava dies at the age of 65. her eldest son takes the throne. He, like his mother, places himself on the throne of both Tawatinsuyu and Chiribaya. Population of the Empire stands at six million with the largest city being Cuzco (170,000), then Peru (80,000), Machu Picchu (65,000), Chimu (50,000) Sican (30,000) and New Burgundy (25,000). Cava also creates the Peruvian Confederation, modeled after the Spanish confederation, it consists of Peru and her vassals. Huascar takes the throne. Her other children include Huascar's brother, Maitia (27), and his sister, Ka-Atta-Killia. (20) Reconstruction of Huari continues. A novel called ,  The Children of the Mountains , is published in the Inca Empire. The Novel details a history where Cuzco is destroyed by Spanish Conquerors and what remains of the Inca live within the mountains, fighting against the Spanish conquistadors. The novel is mostly ignored.
 * Empire of Chiribaya: With the formation of the Peruvian Confederation and the Elevation of Chiribaya into an empire, a new wave of updates to the military, economy and navy begins. The nation, under Cava's rule, begins to develop laws similar to that of the Inca. An effort to attract immigrants from Tawatinsuyu begins, as the population stands at 1,750,000. Chirbaya Cuzco has a population of 75,000.
 * Empire of Chimor: Military and economy improve. Chan Chan is developed. Population stands at 1.8 million. Chan Chan has a population of 127,000. As the nation ascends to the Empire of Chimor, the Inca encourage the movement of Chimu people (those who remain) back to their homeland.
 * Empire of Collaquimbaya: Expansion ends. Military and economy improve. Population stands at 180,000. The city of Apeac stands at a population of 10,000.
 * Nehilaw Sachemate: Modernization continues, with numerous European immigrants accelerating technological advancements. Much of the upper class now speaks French in addition to Cree, and interest in French culture and food grows. Meanwhile, farmers in northern areas finish domesticating captured musk oxen, in order to replace cattle, which generally die in huge numbers every winter. Nomadic herding of reindeer, musk oxen and horses, increases in importance. Tsicha continues to be produced. The addition of certain herbs gives it hallucinogenic properties, making it far more popular than previously. The military grows, especially the navy. Cavalry increases in importance, while the navy and merchant marine reach a far larger size and efficiency from years of purchase, both from France and on the black market. Fishing continues to expand its importance to the Nehilaw economy, especially the massive cod fisheries off Newfoundland. All vassals and PU's expand their economies. A fort is constructed on Igulik and several dozen fishermen settle there for the winter this year, giving them a greater ability to catch and dry fish. With the High Sachem's daughter having received no marriage offers from European nobility, she is instead betrothed to Johan Albertus, the scion of a wealthy merchant family. Pragmatically, the marriage requires the movement of most of the family's immense assets to the Sachemate, in return for their long-desired ennobling. As a result, the Nehilaw gain dozens of ships, as well as banking and trade expertise. Desiring to expand its influence, the Nehilaw send the Ho-Chunk and Twightee offers for mutual defence pacts and trade agreements. (Mod Response Needed)
 * Grand Croatian Bajandom (Velika Hrvatska Bajanovina): Economy turn. Sewerage systems similar to Ragusan ones are built in major towns of the Bajanate. With growing Ragusan influence, and the beginning of further colonization, the navy expands rapidly using much of the Ragusan and also Britannic expertise. Moreover with the influx of new resources in form of lumber, labour and metals, the navy begins expanding at a fast rate. More and more ships capable of crossing the Atlantic with ease are built. The Sabor intends to restore the glorious naval culture of the Neretva peoples and plans to do so by expanding the navy. The kravata (tie) is more and more used as an accessory. Tensions rise with Dacia as the Croat and Hungarian populace (whatever's left of it) begins yearning for Eastern Hungary. This leads to a war in order to unite Hungary's territory once more, including the territory that was lost in the 1530s during the first war against Hungary.
 * ​Bandom of Croatia: Trade routes are strengthened and the salt mines around Tuzla are explored as well as the salt industry in Pag and Nin. Using irrigation from the Danube, Sava, Drava, Drina, Cetina, Una, Vrbaš, Kupa, Neretva and other rivers the fields in the kingdom are developed, used for crops such as wheat, rye and barley. With trade routes increasing and Croatia entering an era of peace and of stability, the development of new trade ships is issued. The Brothers of the Raven continue spreading their influence in Croatia. Stone mining is furthered as well as the timber industry. The need for these resources rises as urbanization carries on. The navy, under command of the Bajan and the First Admiral is developed due to the purchase of Britannic ships which are inspected and introduced into the Royal War Navy of Croatia or HBRM (Hrvatska Bajanska Ratna Mornarica). Iron ores in Dugopolje, Zenice and at last the 'mud' ore in Vojvodina and eastern Slavonia are to be exploited alongside the silver and copper ores more frequently and of better quality than the iron ores. The exploitation of iron ores in the Lika and Gorski kotar areas continues. The salt industry in Ston is funded by the government. Britannic assistance aids with the naval reform. The influx of resources from Dahomey aids the economy. However, the government makes sure that the gold arriving isn't immediately put on the market in order to control the inflation in the worth of gold. The silver mine in Srebrenica is mined.
 * Polish Bandom (Poljska Banovina): The Polish Bandom grows relatively independently, although a part of the Bajandom, the Polish Saborčić (Little Sabor, also known as Szlachta/Šljahta) works more or less independently within its borders. The Polish Ban is elected by it while the Bajan only confirms him. The issue within Poland are attempted to be handled, and for now things are peaceful again, although some nobles still seem to be plotting something.
 * Czech Bandom (Češka Banovina): The Bandom recovers from the Idiocracy's rule and many nobles gain more power in the nation.
 * Podbanate of Silesia (Šlezijska Podbanovina): The Podbandom's natural resources are highly sought in the rest of the Bajanate which leads to economic growth. The Silesian cultural movement flourishes with aid of the Croats, who aim to make Silesia a region independent from both Poland and the Czech Banate.
 * Podbanate of Dahomej (Podbanovina Dahomej): The natural resources are quickly put to use, such as coconuts, cotton both refined and raw as well as the gold. Finally, the wood industry prospers as materials are needed for new ships that would help keep the connection between Croatia and Dahomey strong.
 * Podbandom of Carantania (Podbanovina Karantanska): Croatization continues, starting with removing any pro-Austrian threats. The idea that Carantania is Slavic since the Carantanian Slavic tribe settled there spreads and is used to bring the Podbandom closer to the Bandom.
 * Isles of the Grand Bajandom (Otoci Velike Bajanovine): The infrastructure is built up.
 * Carantanian Island (Karantanski Otok): The colony expands by 750 sq km.
 * The United Cherokee-Shawana Kingdom: The Cherokee and Shawana nations both develop their economies. The Shawana armies re-begin their expansion into the northwest territories with 10,000 sq km worth of expansion this year. King Waya blesses a monument to the now dead Shawana general Cheku, and hopes that now the expansion can continue more now that the Shawana army leadership crisis had been solved. Meanwhile, the Koasati vassal builds up its economy as increased trade with the Cherokee give them more money.
 * The Kiatagmiut Band works to expand its cultural, trade, and geographic boundaries throughout Kelutmun.
 * Kingdom of Bavaria: In 1724, Bavaria expands its economy. National infrastructure is developed. The population continues to rise. Trausnitz continues to be the national capital. In Munchen, Queen Isabell University remains a staple of education in Bavaria. King Charles (KarI) I, aged 63, and his council continue to allow the training of new troops. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port. Modern weaponry make its introduction into Bavaria. In diplomatic news, Bavaria maintains alliances with Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, Scandinavia, and Rome. In religious news, around 76% of the country adheres to the Western Church, while the rest are either traditional Catholic or Reformist. There has been an uptick of 60% of Bavaro-German primary speakers in Franken-Sachsen, Pomerania, and Brandenburg, and uptick of 85% secondary speakers in those areas. In colonial news, Nei Baiern continues to expand. With the Bohemian revolt, Leopold orders that several infrastructure projects be started in Brandenburg and Pomerania instead of Bohemia. In royal news, the King's children are: Albert (born 1694), Klaudia-Franzina (born 1701), and Friedrich-Rudolf (born 1704). In economic news, the previously informal, regional Landshut Stock Exchange is given a royal charter and given full benefits of a crown backed enterprise. In political news, Charles I continues to sit at both Bavarian and Austrian privy councils, the separation having occurred in 1668. In cultural news, Wolfgang Diefenbach establishes himself as a prominent European scientist, and immediately sets up a proto-salon in Berlin. In political news, several parliamentary factions spring up in the Curia Bavaria. Several factions are opposed to both the existence of the Curia Austria as well as the latter's call for a larger, country-wide parliament. In other news, support for a unified Bavarian and Austrian parliament skyrockets this year, with many Austrian noblemen prompting the King to create a larger parliament. Joachim von Ingschaft, a popular Austrian parliamentarian, becomes the most vocal advocate for a national parliament, where an Austrian branch is on equal footing with the Bavarian branch. Within the year, more Austrian parliamentarians and a handful of Bavarian ones are drawn to Ingschaft's idea of a new government. In other news, several Bavarian parliamentarians pay attention to the situation in Pskov. However, as the year goes on, more attention is paid to the general structure of Pskov's republican government, rather than the problem of representation itself. By 1710, a small faction of parliamentarians support a greater, stronger parliament in Bavaria. Within three years, this faction grows mighty in the Curia Bavaria, with many supporting a strong, centralized, Pskovian parliament. In other news, Heir Apparent Albert geins showing signs of a mental disturbance, including symptoms of schizophrenia. Bavaria begins incorporating Franken-Sachsen (Turn Six of Six). In response to the small, peaceful, and (mostly) bloodless tax revolt in Landshut, Charles I decides to lower taxes within Bavaria proper and alleviate the disrupted harvest by importing and increased amount of wheats, grains, and other foodstuffs from the Rhineland and Hamburg. In other news, Charles announces that Brandenburg will be elevated to a duchy upon the death of Margrave Albert II. In tragic news, Charles I dies in 1724 and his mentally troubled son takes the throne as Albert V. Many fret over this development and fear the rule of a mad king.
 * Curia Bavaria: The Curia Bavaria, also known as the Bavarian Parliament, continue to operate in the Parliamentary Palace in Landshut. Parliament orders the Bavarian Army to be outfitted in modern uniform and to hold modern weaponry. In political news, the Curia Bavaria continue to implement the Bavarian Commands and Collegiate Writs into a codified, national law.
 * Grand Duchy of Franken-Sachsen: Troops authorized by Charles I, aged 63, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders.
 * City of Lübeck: Troops authorized by the King continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The port of Lübeck is expanded and several ships are constructed.
 * Duchy of Neustadt: Troops authorized by the King continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The ports of Fehmarn are expanded and several ships are constructed.
 * Bremen Port: Troops authorized by King continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Several cogs are constructed, and plans are drafted to construct many larger ships. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port.
 * Kingdom of Austria: Troops authorized by the King continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Osterreich (Austria) in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. King Leopold orders that 5000 troops be sent to Austria to standby. Food and financial aid is sent to Austria, primarily to Vienna and surrounding cities. Furthermore, Leopold sends messengers to Vienna officials noting that the Bavarian crown will be paying for 50% of all Vienna-based infrastructure projects. He also notes that the taxes of the Austrian populace will be moderately lowered, lower than pre-war levels, in the face of the devastation of the war. He also announces aid will be increased over the next few years. In early 1667, an Austrian scholar and merchant, named Karl Manzkari, establishes a trade outpost in Vienna. Initially attracting local merchants, it soon amasses a large array of traders, mostly from northern Austria. In 1668, Karl Manzkari establishes a much smaller outpost in another section of Vienna, hoping to attract more business. The Austrian Council is created as an independent privy council for the King.
 * Curia Austria: Work on the Parliamentary Palace in Vienna finishes. A number of 251 Austrians sit in the Austrian parliament. Most of the laws they pass concern continual relief for Vienna and various infrastructural reconstructions around Austria. The Curia Austria is tentatively popular in Vienna, with most welcoming a separate legislative body, while others see it as a Bavarian puppet. New roads continue to be constructed. The Curia Austria call for greater legislative power in Austria, and perhaps a large legislature servicing all Bavarian realms, one which would be an Upper house while the Curia Bavaria and Curia Austria would be regional lower houses.
 * Margraviate of Brandenburg: Troops authorized by Margrave Albert II, age 60, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Brandenburg in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. Furthermore, Albert orders that several infrastructure commissions are created in order to repair the extreme damage to Brandenburg after the war. As with Austria, the Bavarian crown will pay for 50% of all renovations in Brandenburg. Wolfgang Diefenbach's first scientific meeting in Berlin is successful. The first scientific meeting will occur in 1675. Young Albert is married off to Maria von Hamburg. Margrave Albert II has two children, Karolina (born 1679), and Albert (born 1683).
 * Duchy of Pomerania: Troops authorized by Duchess Mary, age 56, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Pomerania in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. Princess Mary and Henry von Hamburg have a daughter in 1687, who they name Margaret. Princess Mary has a son in 1691, who she names Franz-Heinrich. In royal news, Duchess Mary is immediately overshadowed by her husband Henry, who takes a dominant role in Pomeranian politics. Mary feels as if she is being throttled by her husband's power and begins communicating with several of her courtiers on how to mitigate his influence. Gil Vimaranes, a wealthy Portuguese noble merchant, begins meeting with Duchess Mary and counsels her on many ways to block her husband's efforts at powering over her. Duke Henry remains a shadow of his former, powerful self. However, Duke Henry seemingly reconciles with Mary, and he is relegated some control over the Pomeranian administration. Gil Vimaranes, aged 59, is appointed as Ducal chancellor of Pomerania. In 1704, Gil Vimaranes, in an effort to secure the wealth and power of Duchess Mary, advises her and the council to abolish couverture (the event where a woman's finances and legal rights become her husband's upon marriage) in Pomerania. The movement grows in 1705 among the privy council, with many having Duchess Mary's interests in their minds. In 1707, coverture is abolished within Stettin city limits, as a test to see how coverture abolition would fare in the country. In 1710, Mary authorizes the abolition of coverture in all of Pomerania.
 * Duchy of the Palatine: Troops authorized by Charles I, aged 63, continue training. Pfalz is incorporated into the Kingdom of Bavaria. However, it remains in the Westphalian confederation and is given several degrees of autonomy within Bavaria. It is elevated to a Duchy in 1719.
 * Royal Bavarian Stock Company: The RBSC, founded in the late fifteenth century, is finally formalized and given a royal charter by King Leopold II in 1662. The RBSC operate chiefly in Landshut, where a stock exchange floor continues to remain active. Branches of the RBSC exist in München, Regensberg, Berlin, and Stettin.
 * New Bavaria: The colony of Nei Baiern continues to expand in population. Katharinas-Hafen, Franznacken, Bayreuth, Nei Regens, and Regenholz all expand by the end of the year. Houses and shops in each settlement continue being built. Jülichsberg and Wittlesberg both expand. Nei Baiern expands 750 km. The militias and shops are developed. A small logging and fishing town is founded north of Wilhelmsbaum island, on the mainland. The settlement, mainly populated by Saxons, comes to be called Regenholz.
 * Pearl River: The outpost of Perlefluss is established. A capital is expected to be constructed over the next few years. The capital of Pearl River is established, which the settlers name Perlefluss (Pearl River) after the outpost itself.
 * France: Military, navy and economy are built up. The colony continues expanding and growing by 100 sq km among both colonies into the Galapago Islands called Illes d'Neptune The colonies continue growing as expected. The colony of Nouvelle Rouen continues to expand inland throughout the land corridor given by Cahokie by 9800 sq km. Mining continues in the colony of Nouevelle Orleans. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. after several years of ruling, the king Charles XVI dies, and with it His oldest son, Francois becomes the king of France as Jean Francois I, seeing the chance to turn the politic tide of Europe decides to join in the side of Hamburg on the affair of the Britannian succession war. one of the first actions made is to support the claim of the House of Hamburg. In other aspects, a great number of men are conscripted for the army and preparation for troops being sent into Calais to await for deployment if needed into Kent. In other news, the King shows renewed interest in East Asia, seeing that no much more room is left, he does a quite odd ritual in order to choose the aim of French expansion in East Asia, taking a map of the kingdoms of the area and an arrow, he throws a dart at the map blindfolded, whichever nation it hits, will be France's main target. The result, Cambodia. The plans are drawn up but put in hold due to the Britannian succession. The king also commands the creation of a secret plan to conquer Brittany once the britannian issue is resolved. The creation of a Cahokian bellic campaign are also to be set in motion sometime in five years after moving the sufficient troops to the area.
 * Kingdom of Rhineland: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The Rhenish culture begins spreading farther from the center of the country northwards. However, failing to penetrate Koln and northernmost area of the country, Southern French Speaking "Rhenanie" region. has become profoundly populated by French Speakers and Rhenanien Speakers (Similar to Wallonian in some aspects, a deeply Germanized French dialect).
 * Kingdom of Lower Burgundy: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The French population in the country grows and the Valais region becomes a trading point with the German nations.
 * Sardinia: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The Sardinian language has lowered its usage to only 10% of the population of Sardinia (roughly 50,000 people) with the speaking African (43%) and French (38%) or Vandalian (9% African Rhenish German dialect) and with the vast majority being able to speak both African and French (that is more or less 85% of the nation's population). The population is stable at 500,000 people.
 * Andorra: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up.
 * Africa: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The African language has become the de facto leading language surpassing every other (outside of French) being spoken by the 2.3 million people living in the country as either native or second language. Vandalian, however, dominates area of Tripolitania's coast with a population of around 5000 speakers in the region. French is still the main language officially. Trading outposts begin to be made in the border of the country to trade with Tuareg and inland tribes.
 * French Mali: Due to vast piracy campaigns which France and Spain have contributed to has resulted in many pirate coves in the Bissagos Islands, and as a result a larger influx of Frenchmen arrived this year, though they still don't even make up 1% yet. Ports continue to expand appropriately and the region becomes a place worth note on many maps. Roads continue being built to outlying villages and plantations continue being built.
 * Artois: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure and navy are built up. The nation prepares an army for the conflict in Britannia.
 * Free City of Danzig: The military, economy, infrastructure, and navy are built up, Danzig asks a diplomatic meeting with Pskov, Croatia and Poland's leadership within the city.
 * Cahokie: Christianization of the locals continue Military, navy, infrastructure and economy are built up.
 * |onte: Population grows by 50,000 people. Kurum Kuneneli continues making rifles for the army. Mon VI travels around making sure of the well being of |onte's Khoisan brothers. Mon IX, interested in the formalism of European laws and nation starts thinking of ways to consolidate |onte, such as a flag, motto, coat of arms, capital, etc. A regimentation of the "gift-based" economy has been noticed by scholars. Though transactions do not occur, per se, it is considered very rude not to reciprocate a gift. However, they need not be of equal value. The knowledge and education in Kunene spread on a slight scale, as authors, story tellers, philosophers and other intelligentsia leave their work out to gain recognition, often taken home by farmers from the countryside, the farmers, who grow far more than they will need, leave their rice in the grain storage. A trend has appeared for women to cover their breasts. However, the trend is mostly confined to Kunene. Mon XI sends his 200,000-strong Eheresito hu |onte to begin mining for diamonds that were recently encountered, greatly boosting the economy, allowing for food imports and the buying of ships. |onte's navy reaches a large size after many years of buying from France.
 * Hispania: The Kingdom of Spain itself begins to see a small demographical decline as the immigration to colonies for the economic opportunity is on the rise. The Spanish nobility even sees a large sort of decline as many of the younger sons and daughters go to the Spanish colonies as the example has been set by the Royal Family. The Spanish population reaches about 16 million. The Empire officially begins a reform of the economic system looking to get away from reliance on gold and silver to bail the economy out of crisis and funding the big wars, The bullion is instead geared toward giving the empire a competitive edge in being able to invest millions on a whim in order to drive up investments and production. However, some paper notes to be backed up by bullion are also beginning to be considered in order to prevent the outflow of gold and silver capital from the empire. The colonies, as well, have officially moved away from the exploitation model of colonial economics and toward the production model, even though places like New Spain and New Granada are already heavily production model economies. The royal government continues to develop plans for the eventual reconquest of Hawaii. The Hispanian navy begins further development of its new larger classes of ships, churning out first rate flagships for various fleets, and more third rates, and fourth rates with the occasional second rate to augment the smaller patrol fleets the fifth and sixth rates begin to become more standard as light and medium frigates for singular voyages and patrols among other things. The Hispanian attitudes on industrialism continue to change but the nobility seems rather unhappy about having to see more common people in major cities. With relatively no sources of power, the natural sources of power, and in some cases manpower are used for the increasing amount of textile mills among other things. The flocking of populations to Northern Spain continues with a mass increase of population in Madrid, Zaragoza, Pamplona, Barcelona, and various other minor cities and townships throughout the north. Spain continually ramps up troops to the French Border. The Barbary pirates are reborn with some creative accounting from the Parliament. They are allowed harbor in Algeria and Morocco in exchange for raiding and assaulting French and loyalist convoys.
 * Kingdom of Italy: The Italian army is drawn back to 40,000 troops most of them fiercely loyal to Hispania as they have made fortunes fighting for the empire or are Spanish cultured. The Italian navy reaches nearly 200 ships and growing. Some Hispanicized Italians (Italians who have adopted Spanish culture) are allowed to settle in the Spanish colonies. Some smaller towns and cities in coastal Italy see the first real merging of Spanish and Italian culture. Italy continues its economic buildup become a large part of the Spanish economy. The Italians show some minor unrest under the Spanish but the growing Hispanicized populace in Southern Italy is beginning to overtake various cultures within the southern territories. Some cultures such as Sicilian one of the most dominant in Southern Italy have become a closely tied culture with Spanish with a common "Hispanian" Culture beginning to develop in the Historic Kingdom of Naples area as well as farther within Italy now as well. The Spanish forces of Italy including Italian armed forces as well as the domestic navy are deployed as the tensions with France ramp up.
 * Savoy: The economy, thanks to trade with Spain, expands moderately. The people of Savoy begin to work toward building up a  fleet now at 120 ships. The military stands at about 10,000 and is worked on.
 * Genoa: Genoa's armed forces reach about 12,000. These people continue to find ways to live under the Spanish empire in a more prosperous way, by establishing multiple trade companies. These companies begin to be common throughout Spanish lands as the Genoans begin to build up a trade fleet of a sizable number now at 100 ships.
 * Kingdom of Lombardy: The Kingdom of Lombardy continues its development of its armed forces, being aided by a domestic arms industry. The Economy of the kingdom officially becomes fully tied with the empire. The Navy of the kingdom is minor standing at 25 ships. The Military stands at 25,000. Hispanization of Lombardy continues.
 * Modena: The nation of Modena's government is built up as the Barony of Modena and its military is improved significantly under the Spanish umbrella as they get a new slew of modern arms among other things. The economy of Modena is also expanded as the state begins to consolidate itself under Spain's trade umbrella.
 * Ravenna: Ravenna - now known as the Barony of Ravenna - is expanded economically heavily under Spain's trade umbrella as the majority of the Italian region has come under Spain's control. The military is also expanded as the city receives arms from Spain and Italy. Its armed forces reach a size of about 6000 and the military is drilled in Spanish tactics.
 * Vatican City: Wielding considerable influence the current Pope seeing Spanish advances deems it the will of God and declares the Spanish rule in Italy is one of the biggest acts of peace and prosperity seen on the peninsula since the Roman empire itself. The Vatican State recruits a series of guards to protect themselves and begins the process of adding many things to the Papal palace and beginning to root out corruption in the churches of the City of Rome and many other places in Italy.
 * Kingdom of Morocco: The Moroccan economy continues to expand with greater trade coming from Spain and the Canaries all the way down to Cape Ferdinand increasing the relative wealth. The Kingdom, with many canals having been completed, has vastly expanded its farmland among other things. The Moroccan navy elevates to nearly 150 ships. Morocco's economy continues to boom as the major canal projects have turned some of Morocco's harshest areas into incredibly useful farmland and for the first time in recorded history the area is covered in green farmland, trees and grasses. The population of Morocco is at an estimated 2.7 million with many being of mixed race or Spanish origin. The Moroccan culture, however, is wholly Spanish. The Moroccan nation sees some emigration from the nation to Spanish colonies but sees no real drain as many of them are Berbers or Mestizos looking for work other than farm work in Morocco.
 * Kingdom of Algiers: With the conquest of Algiers the Moroccan state continues to occupy and pacify Algiers flooding it with new Spaniards as nobles. The Imperial system is established in Algiers and a local force of about 2000 is established and run purely by the Spanish. The economy is obviously weak but begins to be recovered due to inclusion into the Spanish system. The Kingdom of Algiers is established and many Muslim fighters and their families are exiled into the deserts with the government unwilling to deal with the ultra-orthodox or radical Muslims. The Algerian kingdom begins using low class Muslim labor to begin working on canals much like Morocco. With recent history in Morocco many Algerians simply emigrate from the area to avoid wholesale slaughter or forced slave labor. Along with this many begin to convert as Christianity takes dominant presence due to a large Spanish settler class in Algiers of nearly 30,000.
 * Kongo: The Kingdom begins to work toward a trade and production economy focusing on helping provide resources for Spain's massive West African trade network. The King of the Kongo converting to Christianity and being baptised begins to call for the expansion of ports to the best of the Kongolese architects' abilities. The Kingdom of the Kongo in an attempt to increase economic output and trade begins to export a large amount of raw materials to Spain and begins to push toward heavy exploitation methods. The Kongo continues to expand its economy in order to export material to Spain, seeing a notable upswing as population and Spanish involvement helps the nation out. The first census of the Kongo is conducted with a population of about two million the nation is beginning to advance through some of the previous populational issues it had. The Spanish settlers in the Kongo only number about 2000.
 * Morelia: The military and economy of the Maya under Spain is developed and roads are upgraded to Spanish standards. The Island of Cuba is cultivated for sugar as Spain begins looking for more trade income rather than just total income from gold. Morelia reaches a population of about 1.5 million with many living within the Cuba island territory. Morelia officially finishes its expansion having nowhere else to go. Its armed forces reach force of about 5000 Colonial Spaniards supplied by the Spanish from home. The Colonial forces move on Cuba putting down the revolt as well as possible suffering surprising casualties.
 * Tenocha: Spanish continue their Ecomienda system from the Mapuche in the south to the Aztec areas to extract gold and silver. The economy becomes a major exporter in silver and gold as well as other materials back to Spain for which there is a high demand. The mercantilist policies, however, prevent competition in lucrative Spanish industries. The military of the Aztec territory. (Now known as Tenocha - a shortened and corrupted form of Tenochtitlan) reaches a force of about 5000 militia troops who are trained and led by Spanish officers. Coincidentally, the majority of the militia is Spanish as well that or the mixed race Mestizos. The population of Tenocha drops to barely six million as the disease has ravaged the massive nearly untouched Indian community in the western states. This has a massive impact as the vulnerability of the natives is considered a breaking point for the Spanish attempts to recruit them for a labor force.
 * Zapoteca: The Protectorate of Zapoteca after years of expanding begins the major integration of the new territories looking to integrate them fully. With a population of about four million Zapoteca re-arms its military into a force of about 40,000. Zapoteca also begins to consider Redistricting with more authority over Tenocha being granted while Itzapam is ceded to Morealia. The Zapotecan fleet is expanded further and a coastal highway is built up and connected with roads in Tenocha. Zapoteca boasts a large Mestizo population but also maintains a moderately sized New World born Spanish population which administers a good amount of the Zapotecan territories.
 * Mission of Nueva Galicia: Set up by a few opportunistic Spaniards the Mission of New Galicia is set up in the unorganized Colorado Territories using newly subjugated natives as a base for this (this is a vassal set up out of the unorganized Colorado Territory). Many of the Coloradans are happy for some semblance of organization and the mission is set up to expand throughout the well known Colorado Territories for trade supplies, or to come across settlements with which to trade. The Republic immediately begins to expand throughout the territory seeking for trade goods (50 px). This Mission (a church for the sole purpose of converting) is more or less turned into a small town with the church at the center but with many heavily armed Spanish guarding the fort's walls and keeping the surrounding territory around.
 * Kingdom of Venezia: The businessmen and high level economists, bankers and multiple other fully knowledgeable individuals of Venezia remaining after the war go on a trip to Spain's vibrant trade cities and after careful negotiations many of these men take over one of Spain's newest rising trade companies, the Buenos Aires trade company, with some offices based out of the Buenos Aires colony in Hesperia. The Venezian military is Raised to nearly 25,000 from its new Italian territories and exiles all Germans/Austrians from the territory only leaving Italians and Hispanians (Hispanicized Italians) Venezia continues its integration of the new territory. Venezia continues on a massive path toward hispanicization.
 * Viceroyalty of Nueva España: The Viceroyalty of New Spain is established with a massive amount of coastal territory secured begins to expand its major coastal settlements seriously with Buenos Aires maintaining the most with nearly 250,000 people but stagnating as more people are settling the countryside and establishing new towns and cities. The Population of the colony reaches nearly 5.5 million being about one-third the population of Spain itself. New Spain boasts massive crops of tobacco and cotton. The viceroy - in order to expand the food supply of the large colony - expands cattle ranching and agriculture in certain areas. The Spanish inhabitants of the colonies form more militias under the command of a Spanish officer which is trained only to fight off native attacks. New Spain begins an immense project to attract settlers and set up a much more organized settlement system. New Spain reaches a population of nearly five million and growing through immigration and domestic growth as well as inclusion of hispanicized natives and unhispanicized natives. The Viceroyalty with full authority of the Emperor issues a series of land grants to respectable people along the Interior territories and along the West Coast of the continent throughout Chile, this puts the Mapuche and Chilean territories officially under control of New Spain. With this inclusion the vast new tracts of territory begin to be settled further to expand existing internal cities. Along with this the attractiveness of cash cropping leads many to take out loans from the Royal Bank in New Spain which begins the development of further cash cropping such as cotton, yerba mate, wheat, barley, grapes, and a host of other cash crops keeping the crops on a rotationary cycle in order to keep prices in a fluctuation over the years and for field rejuvenation. New Spain, following nearly 200 years or more of being a full fledged colony of Spain, makes its first major standing colonial military force of nearly 50,000. Only about 15,000 are on duty at any given moment but the training of the Colonial army allows nearly the whole force to assemble within 100 miles of Buenos Aires in three weeks tops. The largest city in New Spain and officially one of the largest in the world is Potosi Bolivia with a population of nearly 300,000 and growing as the area around becomes heavily developed aside from the productive silver mines.
 * Vorlayacor: The Nation of Vorlayacor is officially brought back into the Empire a Solid Spanish built navy, and now military access to the Colonial Military Authority. The local ruler is left in his position and is granted as the Governor of Vorlayacor given a Spanish advisor and nearly 5000 of New Spain's colonial militia to establish solid Spanish control of the territory. Many see this as an affront as Vorlayacor was forced into its current position through Imperialist Spaniards. Regardless now with cheaper goods being part of the empire than being outside of it, the Vorlayacoran populace is relatively passive. Many border restrictions are eased in regards to New Spain and Vorlayacor to encourage some White immigration to the area to form the core of a new white settler population here. Fleet is expanded to about 20 ships. The Military is a force sent from New Spain acting as the military force for the nation.
 * Cape Ferdinand: The Cape Ferdinand colony expands its population hoping to attract more settlers. The population of Cape Ferdinand rises to 120,000 colonists as many new settlers arrive due to the investment. The area itself begins to show up as a trade hub. Zulu Africans in the area begin being contacted with missionaries looking to speak to these people. The expansion of colonists in the area is truly more along the lines of some Zulus who have been converted and contracted by the local colonists. This has led to many of them being recruited as colonial troops for their very warlike tendencies and well recognized attribute of following strong and powerful leaders of which the CMA sends only these to command the Zulu troops.Settlers along the Orange River begin an ambitious irrigation project. The Orange River settlers begin to mine diamonds. The Colony itself begins to see a notable growth of its Agricultural centers becoming a decent exporter of agricultural goods. Along with this a rather unorthodox product has come about. Zulu soldiers previously hired out and trained as colonial troops have come some of South Africa's most loyal and vehement supporters of Spain and here empire seeing her as the Bringers of Civilization, and with the wide adoption of Christianity among many Zulu peoples has led to them becoming a rather accepted demographic in the society of the Colony. However, this has led to relative tension as Zulu and Colonial troops are forced to take extremely harsh measures against other natives. This leads to the creation of the Zulu only policy, set on making Zulus the only Black Demographic in South Africa with significant populations in proportion to White Spaniards.
 * Viceroyalty of Nueva Granada: The Viceroyalty of New Granada sees more immigration but has become a sort of hub for Colonial administration fleets coming throughout the area to trade and explore as well as a staging point for those looking to sail to the Philippines hoping to reach them via the Pacific Ocean. The colony itself expands by 100 px. The colony's population expands to around 570,000 as the colony continues to grow in importance and the agriculture begins to take precedence - especially in the areas above the city of San Francisco. The establishment of wineries and even terrace farming for food begins in the San Lorenzo Valley and the surrounding mountains. The wineries are considered a lucrative cash crop and the Colonists take great pride in growing them in the area. The port city of Arica expands to a population of nearly 45,000 becoming a solid rival for the thriving San Francisco City. New Granada begins seeing some native resistance but forces many out in favor of settlers, Some native groups, however, seem rather keen on assimilation with the Spaniards adopting Spanish culture, Spanish language, and in some cases marrying Spanish men, and working for Spanish people. With life on the frontier rather hard, the Spaniards have great welcome for cheaper workers who are willing to adopt all aspects of Spanish culture. Taking a cue from the conquests of territory in New Spain by the natives, the Colonial forces here use a divide and conquer strategy pitting some native tribes against each other and then eliminating the survivors. New Granada with its various mountains and with some territory in the valley secured, begins to implement the learned Inca method of terrace farming which is standard even in Spain at this point. The farming in general begins to show promise as surplus yields begins to show. The Forests in the area begin to be cut for ship building which quickly picks up as various Spanish trade companies and even the highly militarized Spanish Asian companies begins picking up on these developing the local economy into something impressive. Various cash crops also begin to be grown - most particularly cotton and now Grapes as well as the hybrid grape is bred and planted.
 * Philippines: Spain continues to establish majority control over the area through trade and other means. Investment from Spain is sent to facilitate buying materials to build up the area as the Philippines are garrisoned by mercenaries hired by Spain and nearly 300 of Spain's most well trained troops but the forces are expanded to about 5000 using locally trained soldiers or more mercenaries. The Philippines is built up as a massive trade and naval base and a fleet of Spanish ships sent from here make more trips to Central Borealia with Spain becoming the first nation to connect a trade route along the entire planet. This trip begins to gradually shift toward New Granada. Talks of turning the Philippines into a Crown Viceroyalty get underway. The Philippines shows notable Spanish settlement with nearly 12,000 Spaniards living on the islands, mostly in Manila.
 * Protectorate of Oyo: The extraction economy of the protectorate increases and the royal governor makes quotas much less demanding allowing the people to actually live somewhat rather than be in a bond of virtual slavery. The military forces in the area are augmented with newer weaponry and are some of the most advanced troops in the region. The Protectorate exports many cash crops, metals and precious goods to Spain. The population of the Oyo territory being part of the original heartland of the former Oyo empire undergoing a census is estimated at about five million people having experiences multiple population shattering issues since the collapse of the empire, mostly diasporas inland, and the readjustment into the Spanish colonial economy. The protectorate of Oyo keeps its armed forces to nearly 20,000 all made up of some of the minorities in the area and led by Spanish officers. A large community of Spaniards begins to develop on in the protectorate with about 3000 people between Spaniards, and Hispanicized Italians living along the coast.
 * East African Protectorates: The military is reformed under a new commander of the CMA who gets newer weapons for his troops and drills them in modern tactics seeing developing colonies in Africa as a threat to the sovereignty of the protectorates. With Colonial Authority in place, and the Colonial Military Administration keeping the areas from devolving into a regional arms race between the protectorates the area is effectively administered as a singular entity under the Administration, with each state keeping its local culture, customs, and minor armed forces. The Colonial Military Administration does take extra care in keeping these forces loyal and small, having more to gain by serving with Spain rather than for nationalistic purposes. The economy of the area is advanced significantly as the Spanish global trade network uses this area as a stopping point. The Protectorate's naval force headquarters is moved to the massive naval port on the southern coast of Madagasikara known as Saint Felipe. The potential division of the EAP is proposed with Madagasikara, Maputo, and Mozambika becoming three separate entities within the Empire. This decision shows a great deal of support as the decentralized nature of the current governmental force has become a major issue in dealing with the three territories.
 * Khambhat: With growing Spanish presence in India, the Spanish East India Company agrees to separate administration into the Khambat sphere and the Madras sphere organizing them into two separate entities. The military forces of the area are recruited from Indians with a force of nearly 5000 in Khambhat and the surrounding territories. The area's economy is built up as a trade hub as a trade port. The company navy along with Madras maintains nearly 70 ships for personal use 20 of these being top-of-the-line warships. The Khambhat territory as it is well known is shown to be a proven economic hub from India as Spain begins to made a noticeable and large profit with the territory being managed by the East India Company. Khmbat deploys its full 5000 troop complement but with recent growth over the years and a much higher need to take more territory, the army is raised to about 20,000 with the Sepoya troops being the majority with a good amount of them being Sikhs. These forces are deployed to fight their northern neighbor.
 * Madras: With Madras being ceded by the Netherlands to Spain the territory is administered as a separate entity from Khambhat. The majority of Spain's 10,000 Indian troops are relocated from Bengal to Madras with the empty slots being filled as the East India Company established full control over the enclave. The economy of the area is bolstered by Madras being a major stopping point for ships and the Indian trade moving along the Spanish global trade route increases the economy immensely. Plantations are started up in the area for cash crops and run with local labor. The City is at an estimated 200,000 people within the confines of Spanish controlled territory and the outer edges of territory contain nearly another 75,000 people. The Spanish colonial government raises its forces to nearly 25,000 and within the next year or two is expected to gain another 10,000 recruits. These forces are deployed to fight in India.
 * Greater Cochin: The Protectorate of Greater Cochin is formed following the revolt of the noble and with this the nobility more or less are forced to give up their titles. They are all more or less replaced with a Spanish aristocracy which now run the country. With this the unification of Dawei and Shan under Cochin the new state begins an aggressive integrationist policy. The Sepoya troops in Cochin are expanded to nearly 8000 and the economic policies are used to increase the productivity of the territory. The Greater Cochin area now houses nearly 1000 Spanish marines now using it as a major base of operations in the region. The Greater Cochin area raises nearly 35,000 troops from the local treasury and with this marches through Urdustan to fight in India purchasing supplies along the war.
 * Shanghai: The city of Shanghai - due to its presence on the mainland of China proper - becomes a massive economic and trade port for the empire only just a few years but with direct access to Chinese goods coveted by Europe a huge volume of trade ships numbering in the hundreds flood the port purchasing the goods and transporting them across the Pacific via Spain global trade route. Shanghai hears of the first potential immunization for smallpox via Chinese texts and begins looking into it. The Shanghai armed forces stand at a solid 35,000 strong bearing some of Spain's finest military equipment accrued through the China Sea Company. Shanghai is named the headquarters of the overseas South China Sea Company and manages to secure 500 elite Spanish troops to guard the interest in China. The newly built trade port of Heian is put under Shanghai's operational umbrella on the island of Hainan.
 * Qingdao: Qingdao - due to further distance - is set up as another South China Sea Company ruled territory and the good from the area are used to attract traders here as well. This is done to prevent the city of Shanghai being the only major Spanish Chinese port. The company invests into a force of about 1000 to hold the city and now about 30 top-of-the-line ships.
 * Nueva Aragon: New Aragon is officially established as an independent viceroyalty with the discovery of another organized state in Australia with plans to begin expansion around 1700. The area shows a large influx of Spanish military settlers looking to keep any hostility down on the continent of Australia. The Force here is at about 300 with a grand total population of about 2000. The emerging importance of this territory becomes increasingly important as New Aragon is given ten top-of-the-line ships, and about 500 marines to keep the area a major territory of Spanish influence. New Aragon begins considering the opening up of a new Colony on the now named Continent of Australia. New Aragon begins to expand by 50 px to the east.
 * Sorento: The Colony of Sorento is founded following various economic and trade company forays into the region. The Colony expands by 75 px taking control of the harbor now known as Sorento Harbor which begins to show a good influx of traders who are looking to make their fortunes in Australia. The Colony has a population of 500 but the Sorento company looking to give the colony a rather large population begins advertising and offering to subsidize people to come to the new colony and help it grow. The Sorento colony is supported by five warships from the empire and their marine forces which are used multiple time to drive off native raids from the trade company's fort.
 * Roman Empire: The Empire continues to prosper in this time of peace. The economy continues to grow as the trade networks across the Empire become more solidified and trade networks outside of the Empire continue to expand, particularly in eastern Asia and Borealia. The military and the navy continues to train, practice, and learn new techniques as they are discovered. The military eventually rises to about 200,000 trained soldiers, although not all of those soldiers are on duty all the time for economic concerns. Troops of all ethnicities are trained to keep the army diverse and the ethnic groups unified. The various Archonates continue to be integrated with new infrastructure, new trade connections, and a newly increasing sense of Roman "identity." Some expansionists begin to wonder why Egypt has not yet been added to the Empire as a full Archonate yet, although the Emperor assures them that it will happen. The reign of John IX has been relatively peaceful and prosperous, with minimal incidents. An attempted overthrow happened, but that was short and rapidly crushed by the army. The policy toward the Turks, numbering about two million out of an Empire of 23 million, remains the same, and a few hundred to a thousand Turks are estimated to leave the Empire each year. Cities like Ancyra, Nicaea and Ephesus continue to grow, further fortifying Roman control over western Anatolia. Military outposts along the border with the Damascan Sultanate are constructed and fortified, as the Emperor notices that there are now no buffer states between the two rising powers. Influence in vassal states continues to grow, and the Roman political and economic sphere continues to expand and consolidate its gains. Cooperation with the Croatians in their military efforts is supported, and Rome joins the war on their side.
 * Reme: The colony continues to prosper from the growth of cash crops and their export. Along with the native issue, some troops and militia as well as allied natives join in the fight to defeat the raiders and conquer their lairs. The native states are defeated and their lands placed under military occupation pending an increase of relations and better governance. Expands in the north by 20 pixels. The issues with the pirates begins to come to the attention of the colonial government, and steps are taken in order to cut down on piracy, including increased patrols. Increasing bureaucracy in the colonies is careful to facilitate cordial relations between the natives and colonists. Economic growth, particularly in Antillia, drive the colonization process further. Cooperation with the natives increases to further protect the mainland colonies, while better fortifications and shipyards are constructed in order to better protect the colonies. The native Creek royalty are captured after the war, and surprisingly are not executed. The royal family of the Creek is instead ordered to govern their people who reside in Roman territory in much the same manner as other native royalty in Roman Borealia. The population starts to grow further thanks to better healthcare, more food, and an expanding economy.
 * Egypt: Egypt begins to recover from the war. With almost all of the Muslim inhabited lands of the state stripped from it, Egypt is now mostly Christian, although the rights of the Muslims remaining are not infringed upon. Food begins to be grown again, and this helps the population recover from ages of war. The Roman military garrison largely maintains order, while a 25,000 man Egyptian force is trained to help protect the nation and the canal. The Grigius family returns from Greece to rule over Egypt once again, and they are met with some enthusiasm. The previous royal family is deposed from ruling but they are not harmed and are allowed to maintain their nobility, as relatives to the current king. Other nobles who were loyal keep their nobility, and commoners who remained loyal to Rome are given nobility and automatic citizenship. As the population continues to grow, it centers around the cities of Alexandria, Damietta, Luxor, and the newly refounded Berenice. Alexandria becomes a shining city on the banks of the sea and the Nile, and it is widely admired. Berenice is growing well, and the trade from India and China makes the city expand much more quickly. Large ships are sent around the Cape of Africa to serve as trade ships at Berenice. The population still remains mostly agricultural at this time. The revolt of the border town is easily put down by the military occupation force, but the lesson of the revolt is not lost on the Occupation Force and most of the Imperial government. Steps are taken to prevent or otherwise cut off revolts when they start, and as such some of the cultural laws and ideas initiated in the previous period of Roman rule are to be restored, with the rest restored over time. With the problems of the canal, the Roman military occupation and the native Egyptian military set up patrols along sections of the canal to ensure that raids are not too damaging. At the same time, the military tries to pinpoint the origins of these raids and take them out at the root. Military and economic growth and stability is the next major project for the Egyptian government. Egyptian officers are trained at military academies in Roman cities such as Constantinople, Adrianople and Sparta while Egyptian merchants are invested in and trained by Roman merchants. By now, most of the institutions of the Egyptian state have been rebuilt to some degree and are firmly integrated with their Roman counterparts.
 * Georgia: The Roman military occupation is largely frowned upon by the locals. However, the locals do approve of some aspects. They do approve of Roman occupation rather than Damascan occupation, and the fact that the Bagrationi Dynasty still rules earns some decent respect for Roman authority. Roman authorities work with the Bagrationi Dynasty to help bring improvements to the region and its people. Infrastructure is repaired from the war and new roads and buildings are constructed to benefit both the occupation and the native people. To help earn the loyalty of the native population, the Laz people, related to the Georgians themselves, are persuaded to gradually move from their homeland in northern Anatolia to join their brothers in Georgia. The existing Georgian navy is enrolled into the Imperial Navy while new Georgian merchants and military officers are enrolled in education programs to better integrate them with existing Imperial systems.
 * Armenia: The country of Armenia faces a bit of a problem. The Roman occupation force, as a general precaution, did not allow the Bragationi family remain in control of both Armenia and Georgia. As such, the need for a royal was the first challenge to be addressed. After much consideration in the Imperial court of Constantinople, it is decided that the Lusignan Dynasty of former Cyprus and Armenian Cicilia will take the throne, as some yet still live in Constantinople and have displayed considerable loyalty to the Empire a few decades after the fall of Cyprus. The new dynasty is enthroned on New Years Day, and the new king and the Roman occupation force begin eagerly in making Armenia a safe and prosperous place. Merchants and military officers are trained in ways similar to their Georgian counterparts, while border posts are constructed along the southern border with the Damascan Sultanate. In contrast with the Georgians, the Armenians are relatively glad to have Roman rule, as the Damascans directly invaded Armenia and threatened the populace.
 * Scandinavian Empire: The economy and military of Scandinavia improves this year. Import/export businesses in Denmark, Sweden and Norway bring in a considerable amount of income. Scandinavia's chief exports include iron, wood, and other construction materiel, a commodity that is vastly growing in necessity as urbanization increases throughout Europe. Militaries in Europe purchase Scandinavian iron for ships and weapons. The Scandinavian colonies are a source of even more lumber. Resources such as pelts bring in massive amounts of profit for Scandinavia, both due to intranational trading and international trading. Scandinavia exports resources such as textiles, dyes and foodstuffs from its trading partners. Interest in coffee plants rises among nobles as the drink becomes more popular among the population of Scandinvia, especially in the upper class and in the aristocracy. Though the bean is expensive to Scandinavia, coffee sales spike. Indonesian powers are offered exclusive trade deals for coffee in exchange for discounted, high-quality wood and iron. Scandinavia retains its alliances with Bavaria, Pskov, the Roman Empire, Britannia, the Nehilaw and many other nations. These alliances are celebrated in the Scandinavian courts. The ports in Iceland are expanded to accomodate more ships. Education in Scandinavia continues to improve. The literacy rate is steadily increasing as public schools are built throughout the nation. The population of Scandinavia continues to explode as well. Urbanization, more food supplies, better census data, and other factors are all leading to a spike in population. Scandinavia's population is expected to reach nine million by 1740. While this increase in population does come with benefits, it has its drawbacks as well. Homelessness in urban areas and overcrowding is becoming a massive problem, especially in Copenhagen. To accomodate, people are encouraged to travel to the New World. In political news, the House of Bjelbo-Griffins continues to remain in charge of Scandinavia. The riksdag is dominated by this royal house. The health of King Kristoffer II takes a turn for the worse before passing away in late November. He has ruled since the 1660s and will be remembered as a powerful leader and an inspirational tale for those undergoing hardship and struggle. Kristoffer was once a captain in the Danish armies before rising to power in the Scandinavian Civil War as an icon of the revolution. His son, Nikolos Griffins, becomes Nikolos II of Scandinavia. He adopts a 'wait and see' protocol for the British Civil War.
 * Helluland: The military and economy are improved. Helluland expands by 1000 sq km this year. Helluland is responsible for the production of furs in the Scandinavian Empire, generating much profit for the colony.
 * Huronsmark: The military and economy are improved. Huronsmark expands by 1000 sq km this year. Huronsmark is responsible for the production of furs and timber in the Scandinavian Empire, generating much profit for the colony.
 * Iceland: The military and economy are improved. Iceland is an important port for northern Europeans. Due to the large amounts of trade flowing into Icelandic ports, the population of Iceland increases.
 * Jansylvania: The military and economy are expanded. Jansylvania is Scandinavia's newest colony, though it has grown rapidly since its establishment. Jansylvania yields large amounts of timber, though it is also a massive center of trade between Scandiavia and Native Americans.
 * Karelia: The military and economy expands. Karelia has been in the Scandinavian realm for centuries now. It is the location of many important fortresses, namely Castle Vyborg. Karelia is a massive source of iron for Scandinavia. Trade with Russia and Pskov flows through Karelia during the summer months.
 * New Gotland: The military and economy expands. New Gotland is one of Scandinavia's older colonies. A coastal colony, New Gotland specializes in shipbuilding and trading along the Borealian East Coast. Timber is also produced in New Gotland.
 * Schleswig: The military and economy are expanded. Schleswig has been a vassal of the Scandinavian Empire for quite some time. All land routes into Scandinavia go through this vassal, meaning Schleswig is one of Scandinavia's wealthiest vassals.
 * Sjösmark: The military and economy are expanded. The colony expands by 5000 sq km this year. Trade with Nehilaw brings gold and people into the colony.
 * Strombek: The military and economy are expanded. Strombek expands by 5000 sq km. Strombek is one of Scandinavia's oldest and most successful colonies. Trade along the St Lawrence River makes it one of the wealthiest as well. Strombek is a source of furs and timber for Scandinavia.
 * Vinland: The military and economy are expanded. Vinland expands by 5000 sq km. The oldest of Scandinavia's colonies, Vinland is one of the most populous colonies along the eastern Borealian coast. Its capital, New Copenhagen, has become the most populous city on the east Borealian coast. Immigrants from Northern Europe flock to Vinland, especially New Copenhagen, in search of a new life.

1725
'''Immigrants from Britannia flock to their colonies in light of the civil war. While this initially benefits the growth of the colonies, they bring problems and strife with them. The British colonies threaten to fall into chaos much like the rest of Britannia.'''

Franco-Spanish tensions continue to flare up significantly as the opposing sides have each supported a differing monarch in the Britannian civil war.

'''The Resurgence of the Barbary pirates puzzles many of the European powers and many had thought them destroyed during the Spanish invasion of Algiers. They once again begin to wreak havoc on the Mediterranean sea and somewhat down the African coast targeting trade convoys. '''


 * Duchy of Hamburg: Hamburg expands its infrastructure, and its subjects expand their economies. New Mecklenburg in Australia expands by 20 px. Victory is declared in the war against Dacia, with Dacian Somalia, now Ostland, being ceded to Hamburg, and basing rights secured in Dacian Eritea.


 * Nubia: The military continues to train loyal troops to fight for the nation. Cities continue to rebuild themselves like European cities. Ports expand to fit more ships. A big library is continuing being built in the capital city. It will store books from around the world. The first university of the country is continuing being built in the capital city. Our military continues to expand 100 px southwest. Walls and outposts around the capital city are continuing to be built.
 * Alodia: Military and economy expand.
 * Makuria: Military and economy expand.
 * Empire of Japan (Personal Union With Manchuria): The military/economy is built up. Horiyōshi Yokohama III, late one night, decides to engage in intercourse with one of his courtwomen. However, getting overly exited and aroused, he suffers a heart attack from exhaustion. His son, Yamamota Yokohama IV, takes power, now being the Emperor of Japan and Manchuria. A notification is sent to Manchuria that due to these recent unfortunate events, the emperor will have to come to throne in Japan, ruling both nations from there. Merchants, seeking to make the lives of the disorganized Small Kingdoms better, found the port city of Yantai to trade the Chinese food in order to make life easier on them. The fire, know to the people of Japan as the Great Fire, makes many people move away from the city, into Japan's colonies and vassals such as Manchuria, and Taiwan. Now that Manchuria is owned by Yokohama III, the nation rejoices, now being under a Japanese monarchs rule. Meanwhile, merchants in the Philippines, on their way to the southern islands, steer off course on their way there. His companions and their leader, Hideak Kotohito, freak out, until they land at the OTL location of Biak. The town of OTL Biak is claimed for Japan, already serving as a trading post with the natives. The island is settled, creating the first colonial settlement for the Empire of Japan. The emperor is praised apon, with the magical number 2000 being used everywhere. After exploring north for a couple years to find alternate trade different from Hispania, Japanese and Ainu merchants make first contact with the Kiamukut Band on the Alaskan coast. The merchants did not understand the Inuits well, but they were escorted by fishers to the Grand Chief. As a sign if friendship between them, the merchants offer many gifts to him, being given Inuit food, cloth, shelter, and warmth in return. Becuase of this Troops are sent into the war against the Ming. A few Japanese settlers, looking to become the first contenders in the Alaskan trade, travel north to establish a colony on OTL St. Lawrence island. Ainu is annexed into Japan, in which a feast is held for both of the leaders of the two nations. However, Yamamoto Yokohama IV, afraid of losing trading rights in Kiatumgutai, sends a diplomat to the Tartary asking for trading rights in where they have settled. [MODERATOR RESPONSE]. Meanwhile, Yamamoto Yokohama IV adopts a 12 year old Manchu boy, to show the people how much he cares about his empire. Yamamoto Yokohama IV, furious that the Tartary did not respond to their request, declares war for the control of the waters and land in the region.
 * Japanese Manchuria (Port of Japan): Infrastructure is improved. The port finishes construction, and is now open for service. More settlers come, mostly from survivors from the great fire, to build ships for Japan. The project of 9 larger ships is now complete, and another one of 20 frigates is planned to be finished by 1700.
 * Yantai (Port of Japan): Infrastructure is improved. The port city of Yantai is founded to feed the people of the Small Kingdoms, and to spread Shinto missionaries throughout China. Though, after a few small skirmishes with the locals, no expansion of the city occurs. As the economy begins to drop with fewer Chinese and Spanish merchants coming in Yamamoto Yokohama IV asks the Chinese Warlord states X and Y to defend China in the case of any non-local emerging power rises in the area. To spice up the deal, Japan-Manchuria offers 70 lbs of silver to every state that joins, with economic bonuses coming long term. [NEUTRAL MOD RESPONSE].
 * Formosa (Vassal of Japan): Economy is improved. Now that the war is over, The old Taiwanese state now controls all of Taiwan. A huge wave of settlers come, mostly survivors from the great fire, settle in Taiwan to start up a new life and to build ships/farm for Japan.
 * Vietnam: Mil/Econ is improved. A law is passed that makes all teenagers get two-year compulsory military training and then a five-year military term. While training, the people are exposed to Shinto, and some convert because they have lost faith in Buddhism. While not many do, the number seems to increase slightly every years, about 5000 doing so. Shinto missionaries are also sent to North Vietnam to help the people convert, or at least tolerate Shinto. The conversion rate continues to rise, with help asked from Korea to send missionaries to help rise these rates even more to convert them. Foreign troops are moved into the area, to help keep the area centralized and under control. The Governments of Vietnam are now under one.
 * Biak: Expands by 20 px.
 * Kiatumgutai: As the new Alaskan market opens up, about 8 more people flock to the area to try to make money in the area. The colony expands by 5 px.
 * The Kiatagmiut Band works to expand its cultural, trade, and geographic boundaries throughout Kelutmun.
 * Korea: Korea continues to build up its military. Meanwhile, more Taoist, Neo-Confucian and Buddhist temples are built. Taoism rises in popularity and gains more followers. Regular (read: not Imperial) Shinto gains a few more followers as well, mainly along the coastline in Southeastern Korea, particularly in Busan, Jejudo, Ulsan, and the coastal cities and coastal towns of Southern Gyeongsang Province. Mahayana Tao-Shintoism also continues to grow, and begins gaining followers from the areas where Shinto is growing, with some Shintoists switching to Mahayana Tao-Shintoism. A few Shinto missionaries from Jejudo help out Japan in Vietnam to bring Shinto there. The colony of Haejagang (해자강) expands by 500 sq km.
 * Hispania: The Kingdom of Spain itself begins to see a small demographical decline as the immigration to colonies for the economic opportunity is on the rise. The Spanish nobility even sees a large sort of decline as many of the younger sons and daughters go to the Spanish colonies as the example has been set by the Royal Family. The Spanish population reaches about 16 million. The Empire officially begins a reform of the economic system looking to get away from reliance on gold and silver to bail the economy out of crisis and funding the big wars, The bullion is instead geared toward giving the empire a competitive edge in being able to invest millions on a whim in order to drive up investments and production. However, some paper notes to be backed up by bullion are also beginning to be considered in order to prevent the outflow of gold and silver capital from the empire. The colonies, as well, have officially moved away from the exploitation model of colonial economics and toward the production model, even though places like New Spain and New Granada are already heavily production model economies. The royal government continues to develop plans for the eventual reconquest of Hawaii. The Hispanian navy begins further development of its new larger classes of ships, churning out first rate flagships for various fleets, and more third rates, and fourth rates with the occasional second rate to augment the smaller patrol fleets the fifth and sixth rates begin to become more standard as light and medium frigates for singular voyages and patrols among other things. The Hispanian attitudes on industrialism continue to change but the nobility seems rather unhappy about having to see more common people in major cities. With relatively no sources of power, the natural sources of power, and in some cases manpower are used for the increasing amount of textile mills among other things. The flocking of populations to Northern Spain continues with a mass increase of population in Madrid, Zaragoza, Pamplona, Barcelona, and various other minor cities and townships throughout the north. Support is still sent to the Scottish royal house. Spain offers its presidency armies to the various chinese states in exchange for payment. However, if unable to pay the Chinese states will cede a small portion of their territory to Spain as compensation. It is estimated that very few of the current chinese states will be able to follow through on a payment on the spanish mercenary force. Spain offers a trade agreement including a ,steady silver supply from the massive mines in the Americas, with the coastal Chinese kingdoms of Henan and Shandong also offering to defend them unconditionally for a period of 15 years, and after that offering a discounted price on hiring out the Shanghai Presidency army. (MOD Please)
 * Henan and Shandong see no bad side to this, so they agree.
 * Kingdom of Italy: The Italian army is drawn back to 40,000 troops most of them fiercely loyal to Hispania as they have made fortunes fighting for the empire or are Spanish cultured. The Italian navy reaches nearly 200 ships and growing. Some Hispanicized Italians (Italians who have adopted Spanish culture) are allowed to settle in the Spanish colonies. Some smaller towns and cities in coastal Italy see the first real merging of Spanish and Italian culture. Italy continues its economic buildup become a large part of the Spanish economy. The Italians show some minor unrest under the Spanish but the growing Hispanicized populace in Southern Italy is beginning to overtake various cultures within the southern territories. Some cultures such as Sicilian one of the most dominant in Southern Italy have become a closely tied culture with Spanish with a common "Hispanian" Culture beginning to develop in the Historic Kingdom of Naples area as well as farther within Italy now as well. The Spanish forces of Italy including Italian armed forces as well as the domestic navy are deployed as the tensions with France ramp up.
 * Savoy: The economy, thanks to trade with Spain, expands moderately. The people of Savoy begin to work toward building up a  fleet now at 120 ships. The military stands at about 10,000 and is worked on.
 * Genoa: Genoa's armed forces reach about 12,000. These people continue to find ways to live under the Spanish empire in a more prosperous way, by establishing multiple trade companies. These companies begin to be common throughout Spanish lands as the Genoans begin to build up a trade fleet of a sizable number now at 100 ships.
 * Kingdom of Lombardy: The Kingdom of Lombardy continues its development of its armed forces, being aided by a domestic arms industry. The Economy of the kingdom officially becomes fully tied with the empire. The Navy of the kingdom is minor standing at 25 ships. The Military stands at 25,000. Hispanization of Lombardy continues.
 * Modena: The nation of Modena's government is built up as the Barony of Modena and its military is improved significantly under the Spanish umbrella as they get a new slew of modern arms among other things. The economy of Modena is also expanded as the state begins to consolidate itself under Spain's trade umbrella.
 * Ravenna: Ravenna - now known as the Barony of Ravenna - is expanded economically heavily under Spain's trade umbrella as the majority of the Italian region has come under Spain's control. The military is also expanded as the city receives arms from Spain and Italy. Its armed forces reach a size of about 6000 and the military is drilled in Spanish tactics.
 * Vatican City: Wielding considerable influence the current Pope seeing Spanish advances deems it the will of God and declares the Spanish rule in Italy is one of the biggest acts of peace and prosperity seen on the peninsula since the Roman empire itself. The Vatican State recruits a series of guards to protect themselves and begins the process of adding many things to the Papal palace and beginning to root out corruption in the churches of the City of Rome and many other places in Italy.
 * Kingdom of Morocco: The Moroccan economy continues to expand with greater trade coming from Spain and the Canaries all the way down to Cape Ferdinand increasing the relative wealth. The Kingdom, with many canals having been completed, has vastly expanded its farmland among other things. The Moroccan navy elevates to nearly 150 ships. Morocco's economy continues to boom as the major canal projects have turned some of Morocco's harshest areas into incredibly useful farmland and for the first time in recorded history the area is covered in green farmland, trees and grasses. The population of Morocco is at an estimated 2.7 million with many being of mixed race or Spanish origin. The Moroccan culture, however, is wholly Spanish. The Moroccan nation sees some emigration from the nation to Spanish colonies but sees no real drain as many of them are Berbers or Mestizos looking for work other than farm work in Morocco.
 * Kingdom of Algiers: With the conquest of Algiers the Moroccan state continues to occupy and pacify Algiers flooding it with new Spaniards as nobles. The Imperial system is established in Algiers and a local force of about 2000 is established and run purely by the Spanish. The economy is obviously weak but begins to be recovered due to inclusion into the Spanish system. The Kingdom of Algiers is established and many Muslim fighters and their families are exiled into the deserts with the government unwilling to deal with the ultra-orthodox or radical Muslims. The Algerian kingdom begins using low class Muslim labor to begin working on canals much like Morocco. With recent history in Morocco many Algerians simply emigrate from the area to avoid wholesale slaughter or forced slave labor. Along with this many begin to convert as Christianity takes dominant presence due to a large Spanish settler class in Algiers of nearly 30,000.
 * Kongo: The Kingdom begins to work toward a trade and production economy focusing on helping provide resources for Spain's massive West African trade network. The King of the Kongo converting to Christianity and being baptised begins to call for the expansion of ports to the best of the Kongolese architects' abilities. The Kingdom of the Kongo in an attempt to increase economic output and trade begins to export a large amount of raw materials to Spain and begins to push toward heavy exploitation methods. The Kongo continues to expand its economy in order to export material to Spain, seeing a notable upswing as population and Spanish involvement helps the nation out. The first census of the Kongo is conducted with a population of about two million the nation is beginning to advance through some of the previous populational issues it had. The Spanish settlers in the Kongo only number about 2000.
 * Morelia: The military and economy of the Maya under Spain is developed and roads are upgraded to Spanish standards. The Island of Cuba is cultivated for sugar as Spain begins looking for more trade income rather than just total income from gold. Morelia reaches a population of about 1.5 million with many living within the Cuba island territory. Morelia officially finishes its expansion having nowhere else to go. Its armed forces reach force of about 5000 Colonial Spaniards supplied by the Spanish from home. The Colonial forces move on Cuba putting down the revolt as well as possible suffering surprising casualties.
 * Virrenato de la Rio Grande: the Spanish evolve their Ecomienda system from the Mapuche in the south to the Aztec areas to extract gold and silver and instead begin paying the survivors of the diseases and other lethal issues for their work. The economy becomes a major exporter in silver and gold as well as other materials back to Spain for which there is a high demand. The mercantilist policies, however, prevent competition in lucrative Spanish industries. The Military of the Rio Grande is estimated with the ability to reach about 55,000 domestically raised troops well armed using their own capital and in some cases loan from the bank of Hispania, Coincidentally, the majority of the force is Spanish as well that or the mixed race Mestizos. The population of the Viceroyalty is about 10 million as the massive mestizo and indian populations still exist within the area. The Spanish in general are a more aristocratic force running the day to day things. The population here is about 250,000 but due to the mixed race Mestizos being able to reach the classification of spaniard after a certain amount of time its expected to go up significantly in the next 50 years. Zapoteca and Tenocha are officially merged into the Viceroyalty of the Rio Grande
 * Kingdom of Venezia: The businessmen and high level economists, bankers and multiple other fully knowledgeable individuals of Venezia remaining after the war go on a trip to Spain's vibrant trade cities and after careful negotiations many of these men take over one of Spain's newest rising trade companies, the Buenos Aires trade company, with some offices based out of the Buenos Aires colony in Hesperia. The Venezian military is Raised to nearly 25,000 from its new Italian territories and exiles all Germans/Austrians from the territory only leaving Italians and Hispanians (Hispanicized Italians) Venezia continues its integration of the new territory. Venezia continues on a massive path toward hispanicization.
 * Virrenato de Nueva España: The Viceroyalty of New Spain is established with a massive amount of coastal territory secured begins to expand its major coastal settlements seriously with Buenos Aires maintaining the most with nearly 250,000 people but stagnating as more people are settling the countryside and establishing new towns and cities. The Population of the colony reaches nearly 5.6 million being about one-third the population of Spain itself. New Spain boasts massive crops of tobacco and cotton. The viceroy - in order to expand the food supply of the large colony - expands cattle ranching and agriculture in certain areas. The Spanish inhabitants of the colonies form more militias under the command of a Spanish officer which is trained only to fight off native attacks. New Spain begins an immense project to attract settlers and set up a much more organized settlement system. New Spain reaches a population of nearly five million and growing through immigration and domestic growth as well as inclusion of hispanicized natives and unhispanicized natives. The Viceroyalty with full authority of the Emperor issues a series of land grants to respectable people along the Interior territories and along the West Coast of the continent throughout Chile, this puts the Mapuche and Chilean territories officially under control of New Spain. With this inclusion the vast new tracts of territory begin to be settled further to expand existing internal cities. Along with this the attractiveness of cash cropping leads many to take out loans from the Royal Bank in New Spain which begins the development of further cash cropping such as cotton, yerba mate, wheat, barley, grapes, and a host of other cash crops keeping the crops on a rotationary cycle in order to keep prices in a fluctuation over the years and for field rejuvenation. New Spain, following nearly 200 years or more of being a full fledged colony of Spain, makes its first major standing colonial military force of nearly 50,000. Only about 15,000 are on duty at any given moment but the training of the Colonial army allows nearly the whole force to assemble within 100 miles of Buenos Aires in three weeks tops. The largest city in New Spain and officially one of the largest in the world is Potosi Bolivia with a population of nearly 300,000 and growing as the area around becomes heavily developed aside from the productive silver mines.
 * Vorlayacor: The Nation of Vorlayacor is officially brought back into the Empire a Solid Spanish built navy, and now military access to the Colonial Military Authority. The local ruler is left in his position and is granted as the Governor of Vorlayacor given a Spanish advisor and nearly 5000 of New Spain's colonial militia to establish solid Spanish control of the territory. Many see this as an affront as Vorlayacor was forced into its current position through Imperialist Spaniards. Regardless now with cheaper goods being part of the empire than being outside of it, the Vorlayacoran populace is relatively passive. Many border restrictions are eased in regards to New Spain and Vorlayacor to encourage some White immigration to the area to form the core of a new white settler population here. Fleet is expanded to about 20 ships. The Military is a force sent from New Spain acting as the military force for the nation.
 * Cape Ferdinand: The Cape Ferdinand colony expands its population hoping to attract more settlers. The population of Cape Ferdinand rises to 120,000 colonists as many new settlers arrive due to the investment. The area itself begins to show up as a trade hub. Zulu Africans in the area begin being contacted with missionaries looking to speak to these people. The expansion of colonists in the area is truly more along the lines of some Zulus who have been converted and contracted by the local colonists. This has led to many of them being recruited as colonial troops for their very warlike tendencies and well recognized attribute of following strong and powerful leaders of which the CMA sends only these to command the Zulu troops.Settlers along the Orange River begin an ambitious irrigation project. The Orange River settlers begin to mine diamonds. The Colony itself begins to see a notable growth of its Agricultural centers becoming a decent exporter of agricultural goods. Along with this a rather unorthodox product has come about. Zulu soldiers previously hired out and trained as colonial troops have come some of South Africa's most loyal and vehement supporters of Spain and here empire seeing her as the Bringers of Civilization, and with the wide adoption of Christianity among many Zulu peoples has led to them becoming a rather accepted demographic in the society of the Colony. However, this has led to relative tension as Zulu and Colonial troops are forced to take extremely harsh measures against other natives. This leads to the creation of the Zulu only policy, set on making Zulus the only Black Demographic in South Africa with significant populations in proportion to White Spaniards.
 * Virrenato de Nueva Granada: The Viceroyalty of New Granada sees more immigration but has become a sort of hub for Colonial administration fleets coming throughout the area to trade and explore as well as a staging point for those looking to sail to the Philippines hoping to reach them via the Pacific Ocean. The colony itself expands by 100 px. The colony's population expands to around 650,000 as the colony continues to grow in importance and the agriculture begins to take precedence - especially in the areas above the city of San Francisco. The Inclusion of New Galicia adds another few tens of thousands to the Viceroyalty. The establishment of wineries and even terrace farming for food begins in the San Lorenzo Valley and the surrounding mountains. The wineries are considered a lucrative cash crop and the Colonists take great pride in growing them in the area. The port city of Arica expands to a population of nearly 65,000 becoming a solid rival for the thriving San Francisco City which is at about 70,000. New Granada begins seeing some native resistance but forces many out in favor of settlers, Some native groups, however, seem rather keen on assimilation with the Spaniards adopting Spanish culture, Spanish language, and in some cases marrying Spanish men, and working for Spanish people. With life on the frontier rather hard, the Spaniards have great welcome for cheaper workers who are willing to adopt all aspects of Spanish culture. Taking a cue from the conquests of territory in New Spain by the natives, the Colonial forces here use a divide and conquer strategy pitting some native tribes against each other and then eliminating the survivors. New Granada with its various mountains and with some territory in the valley secured, begins to implement the learned Inca method of terrace farming which is standard even in Spain at this point. The farming in general begins to show promise as surplus yields begins to show. The Forests in the area begin to be cut for ship building which quickly picks up as various Spanish trade companies and even the highly militarized Spanish Asian companies begins picking up on these developing the local economy into something impressive. Various cash crops also begin to be grown - most particularly cotton and now Grapes as well as the hybrid grape is bred and planted. New Granada absorbs New Galicia splitting it into a few new provinces within the Viceroyalty.
 * Philippines: Spain continues to establish majority control over the area through trade and other means. Investment from Spain is sent to facilitate buying materials to build up the area as the Philippines are garrisoned by mercenaries hired by Spain and nearly 300 of Spain's most well trained troops but the forces are expanded to about 5000 using locally trained soldiers or more mercenaries. The Philippines is built up as a massive trade and naval base and a fleet of Spanish ships sent from here make more trips to Central Borealia with Spain becoming the first nation to connect a trade route along the entire planet. This trip begins to gradually shift toward New Granada. Talks of turning the Philippines into a Crown Viceroyalty get underway. The Philippines shows notable Spanish settlement with nearly 12,000 Spaniards living on the islands, mostly in Manila.
 * Protectorate of Oyo: The extraction economy of the protectorate increases and the royal governor makes quotas much less demanding allowing the people to actually live somewhat rather than be in a bond of virtual slavery. The military forces in the area are augmented with newer weaponry and are some of the most advanced troops in the region. The Protectorate exports many cash crops, metals and precious goods to Spain. The population of the Oyo territory being part of the original heartland of the former Oyo empire undergoing a census is estimated at about five million people having experiences multiple population shattering issues since the collapse of the empire, mostly diasporas inland, and the readjustment into the Spanish colonial economy. The protectorate of Oyo keeps its armed forces to nearly 20,000 all made up of some of the minorities in the area and led by Spanish officers. A large community of Spaniards begins to develop on in the protectorate with about 3000 people between Spaniards, and Hispanicized Italians living along the coast.
 * East African Protectorates: The military is reformed under a new commander of the CMA who gets newer weapons for his troops and drills them in modern tactics seeing developing colonies in Africa as a threat to the sovereignty of the protectorates. With Colonial Authority in place, and the Colonial Military Administration keeping the areas from devolving into a regional arms race between the protectorates the area is effectively administered as a singular entity under the Administration, with each state keeping its local culture, customs, and minor armed forces. The Colonial Military Administration does take extra care in keeping these forces loyal and small, having more to gain by serving with Spain rather than for nationalistic purposes. The economy of the area is advanced significantly as the Spanish global trade network uses this area as a stopping point. The Protectorate's naval force headquarters is moved to the massive naval port on the southern coast of Madagasikara known as Saint Felipe. The potential division of the EAP is proposed with Madagasikara, Maputo, and Mozambika becoming three separate entities within the Empire. This decision shows a great deal of support as the decentralized nature of the current governmental force has become a major issue in dealing with the three territories.
 * Khambhat: With growing Spanish presence in India, the Spanish East India Company agrees to separate administration into the Khambat sphere and the Madras sphere organizing them into two separate entities. The military forces of the area are recruited from Indians with a force of nearly 5000 in Khambhat and the surrounding territories. The area's economy is built up as a trade hub as a trade port. The company navy along with Madras maintains nearly 70 ships for personal use 20 of these being top-of-the-line warships. The Khambhat territory as it is well known is shown to be a proven economic hub from India as Spain begins to made a noticeable and large profit with the territory being managed by the East India Company. Khmbat deploys its full 5000 troop complement but with recent growth over the years and a much higher need to take more territory, the army is raised to about 20,000 with the Sepoya troops being the majority with a good amount of them being Sikhs. These forces are deployed to fight their northern neighbor.
 * Madras: With Madras being ceded by the Netherlands to Spain the territory is administered as a separate entity from Khambhat. The majority of Spain's 10,000 Indian troops are relocated from Bengal to Madras with the empty slots being filled as the East India Company established full control over the enclave. The economy of the area is bolstered by Madras being a major stopping point for ships and the Indian trade moving along the Spanish global trade route increases the economy immensely. Plantations are started up in the area for cash crops and run with local labor. The City is at an estimated 200,000 people within the confines of Spanish controlled territory and the outer edges of territory contain nearly another 75,000 people. The Spanish colonial government raises its forces to nearly 25,000 and within the next year or two is expected to gain another 10,000 recruits. These forces are deployed to fight in India.
 * Greater Cochin: The Protectorate of Greater Cochin is formed following the revolt of the noble and with this the nobility more or less are forced to give up their titles. They are all more or less replaced with a Spanish aristocracy which now run the country. With this the unification of Dawei and Shan under Cochin the new state begins an aggressive integrationist policy. The Sepoya troops in Cochin are expanded to nearly 8000 and the economic policies are used to increase the productivity of the territory. The Greater Cochin area now houses nearly 1000 Spanish marines now using it as a major base of operations in the region. The Greater Cochin area raises nearly 35,000 troops from the local treasury and with this marches through Urdustan to fight in India purchasing supplies along the war.
 * Shanghai: The city of Shanghai - due to its presence on the mainland of China proper - becomes a massive economic and trade port for the empire only just a few years but with direct access to Chinese goods coveted by Europe a huge volume of trade ships numbering in the hundreds flood the port purchasing the goods and transporting them across the Pacific via Spain global trade route. Shanghai hears of the first potential immunization for smallpox via Chinese texts and begins looking into it. The Shanghai armed forces stand at a solid 35,000 strong bearing some of Spain's finest military equipment accrued through the China Sea Company. Shanghai is named the headquarters of the overseas South China Sea Company and manages to secure 500 elite Spanish troops to guard the interest in China. The newly built trade port of Heian is put under Shanghai's operational umbrella on the island of Hainan.
 * Qingdao: Qingdao - due to further distance - is set up as another South China Sea Company ruled territory and the good from the area are used to attract traders here as well. This is done to prevent the city of Shanghai being the only major Spanish Chinese port. The company invests into a force of about 25,000 to hold the city and now about 30 top-of-the-line ships.
 * Nueva Aragon: New Aragon is officially established as an independent viceroyalty with the discovery of another organized state in Australia with plans to begin expansion around 1700. The area shows a large influx of Spanish military settlers looking to keep any hostility down on the continent of Australia. The Force here is at about 300 with a grand total population of about 2000. The emerging importance of this territory becomes increasingly important as New Aragon is given ten top-of-the-line ships, and about 500 marines to keep the area a major territory of Spanish influence. New Aragon begins considering the opening up of a new Colony on the now named Continent of Australia. New Aragon begins to expand by 50 px to the east.
 * Sorento: The Colony of Sorento is founded following various economic and trade company forays into the region. The Colony expands by 75 px taking control of the harbor, now known as Sorento Harbor, which begins to show a good influx of traders who are looking to make their fortunes in Australia. The Colony has a population of 500 but the Sorento company, looking to give the colony a rather large population, begins advertising and offering to subsidize people to come to the new colony and help it grow. The Sorento colony is supported by five warships from the empire and their marine forces, which are used multiple time to drive off native raids from the trade company's fort.
 * The Nehilaw Sachemate: modernizes aggressively and quickly. As the merchant marine continues to expand and its operations in Western Europe grow following the first successful Nehilaw crossing of the Atlantic, incentive to expand the navy grows. Accordingly, two new sloops, based on designs seen in Dutch ports, go under construction. They are armed with twenty guns each. Meanwhile, the economy begins to be monetarized, as the High Sachem wishes to place the nation on an equal footing to European nations economically. As a result, a new currency, the chuvash, is set up, with a mint constructed in Chisasibi to produce the coins, made from copper mined at government-held mines. With musk oxen domesticated, farmers look to domesticate several types of seabirds, including the great auk, northern gannet, Canada goose, and the wood bison. The military and economy expand in all vassals and PU's. Seekign to expand its influence in nearby areas, the Nehilaw ask for trade deals and mutual defence pacts with the the Ho-Chunk and Twightee. Mod Response Please
 * ​Mod Dip: They both reply with a no to the alliance but a yes to the trade wishing to allow fur trading
 * Wu: Meanwhile, Wu still continues to improve economy and military. Infrastructure as well.
 * Hispanian Dip: We once again remind the Wu royal family that the only reason they are currently the rulers of Wu is due to the Spanish and the Shanghai presidency army. We also remind them that if trade is cut then smuggling will take place at expense of Wu and it is much better to make profits as Spain's gateway to Central China than no profits being Spain's smuggling portal to central China.
 * Grand Croatian Bajandom (Velika Hrvatska Bajanovina): Economy turn. Sewerage systems similar to Ragusan ones are built in major towns of the Bajanate. With growing Ragusan influence, and the beginning of further colonization, the navy expands rapidly using much of the Ragusan and also Britannic expertise. Moreover with the influx of new resources in form of lumber, labour and metals, the navy begins expanding at a fast rate. More and more ships capable of crossing the Atlantic with ease are built. The Sabor intends to restore the glorious naval culture of the Neretva peoples and plans to do so by expanding the navy. The kravata (tie) is more and more used as an accessory. The war for Hungary is ended with the Second Treaty of Cluj-Napoca
 * ​Bandom of Croatia: Trade routes are strengthened and the salt mines around Tuzla are explored as well as the salt industry in Pag and Nin. Using irrigation from the Danube, Sava, Drava, Drina, Cetina, Una, Vrbaš, Kupa, Neretva and other rivers the fields in the kingdom are developed, used for crops such as wheat, rye and barley. With trade routes increasing and Croatia entering an era of peace and of stability, the development of new trade ships is issued. The Brothers of the Raven continue spreading their influence in Croatia. Stone mining is furthered as well as the timber industry. The need for these resources rises as urbanization carries on. The navy, under command of the Bajan and the First Admiral is developed due to the purchase of Britannic ships which are inspected and introduced into the Royal War Navy of Croatia or HBRM (Hrvatska Bajanska Ratna Mornarica). Iron ores in Dugopolje, Zenice and at last the 'mud' ore in Vojvodina and eastern Slavonia are to be exploited alongside the silver and copper ores more frequently and of better quality than the iron ores. The exploitation of iron ores in the Lika and Gorski kotar areas continues. The salt industry in Ston is funded by the government. Britannic assistance aids with the naval reform. The influx of resources from Dahomey aids the economy. However, the government makes sure that the gold arriving isn't immediately put on the market in order to control the inflation in the worth of gold. The silver mine in Srebrenica is mined.
 * Polish Bandom (Poljska Banovina): The Polish Bandom grows relatively independently, although a part of the Bajandom, the Polish Saborčić (Little Sabor, also known as Szlachta/Šljahta) works more or less independently within its borders. The Polish Ban is elected by it while the Bajan only confirms him. The issue within Poland are attempted to be handled, and for now things are peaceful again, although some nobles still seem to be plotting something.
 * Czech Bandom (Češka Banovina): The Bandom recovers from the Idiocracy's rule and many nobles gain more power in the nation.
 * Podbanate of Silesia (Šlezijska Podbanovina): The Podbandom's natural resources are highly sought in the rest of the Bajanate which leads to economic growth. The Silesian cultural movement flourishes with aid of the Croats, who aim to make Silesia a region independent from both Poland and the Czech Banate.
 * Podbanate of Dahomej (Podbanovina Dahomej): The natural resources are quickly put to use, such as coconuts, cotton both refined and raw as well as the gold. Finally, the wood industry prospers as materials are needed for new ships that would help keep the connection between Croatia and Dahomey strong.
 * Podbandom of Carantania (Podbanovina Karantanska): Croatization continues, starting with removing any pro-Austrian threats. The idea that Carantania is Slavic since the Carantanian Slavic tribe settled there spreads and is used to bring the Podbandom closer to the Bandom.
 * Isles of the Grand Bajandom (Otoci Velike Bajanovine): The infrastructure is built up.
 * Carantanian Island (Karantanski Otok): The colony expands by 750 sq km.
 * Kingdom of Bavaria: In 1725, Bavaria expands its economy. National infrastructure is developed. The population continues to rise. Trausnitz continues to be the national capital. In Munchen, Queen Isabell University remains a staple of education in Bavaria. King Albert V, aged 31, and his council continue to allow the training of new troops. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port. Modern weaponry make its introduction into Bavaria. In diplomatic news, Bavaria maintains alliances with Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, Scandinavia, and Rome. In religious news, around 76% of the country adheres to the Western Church, while the rest are either traditional Catholic or Reformist. There has been an uptick of 60% of Bavaro-German primary speakers in Franken-Sachsen, Pomerania, and Brandenburg, and uptick of 85% secondary speakers in those areas. In colonial news, Nei Baiern continues to expand. With the Bohemian revolt, Leopold orders that several infrastructure projects be started in Brandenburg and Pomerania instead of Bohemia. In royal news, the King's siblings are: Klaudia-Franzina (born 1701), and Friedrich-Rudolf (born 1704). In economic news, the previously informal, regional Landshut Stock Exchange is given a royal charter and given full benefits of a crown backed enterprise. In political news, Albert V continues to sit at both Bavarian and Austrian privy councils, the separation having occurred in 1668. In political news, several parliamentary factions spring up in the Curia Bavaria. Several factions are opposed to both the existence of the Curia Austria as well as the latter's call for a larger, country-wide parliament. In other news, support for a unified Bavarian and Austrian parliament skyrockets this year, with many Austrian noblemen prompting the King to create a larger parliament. Joachim von Ingschaft, a popular Austrian parliamentarian, becomes the most vocal advocate for a national parliament, where an Austrian branch is on equal footing with the Bavarian branch. Within the year, more Austrian parliamentarians and a handful of Bavarian ones are drawn to Ingschaft's idea of a new government. In other news, several Bavarian parliamentarians pay attention to the situation in Pskov. However, as the year goes on, more attention is paid to the general structure of Pskov's republican government, rather than the problem of representation itself. By 1710, a small faction of parliamentarians support a greater, stronger parliament in Bavaria. Within three years, this faction grows mighty in the Curia Bavaria, with many supporting a strong, centralized, Pskovian parliament. In other news, King Albert  begins showing signs of a mental disturbance, including symptoms of schizophrenia. Bavaria concludes  the incorporation of Franken-Sachsen (Turn Six of Six). In other news, late Charles announces that Brandenburg will be elevated to a duchy upon the death of Margrave Albert II. In tragic news, Charles I dies in 1724 and his mentally troubled son takes the throne as Albert V. Many fret over this development and fear the rule of a mad king. In 1725, these fears grow as many turn to Princess Klaudia as a possible solution to a mad king. In political news, Klaudia Franzina thinks about marrying Pomeranian crown Prince Franz-Heinrich, also a distant relative.
 * Curia Bavaria: The Curia Bavaria, also known as the Bavarian Parliament, continue to operate in the Parliamentary Palace in Landshut. Parliament orders the Bavarian Army to be outfitted in modern uniform and to hold modern weaponry. In political news, the Curia Bavaria continue to implement the Bavarian Commands and Collegiate Writs into a codified, national law.
 * City of Lübeck: Troops authorized by the King continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The port of Lübeck is expanded and several ships are constructed.
 * Duchy of Neustadt: Troops authorized by the King continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The ports of Fehmarn are expanded and several ships are constructed.
 * Bremen Port: Troops authorized by King continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Several cogs are constructed, and plans are drafted to construct many larger ships. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port.
 * Kingdom of Austria: Troops authorized by the King continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Osterreich (Austria) in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. King Leopold orders that 5000 troops be sent to Austria to standby. Food and financial aid is sent to Austria, primarily to Vienna and surrounding cities. Furthermore, Leopold sends messengers to Vienna officials noting that the Bavarian crown will be paying for 50% of all Vienna-based infrastructure projects. He also notes that the taxes of the Austrian populace will be moderately lowered, lower than pre-war levels, in the face of the devastation of the war. He also announces aid will be increased over the next few years. In early 1667, an Austrian scholar and merchant, named Karl Manzkari, establishes a trade outpost in Vienna. Initially attracting local merchants, it soon amasses a large array of traders, mostly from northern Austria. In 1668, Karl Manzkari establishes a much smaller outpost in another section of Vienna, hoping to attract more business. The Austrian Council is created as an independent privy council for the King.
 * Curia Austria: Work on the Parliamentary Palace in Vienna finishes. A number of 251 Austrians sit in the Austrian parliament. Most of the laws they pass concern continual relief for Vienna and various infrastructural reconstructions around Austria. The Curia Austria is tentatively popular in Vienna, with most welcoming a separate legislative body, while others see it as a Bavarian puppet. New roads continue to be constructed. The Curia Austria call for greater legislative power in Austria, and perhaps a large legislature servicing all Bavarian realms, one which would be an Upper house while the Curia Bavaria and Curia Austria would be regional lower houses.
 * Margraviate of Brandenburg: Troops authorized by Margrave Albert II, age 61, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Brandenburg in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. Furthermore, Albert orders that several infrastructure commissions are created in order to repair the extreme damage to Brandenburg after the war. As with Austria, the Bavarian crown will pay for 50% of all renovations in Brandenburg. Wolfgang Diefenbach's first scientific meeting in Berlin is successful. The first scientific meeting will occur in 1675. Young Albert is married off to Maria von Hamburg. Margrave Albert II has two children, Karolina (born 1679), and Albert (born 1683).
 * Duchy of Pomerania: Troops authorized by Duchess Mary, age 57, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Pomerania in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. Princess Mary and Henry von Hamburg have a daughter in 1687, who they name Margaret. Princess Mary has a son in 1691, who she names Franz-Heinrich. In royal news, Duchess Mary is immediately overshadowed by her husband Henry, who takes a dominant role in Pomeranian politics. Mary feels as if she is being throttled by her husband's power and begins communicating with several of her courtiers on how to mitigate his influence. Gil Vimaranes, a wealthy Portuguese noble merchant, begins meeting with Duchess Mary and counsels her on many ways to block her husband's efforts at powering over her. Duke Henry remains a shadow of his former, powerful self. However, Duke Henry seemingly reconciles with Mary, and he is relegated some control over the Pomeranian administration. Gil Vimaranes, aged 60, is appointed as Ducal chancellor of Pomerania. In 1704, Gil Vimaranes, in an effort to secure the wealth and power of Duchess Mary, advises her and the council to abolish couverture (the event where a woman's finances and legal rights become her husband's upon marriage) in Pomerania. The movement grows in 1705 among the privy council, with many having Duchess Mary's interests in their minds. In 1707, coverture is abolished within Stettin city limits, as a test to see how coverture abolition would fare in the country. In 1710, Mary authorizes the abolition of coverture in all of Pomerania.
 * Duchy of the Palatine: Troops authorized by the King continue training. Pfalz is incorporated into the Kingdom of Bavaria. However, it remains in the Westphalian confederation and is given several degrees of autonomy within Bavaria. It is elevated to a Duchy in 1719.
 * Royal Bavarian Stock Company: The RBSC, founded in the late fifteenth century, is finally formalized and given a royal charter by King Leopold II in 1662. The RBSC operate chiefly in Landshut, where a stock exchange floor continues to remain active. Branches of the RBSC exist in München, Regensberg, Berlin, and Stettin.
 * New Bavaria: The colony of Nei Baiern continues to expand in population. Katharinas-Hafen, Franznacken, Bayreuth, Nei Regens, and Regenholz all expand by the end of the year. Houses and shops in each settlement continue being built. Jülichsberg and Wittlesberg both expand. Nei Baiern expands 750 km. The militias and shops are developed. A small logging and fishing town is founded north of Wilhelmsbaum island, on the mainland. The settlement, mainly populated by Saxons, comes to be called Regenholz.
 * Pearl River: The outpost of Perlefluss is established. A capital is expected to be constructed over the next few years. The capital of Pearl River is established, which the settlers name Perlefluss (Pearl River) after the outpost itself.
 * Roman Empire: The Empire continues to prosper in this time of peace. The economy continues to grow as the trade networks across the Empire become more solidified and trade networks outside of the Empire continue to expand, particularly in eastern Asia and Borealia. The military and the navy continues to train, practice, and learn new techniques as they are discovered. The military eventually rises to about 200,000 trained soldiers, although not all of those soldiers are on duty all the time for economic concerns. Troops of all ethnicities are trained to keep the army diverse and the ethnic groups unified. The various Archonates continue to be integrated with new infrastructure, new trade connections, and a newly increasing sense of Roman "identity." Some expansionists begin to wonder why Egypt has not yet been added to the Empire as a full Archonate yet, although the Emperor assures them that it will happen. The reign of John IX has been relatively peaceful and prosperous, with minimal incidents. An attempted overthrow happened, but that was short and rapidly crushed by the army. The policy toward the Turks, numbering about two million out of an Empire of 23 million, remains the same, and a few hundred to a thousand Turks are estimated to leave the Empire each year. Cities like Ancyra, Nicaea and Ephesus continue to grow, further fortifying Roman control over western Anatolia. Military outposts along the border with the Damascan Sultanate are constructed and fortified, as the Emperor notices that there are now no buffer states between the two rising powers. Influence in vassal states continues to grow, and the Roman political and economic sphere continues to expand and consolidate its gains. Cooperation with the Croatians in their military efforts is supported, and Rome joins the war on their side.
 * Reme: The colony continues to prosper from the growth of cash crops and their export. Along with the native issue, some troops and militia as well as allied natives join in the fight to defeat the raiders and conquer their lairs. The native states are defeated and their lands placed under military occupation pending an increase of relations and better governance. Expands in the north by 20 pixels. The issues with the pirates begins to come to the attention of the colonial government, and steps are taken in order to cut down on piracy, including increased patrols. Increasing bureaucracy in the colonies is careful to facilitate cordial relations between the natives and colonists. Economic growth, particularly in Antillia, drive the colonization process further. Cooperation with the natives increases to further protect the mainland colonies, while better fortifications and shipyards are constructed in order to better protect the colonies. The native Creek royalty are captured after the war, and surprisingly are not executed. The royal family of the Creek is instead ordered to govern their people who reside in Roman territory in much the same manner as other native royalty in Roman Borealia. The population starts to grow further thanks to better healthcare, more food, and an expanding economy.
 * Egypt: Egypt begins to recover from the war. With almost all of the Muslim inhabited lands of the state stripped from it, Egypt is now mostly Christian, although the rights of the Muslims remaining are not infringed upon. Food begins to be grown again, and this helps the population recover from ages of war. The Roman military garrison largely maintains order, while a 25,000 man Egyptian force is trained to help protect the nation and the canal. The Grigius family returns from Greece to rule over Egypt once again, and they are met with some enthusiasm. The previous royal family is deposed from ruling but they are not harmed and are allowed to maintain their nobility, as relatives to the current king. Other nobles who were loyal keep their nobility, and commoners who remained loyal to Rome are given nobility and automatic citizenship. As the population continues to grow, it centers around the cities of Alexandria, Damietta, Luxor, and the newly refounded Berenice. Alexandria becomes a shining city on the banks of the sea and the Nile, and it is widely admired. Berenice is growing well, and the trade from India and China makes the city expand much more quickly. Large ships are sent around the Cape of Africa to serve as trade ships at Berenice. The population still remains mostly agricultural at this time. The revolt of the border town is easily put down by the military occupation force, but the lesson of the revolt is not lost on the Occupation Force and most of the Imperial government. Steps are taken to prevent or otherwise cut off revolts when they start, and as such some of the cultural laws and ideas initiated in the previous period of Roman rule are to be restored, with the rest restored over time. With the problems of the canal, the Roman military occupation and the native Egyptian military set up patrols along sections of the canal to ensure that raids are not too damaging. At the same time, the military tries to pinpoint the origins of these raids and take them out at the root. Military and economic growth and stability is the next major project for the Egyptian government. Egyptian officers are trained at military academies in Roman cities such as Constantinople, Adrianople and Sparta while Egyptian merchants are invested in and trained by Roman merchants. By now, most of the institutions of the Egyptian state have been rebuilt to some degree and are firmly integrated with their Roman counterparts.
 * Georgia: The Roman military occupation is largely frowned upon by the locals. However, the locals do approve of some aspects. They do approve of Roman occupation rather than Damascan occupation, and the fact that the Bagrationi Dynasty still rules earns some decent respect for Roman authority. Roman authorities work with the Bagrationi Dynasty to help bring improvements to the region and its people. Infrastructure is repaired from the war and new roads and buildings are constructed to benefit both the occupation and the native people. To help earn the loyalty of the native population, the Laz people, related to the Georgians themselves, are persuaded to gradually move from their homeland in northern Anatolia to join their brothers in Georgia. The existing Georgian navy is enrolled into the Imperial Navy while new Georgian merchants and military officers are enrolled in education programs to better integrate them with existing Imperial systems.
 * Armenia: The country of Armenia faces a bit of a problem. The Roman occupation force, as a general precaution, did not allow the Bragationi family remain in control of both Armenia and Georgia. As such, the need for a royal was the first challenge to be addressed. After much consideration in the Imperial court of Constantinople, it is decided that the Lusignan Dynasty of former Cyprus and Armenian Cicilia will take the throne, as some yet still live in Constantinople and have displayed considerable loyalty to the Empire a few decades after the fall of Cyprus. The new dynasty is enthroned on New Years Day, and the new king and the Roman occupation force begin eagerly in making Armenia a safe and prosperous place. Merchants and military officers are trained in ways similar to their Georgian counterparts, while border posts are constructed along the southern border with the Damascan Sultanate. In contrast with the Georgians, the Armenians are relatively glad to have Roman rule, as the Damascans directly invaded Armenia and threatened the populace.
 * Bulgaria: The change in rulership of Bulgaria comes as a mixed blessing by the Bulgarian people. While they are grateful that the Romans have allowed a new Bulgarian Tsar to be crowned and rule from Tarnovo, they are also somewhat upset to be cut from Vlachia, which had been a major cultural influence upon them for some time. With the new Roman management Bulgarians are free to explore their native culture as they see fit once again, although some of the traditions that they learned from the Vlachians are still maintained. The Romans step in to help the Bulgarians recover from the war and the previous stagnation suffered under the Dacians, and Roman merchants and military officers travel to Tarnovo and other major cities of the new country in order help train their Bulgarian counterparts.
 * France: Military, navy and economy are built up. The colony continues expanding and growing by 100 sq km among both colonies into the Galapago Islands called Illes d'Neptune The colonies continue growing as expected. The colony of Nouvelle Rouen continues to expand inland throughout the land corridor given by Cahokie by 9800 sq km. Mining continues in the colony of Nouevelle Orleans. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. after several years of ruling, the king Charles XVI dies, and with it His oldest son, Francois becomes the king of France as Jean Francois I, seeing the chance to turn the politic tide of Europe decides to join in the side of Hamburg on the affair of the Britannian succession war. one of the first actions made is to support the claim of the House of Hamburg. In other aspects, a great number of men are conscripted for the army and preparation for troops being sent into Calais to await for deployment if needed into Kent. In other news, the King shows renewed interest in East Asia, seeing that no much more room is left, he does a quite odd ritual in order to choose the aim of French expansion in East Asia, taking a map of the kingdoms of the area and an arrow, he throws a dart at the map blindfolded, whichever nation it hits, will be France's main target. The result, Cambodia. The plans are drawn up but put in hold due to the Britannian succession. The king also commands the creation of a secret plan to conquer Brittany once the britannian issue is resolved. The creation of a Cahokian bellic campaign are also to be set in motion sometime in five years after moving the sufficient troops to the area.
 * Kingdom of Rhineland: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The Rhenish culture begins spreading farther from the center of the country northwards. However, failing to penetrate Koln and northernmost area of the country, Southern French Speaking "Rhenanie" region. has become profoundly populated by French Speakers and Rhenanien Speakers (Similar to Wallonian in some aspects, a deeply Germanized French dialect).
 * Kingdom of Lower Burgundy: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The French population in the country grows and the Valais region becomes a trading point with the German nations.
 * Sardinia: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The Sardinian language has lowered its usage to only 10% of the population of Sardinia (roughly 50,000 people) with the speaking African (43%) and French (38%) or Vandalian (9% African Rhenish German dialect) and with the vast majority being able to speak both African and French (that is more or less 85% of the nation's population). The population is stable at 500,000 people.
 * Andorra: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up.
 * Africa: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The African language has become the de facto leading language surpassing every other (outside of French) being spoken by the 2.3 million people living in the country as either native or second language. Vandalian, however, dominates area of Tripolitania's coast with a population of around 5000 speakers in the region. French is still the main language officially. Trading outposts begin to be made in the border of the country to trade with Tuareg and inland tribes.
 * French Mali: Due to vast piracy campaigns which France and Spain have contributed to has resulted in many pirate coves in the Bissagos Islands, and as a result a larger influx of Frenchmen arrived this year, though they still don't even make up 1% yet. Ports continue to expand appropriately and the region becomes a place worth note on many maps. Roads continue being built to outlying villages and plantations continue being built.
 * Artois: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure and navy are built up. The nation prepares an army for the conflict in Britannia.
 * Free City of Danzig: The military, economy, infrastructure, and navy are built up, Danzig asks a diplomatic meeting with Pskov, Croatia and Poland's leadership within the city.
 * Cahokie: Christianization of the locals continue Military, navy, infrastructure and economy are built up.
 * |onte: Population grows by 50,000 people. Kurum Kuneneli continues making rifles for the army. Mon VI travels around making sure of the well being of |onte's Khoisan brothers. Mon IX, interested in the formalism of European laws and nation starts thinking of ways to consolidate |onte, such as a flag, motto, coat of arms, capital, etc. A regimentation of the "gift-based" economy has been noticed by scholars. Though transactions do not occur, per se, it is considered very rude not to reciprocate a gift. However, they need not be of equal value. The knowledge and education in Kunene spread on a slight scale, as authors, story tellers, philosophers and other intelligentsia leave their work out to gain recognition, often taken home by farmers from the countryside, the farmers, who grow far more than they will need, leave their rice in the grain storage. A trend has appeared for women to cover their breasts. However, the trend is mostly confined to Kunene. Mon XI sends his 200,000-strong Eheresito hu |onte to begin mining for diamonds that were recently encountered, greatly boosting the economy, allowing for food imports and the buying of ships. |onte's navy reaches a large size after many years of buying from France.
 * Yunnan: The Yunnanese continue to invest the modest income from exports into infrastructure. They also continue improving the defensive fortifications of Yunnan.
 * In Pskov, the GDP rises along with average wages. The Inter-Republic Road network is continued to be worked on. The Science and technology aspect of Pskov is not overlooked either. As prosperity in the nation increases, the amount of money and new people investing in institutions of higher learning. As such, the various schools that existed in Nizhegorodsk-Na-Narve unite and form the "University of Nizhegorodsk", beginning a rivalry between it and Pskov. The idea of creating the general assembly, and the ideas of integration are at the core of this year's Grand Summit, with much push back coming from Eesti, Latvia, and Lithuania, because they are the least populous states, and do not want measures disadvantagous to them to be passed, or for people in Pskov of Prussia to have a say in the decisions affecting only that region. This sentiment of wanting independence in affairs only concerning them is echoed by every nation (mostly because no nation has a majority of the population). However, the desire for integration still remains high in the parliaments due to Russian immigrants that Pskov is able to ... let's just say acquire from Russia. After the conclusion, the Heads of Government and the heads of state plea together to the New Veche of Pskov to be the first to ratify the Pskov Concordat, the formal agreement that would institute the Grand Senate as a legislative branch that would be a unified parliament for all members of the union and to pass laws on issues affecting the union as a whole. It also contains a promise of each signing nation to strive towards "Greater Integration" in the near future, and the "clarification of the division of powers". The Grand Senate would be a  bicameral legislature, with the first house being the General Assembly, a 500-member house that is chosen by elections throughout the union, and the second house, the Council of Nations, a 120-member house where the representatives are appointed by the various republics in order to represent their interests and be "above" the election politics seen in many cities where people are more than likely to join factions (proto-political parties), each republic would get 20 representatives (All house names are their English equivalents, and will have equivalent and official names in Russian, German, Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian). After much debate, a slimm majority of 53 ayes votes to ratify against 47 nays. All the viceregal representatives of the Supreme Prince sign it as it has become tradition for them as well to meet at the Grand Summit. The concordat is then taken to the other republics to ratify, and then will be given to the Supreme Prince in Croatia for him to sign this place into law. The New veche also approves of a motion to temporarily use the Electoral council building for the Grand Senate until a seperate building may be constructed for it outside the Krom, or for it to be decided that it will permanently use the Electoral Council building. More-or-less the agreed to General Assembly seats are set as two electors = one seat.
 * The Federal Republic of Eesti upgrades its naval capabilities and military. The integration of many people go as planned ... anyway, stuff happens and things. The Grand Summit is a great success, as after much heated debate, and more than one near-stormout, the Pskov Concordat is agreed upon when the Council of Nations is added as an upper house to the General Assembly, in no small part due to the efforsts of Vice-Consul Peeter Vaino and Peaminister Elmar Lepmets, who both endorse the agreement (with Vice-Consul Peeter signing it), and present it as the perfect solution to the Riigikogu of the Federal Republic, whom they ask for approval. Before the Christmas reprieve, the Riigikogy ratifies the Concordat with a 84-16 vote. The Road network continues being built and worked on.
 * In Lithuania, the military is improved by purchasing weaponry from Pskov and stuff. The Prime Minster attends the Grand Summit. The Pskov Concordat is ratified.
 * In the United Republic of Prussia and Danzig benefits from the de facto free trade with Croatia begin to show and grow its economy, GDP, and average wages, as Prussian merchants, quick to capitalize on the downfall of aristocratic privileges in favour of wealth privileges (that many nobles got because they were also wealthy, and those that were did not care for the fate of the "lesser" nobility). König - Statthalter Willhelm Hohenzollern and Chancellor Albert Ackerman, both present the Pskov Concordat to be ratified, both having signed it in person. The Bundestag passes the bill with a 60-40 majority, many unsure of the exact powers the Grand Senate will have
 * The Belarussian Military is improved as the Road network continues being built. After the Grand Summit, Knyaz-Namestnik Dmitri Shevchenko, and Glava-Dumi Nikolai Prakazov, having signed the Pskov Concordat, both endorse the document and emplore the Duma to ratify it. The Pskov Concordat is ratified.

1726
'''Shandong and Henan enter into a royal marriage with each other. This also precipitates an alliance between the two having been closely related during this areas smaller warring states period before the centralization of the area.'''

'''Shandong begins looking to import top notch muskets in order to outfit small portions of its armed forces in a test to see their effectiveness. Many nobles scoff at the want to import the weapons of barbarians.'''

'''The Pirates Alfonse Elric and Juan Bolivar make their names known as they pirate the high seas. Alfonse earns the most notoriety as his knack for ambushing and taking ships with relative ease earning him the name “German Scourge” His personal ship “Kraken” becomes well known as well for its unnaturally black sails.'''

In Rome, Pope Benedict XVII dies, and in the subsequent conclave, the Napolitan Francesco Orsini is elected Pope, taking the Papal name of Telesphorus V.


 * Duchy of Hamburg: Hamburg expands its infrastructure. Increasing profits from the colonial empire continue to fill Hamburg's treasury. Duke Karl II dies of a stroke later in the year, succeeding him is his son, Duke Friedrich IV. The coronation takes place in December by the Archbishop of Hamburg-Münster.
 * Duchy of Mecklenburg: Military expanded.
 * County of Holstein: Military expanded.
 * Duchy of Stade: Military expanded.
 * Prince-Archbishopric of Münster: Military expanded.
 * Protectorate of Aceh: Military expanded.
 * Ostland: Military expanded.
 * New Hamburg: Military expanded.
 * New Brunswick: Military expanded.
 * Williamsburg: Military expanded.
 * New Lüneburg: Military expanded.
 * New Mecklenburg: Military expanded. The colony expands by 20px.
 * Free City of Nellore: Military expanded.


 * Portugal: Continues a notable buildup in military strength and allows for a vigorous training program on the existing military forces attempting to train them up heavily. Meanwhile, the administration continues to be reformed, and agriculture and commerce are encouraged. Meanwhile, Portugal continues to develop its navy. Meanwhile, the colony in Lenhame continues exporting wheat to Portugal. Meanwhile, trade intensifies in the African coast. Meanwhile, Santa Cruz and São Sebastião expand by 5000 sq km each. Meanwhile, sugarcane continues to be planted in Santa Cruz.
 * Nubia: The military continues to train loyal troops to fight for the nation. Cities continue to rebuild themselves like European cities. Ports expand to fit more ships. A big library is continuing being built in the capital city. It will store books from around the world. The first university of the country is continuing being built in the capital city. Our military continues to expand 100 px southwest. Walls and outposts around the capital city are continuing to be built.
 * Alodia: Military and economy expand.
 * Makuria: Military and economy expand.
 * France: Military, navy and economy are built up. The colony continues expanding and growing by 100 sq km among both colonies into the Galapago Islands called Illes d'Neptune The colonies continue growing as expected. The colony of Nouvelle Rouen continues to expand inland throughout the land corridor given by Cahokie by 9800 sq km. Mining continues in the colony of Nouevelle Orleans. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. after several years of ruling, the king Charles XVI dies, and with it His oldest son, Francois becomes the king of France as Jean Francois I, seeing the chance to turn the politic tide of Europe decides to join in the side of Hamburg on the affair of the Britannian succession war. one of the first actions made is to support the claim of the House of Hamburg. In other aspects, a great number of men are conscripted for the army and preparation for troops being sent into Calais to await for deployment if needed into Kent. In other news, the King shows renewed interest in East Asia, seeing that no much more room is left, he does a quite odd ritual in order to choose the aim of French expansion in East Asia, taking a map of the kingdoms of the area and an arrow, he throws a dart at the map blindfolded, whichever nation it hits, will be France's main target. The result, Cambodia. The plans are drawn up but put in hold due to the Britannian succession. The king also commands the creation of a secret plan to conquer Brittany once the britannian issue is resolved. The creation of a Cahokian bellic campaign are also to be set in motion sometime in five years after moving the sufficient troops to the area.
 * Kingdom of Rhineland: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The Rhenish culture begins spreading farther from the center of the country northwards. However, failing to penetrate Koln and northernmost area of the country, Southern French Speaking "Rhenanie" region. has become profoundly populated by French Speakers and Rhenanien Speakers (Similar to Wallonian in some aspects, a deeply Germanized French dialect).
 * Kingdom of Lower Burgundy: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The French population in the country grows and the Valais region becomes a trading point with the German nations.
 * Sardinia: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The Sardinian language has lowered its usage to only 10% of the population of Sardinia (roughly 50,000 people) with the speaking African (43%) and French (38%) or Vandalian (9% African Rhenish German dialect) and with the vast majority being able to speak both African and French (that is more or less 85% of the nation's population). The population is stable at 500,000 people.
 * Andorra: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up.
 * Africa: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The African language has become the de facto leading language surpassing every other (outside of French) being spoken by the 2.3 million people living in the country as either native or second language. Vandalian, however, dominates area of Tripolitania's coast with a population of around 5000 speakers in the region. French is still the main language officially. Trading outposts begin to be made in the border of the country to trade with Tuareg and inland tribes.
 * French Mali: Due to vast piracy campaigns which France and Spain have contributed to has resulted in many pirate coves in the Bissagos Islands, and as a result a larger influx of Frenchmen arrived this year, though they still don't even make up 1% yet. Ports continue to expand appropriately and the region becomes a place worth note on many maps. Roads continue being built to outlying villages and plantations continue being built.
 * Artois: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure and navy are built up. The nation prepares an army for the conflict in Britannia.
 * Free City of Danzig: The military, economy, infrastructure, and navy are built up, Danzig asks a diplomatic meeting with Pskov, Croatia and Poland's leadership within the city.
 * Cahokie: Christianization of the locals continue Military, navy, infrastructure and economy are built up.
 * |onte: Population grows by 50,000 people. Kurum Kuneneli continues making rifles for the army. Mon VI travels around making sure of the well being of |onte's Khoisan brothers. Mon IX, interested in the formalism of European laws and nation starts thinking of ways to consolidate |onte, such as a flag, motto, coat of arms, capital, etc. A regimentation of the "gift-based" economy has been noticed by scholars. Though transactions do not occur, per se, it is considered very rude not to reciprocate a gift. However, they need not be of equal value. The knowledge and education in Kunene spread on a slight scale, as authors, story tellers, philosophers and other intelligentsia leave their work out to gain recognition, often taken home by farmers from the countryside, the farmers, who grow far more than they will need, leave their rice in the grain storage. A trend has appeared for women to cover their breasts. However, the trend is mostly confined to Kunene. Mon XI sends his 200,000-strong Eheresito hu |onte to begin mining for diamonds that were recently encountered, greatly boosting the economy, allowing for food imports and the buying of ships. |onte's navy reaches a large size after many years of buying from France.
 * Korea: Korea continues to build up its military. Meanwhile, more Taoist, Neo-Confucian and Buddhist temples are built. Taoism rises in popularity and gains more followers. Regular (read: not Imperial) Shinto gains a few more followers as well, mainly along the coastline in Southeastern Korea, particularly in Busan, Jejudo, Ulsan, and the coastal cities and coastal towns of Southern Gyeongsang Province. Mahayana Tao-Shintoism also continues to grow, and begins gaining followers from the areas where Shinto is growing, with some Shintoists switching to Mahayana Tao-Shintoism. A few Shinto missionaries from Jejudo help out Japan in Vietnam to bring Shinto there. The colony of Haejagang (해자강) expands by 500 sq km.
 * The Kiatagmiut Band works to expand its cultural, trade, and geographic boundaries throughout Kelutmun.
 * Hispania: The Kingdom of Spain itself begins to see a small demographical decline as the immigration to colonies for the economic opportunity is on the rise. The Spanish nobility even sees a large sort of decline as many of the younger sons and daughters go to the Spanish colonies as the example has been set by the Royal Family. The Spanish population reaches about 16 million. The Empire officially begins a reform of the economic system looking to get away from reliance on gold and silver to bail the economy out of crisis and funding the big wars, The bullion is instead geared toward giving the empire a competitive edge in being able to invest millions on a whim in order to drive up investments and production. However, some paper notes to be backed up by bullion are also beginning to be considered in order to prevent the outflow of gold and silver capital from the empire. The colonies, as well, have officially moved away from the exploitation model of colonial economics and toward the production model, even though places like New Spain and New Granada are already heavily production model economies. The royal government continues to develop plans for the eventual reconquest of Hawaii. The Hispanian navy begins further development of its new larger classes of ships, churning out first rate flagships for various fleets, and more third rates, and fourth rates with the occasional second rate to augment the smaller patrol fleets the fifth and sixth rates begin to become more standard as light and medium frigates for singular voyages and patrols among other things. The Hispanian attitudes on industrialism continue to change but the nobility seems rather unhappy about having to see more common people in major cities. With relatively no sources of power, the natural sources of power, and in some cases manpower are used for the increasing amount of textile mills among other things. The flocking of populations to Northern Spain continues with a mass increase of population in Madrid, Zaragoza, Pamplona, Barcelona, and various other minor cities and townships throughout the north. Spain begins to extend its trade influence through Shandong and Henan taking advantage of their small status in order to permeate their nations with traders from spain
 * Kingdom of Italy: The Italian army is drawn back to 40,000 troops most of them fiercely loyal to Hispania as they have made fortunes fighting for the empire or are Spanish cultured. The Italian navy reaches nearly 200 ships and growing. Some Hispanicized Italians (Italians who have adopted Spanish culture) are allowed to settle in the Spanish colonies. Some smaller towns and cities in coastal Italy see the first real merging of Spanish and Italian culture. Italy continues its economic buildup become a large part of the Spanish economy. The Italians show some minor unrest under the Spanish but the growing Hispanicized populace in Southern Italy is beginning to overtake various cultures within the southern territories. Some cultures such as Sicilian one of the most dominant in Southern Italy have become a closely tied culture with Spanish with a common "Hispanian" Culture beginning to develop in the Historic Kingdom of Naples area as well as farther within Italy now as well. The Spanish forces of Italy including Italian armed forces as well as the domestic navy are deployed as the tensions with France ramp up.
 * Savoy: The economy, thanks to trade with Spain, expands moderately. The people of Savoy begin to work toward building up a  fleet now at 120 ships. The military stands at about 10,000 and is worked on.
 * Genoa: Genoa's armed forces reach about 12,000. These people continue to find ways to live under the Spanish empire in a more prosperous way, by establishing multiple trade companies. These companies begin to be common throughout Spanish lands as the Genoans begin to build up a trade fleet of a sizable number now at 100 ships.
 * Kingdom of Lombardy: The Kingdom of Lombardy continues its development of its armed forces, being aided by a domestic arms industry. The Economy of the kingdom officially becomes fully tied with the empire. The Navy of the kingdom is minor standing at 25 ships. The Military stands at 25,000. Hispanization of Lombardy continues.
 * Modena: The nation of Modena's government is built up as the Barony of Modena and its military is improved significantly under the Spanish umbrella as they get a new slew of modern arms among other things. The economy of Modena is also expanded as the state begins to consolidate itself under Spain's trade umbrella.
 * Ravenna: Ravenna - now known as the Barony of Ravenna - is expanded economically heavily under Spain's trade umbrella as the majority of the Italian region has come under Spain's control. The military is also expanded as the city receives arms from Spain and Italy. Its armed forces reach a size of about 6000 and the military is drilled in Spanish tactics.
 * Vatican City: Wielding considerable influence the current Pope seeing Spanish advances deems it the will of God and declares the Spanish rule in Italy is one of the biggest acts of peace and prosperity seen on the peninsula since the Roman empire itself. The Vatican State recruits a series of guards to protect themselves and begins the process of adding many things to the Papal palace and beginning to root out corruption in the churches of the City of Rome and many other places in Italy.
 * Kingdom of Morocco: The Moroccan economy continues to expand with greater trade coming from Spain and the Canaries all the way down to Cape Ferdinand increasing the relative wealth. The Kingdom, with many canals having been completed, has vastly expanded its farmland among other things. The Moroccan navy elevates to nearly 150 ships. Morocco's economy continues to boom as the major canal projects have turned some of Morocco's harshest areas into incredibly useful farmland and for the first time in recorded history the area is covered in green farmland, trees and grasses. The population of Morocco is at an estimated 2.7 million with many being of mixed race or Spanish origin. The Moroccan culture, however, is wholly Spanish. The Moroccan nation sees some emigration from the nation to Spanish colonies but sees no real drain as many of them are Berbers or Mestizos looking for work other than farm work in Morocco.
 * Kingdom of Algiers: With the conquest of Algiers the Moroccan state continues to occupy and pacify Algiers flooding it with new Spaniards as nobles. The Imperial system is established in Algiers and a local force of about 2000 is established and run purely by the Spanish. The economy is obviously weak but begins to be recovered due to inclusion into the Spanish system. The Kingdom of Algiers is established and many Muslim fighters and their families are exiled into the deserts with the government unwilling to deal with the ultra-orthodox or radical Muslims. The Algerian kingdom begins using low class Muslim labor to begin working on canals much like Morocco. With recent history in Morocco many Algerians simply emigrate from the area to avoid wholesale slaughter or forced slave labor. Along with this many begin to convert as Christianity takes dominant presence due to a large Spanish settler class in Algiers of nearly 30,000.
 * Kongo: The Kingdom begins to work toward a trade and production economy focusing on helping provide resources for Spain's massive West African trade network. The King of the Kongo converting to Christianity and being baptised begins to call for the expansion of ports to the best of the Kongolese architects' abilities. The Kingdom of the Kongo in an attempt to increase economic output and trade begins to export a large amount of raw materials to Spain and begins to push toward heavy exploitation methods. The Kongo continues to expand its economy in order to export material to Spain, seeing a notable upswing as population and Spanish involvement helps the nation out. The first census of the Kongo is conducted with a population of about two million the nation is beginning to advance through some of the previous populational issues it had. The Spanish settlers in the Kongo only number about 2000.
 * Morelia: The military and economy of the Maya under Spain is developed and roads are upgraded to Spanish standards. The Island of Cuba is cultivated for sugar as Spain begins looking for more trade income rather than just total income from gold. Morelia reaches a population of about 1.5 million with many living within the Cuba island territory. Morelia officially finishes its expansion having nowhere else to go. Its armed forces reach force of about 5000 Colonial Spaniards supplied by the Spanish from home. The Colonial forces move on Cuba putting down the revolt as well as possible suffering surprising casualties.
 * Tenocha: Spanish continue their Ecomienda system from the Mapuche in the south to the Aztec areas to extract gold and silver. The economy becomes a major exporter in silver and gold as well as other materials back to Spain for which there is a high demand. The mercantilist policies, however, prevent competition in lucrative Spanish industries. The military of the Aztec territory. (Now known as Tenocha - a shortened and corrupted form of Tenochtitlan) reaches a force of about 5000 militia troops who are trained and led by Spanish officers. Coincidentally, the majority of the militia is Spanish as well that or the mixed race Mestizos. The population of Tenocha drops to barely six million as the disease has ravaged the massive nearly untouched Indian community in the western states. This has a massive impact as the vulnerability of the natives is considered a breaking point for the Spanish attempts to recruit them for a labor force.
 * Zapoteca: The Protectorate of Zapoteca after years of expanding begins the major integration of the new territories looking to integrate them fully. With a population of about four million Zapoteca re-arms its military into a force of about 40,000. Zapoteca also begins to consider Redistricting with more authority over Tenocha being granted while Itzapam is ceded to Morealia. The Zapotecan fleet is expanded further and a coastal highway is built up and connected with roads in Tenocha. Zapoteca boasts a large Mestizo population but also maintains a moderately sized New World born Spanish population which administers a good amount of the Zapotecan territories.
 * Mission of Nueva Galicia: Set up by a few opportunistic Spaniards the Mission of New Galicia is set up in the unorganized Colorado Territories using newly subjugated natives as a base for this (this is a vassal set up out of the unorganized Colorado Territory). Many of the Coloradans are happy for some semblance of organization and the mission is set up to expand throughout the well known Colorado Territories for trade supplies, or to come across settlements with which to trade. The Republic immediately begins to expand throughout the territory seeking for trade goods (50 px). This Mission (a church for the sole purpose of converting) is more or less turned into a small town with the church at the center but with many heavily armed Spanish guarding the fort's walls and keeping the surrounding territory around.
 * Kingdom of Venezia: The businessmen and high level economists, bankers and multiple other fully knowledgeable individuals of Venezia remaining after the war go on a trip to Spain's vibrant trade cities and after careful negotiations many of these men take over one of Spain's newest rising trade companies, the Buenos Aires trade company, with some offices based out of the Buenos Aires colony in Hesperia. The Venezian military is Raised to nearly 25,000 from its new Italian territories and exiles all Germans/Austrians from the territory only leaving Italians and Hispanians (Hispanicized Italians) Venezia continues its integration of the new territory. Venezia continues on a massive path toward hispanicization.
 * Viceroyalty of Nueva España: The Viceroyalty of New Spain is established with a massive amount of coastal territory secured begins to expand its major coastal settlements seriously with Buenos Aires maintaining the most with nearly 250,000 people but stagnating as more people are settling the countryside and establishing new towns and cities. The Population of the colony reaches nearly 5.5 million being about one-third the population of Spain itself. New Spain boasts massive crops of tobacco and cotton. The viceroy - in order to expand the food supply of the large colony - expands cattle ranching and agriculture in certain areas. The Spanish inhabitants of the colonies form more militias under the command of a Spanish officer which is trained only to fight off native attacks. New Spain begins an immense project to attract settlers and set up a much more organized settlement system. New Spain reaches a population of nearly five million and growing through immigration and domestic growth as well as inclusion of hispanicized natives and unhispanicized natives. The Viceroyalty with full authority of the Emperor issues a series of land grants to respectable people along the Interior territories and along the West Coast of the continent throughout Chile, this puts the Mapuche and Chilean territories officially under control of New Spain. With this inclusion the vast new tracts of territory begin to be settled further to expand existing internal cities. Along with this the attractiveness of cash cropping leads many to take out loans from the Royal Bank in New Spain which begins the development of further cash cropping such as cotton, yerba mate, wheat, barley, grapes, and a host of other cash crops keeping the crops on a rotationary cycle in order to keep prices in a fluctuation over the years and for field rejuvenation. New Spain, following nearly 200 years or more of being a full fledged colony of Spain, makes its first major standing colonial military force of nearly 50,000. Only about 15,000 are on duty at any given moment but the training of the Colonial army allows nearly the whole force to assemble within 100 miles of Buenos Aires in three weeks tops. The largest city in New Spain and officially one of the largest in the world is Potosi Bolivia with a population of nearly 300,000 and growing as the area around becomes heavily developed aside from the productive silver mines.
 * Vorlayacor: The Nation of Vorlayacor is officially brought back into the Empire a Solid Spanish built navy, and now military access to the Colonial Military Authority. The local ruler is left in his position and is granted as the Governor of Vorlayacor given a Spanish advisor and nearly 5000 of New Spain's colonial militia to establish solid Spanish control of the territory. Many see this as an affront as Vorlayacor was forced into its current position through Imperialist Spaniards. Regardless now with cheaper goods being part of the empire than being outside of it, the Vorlayacoran populace is relatively passive. Many border restrictions are eased in regards to New Spain and Vorlayacor to encourage some White immigration to the area to form the core of a new white settler population here. Fleet is expanded to about 20 ships. The Military is a force sent from New Spain acting as the military force for the nation.
 * Cape Ferdinand: The Cape Ferdinand colony expands its population hoping to attract more settlers. The population of Cape Ferdinand rises to 120,000 colonists as many new settlers arrive due to the investment. The area itself begins to show up as a trade hub. Zulu Africans in the area begin being contacted with missionaries looking to speak to these people. The expansion of colonists in the area is truly more along the lines of some Zulus who have been converted and contracted by the local colonists. This has led to many of them being recruited as colonial troops for their very warlike tendencies and well recognized attribute of following strong and powerful leaders of which the CMA sends only these to command the Zulu troops.Settlers along the Orange River begin an ambitious irrigation project. The Orange River settlers begin to mine diamonds. The Colony itself begins to see a notable growth of its Agricultural centers becoming a decent exporter of agricultural goods. Along with this a rather unorthodox product has come about. Zulu soldiers previously hired out and trained as colonial troops have come some of South Africa's most loyal and vehement supporters of Spain and here empire seeing her as the Bringers of Civilization, and with the wide adoption of Christianity among many Zulu peoples has led to them becoming a rather accepted demographic in the society of the Colony. However, this has led to relative tension as Zulu and Colonial troops are forced to take extremely harsh measures against other natives. This leads to the creation of the Zulu only policy, set on making Zulus the only Black Demographic in South Africa with significant populations in proportion to White Spaniards.
 * Viceroyalty of Nueva Granada: The Viceroyalty of New Granada sees more immigration but has become a sort of hub for Colonial administration fleets coming throughout the area to trade and explore as well as a staging point for those looking to sail to the Philippines hoping to reach them via the Pacific Ocean. The colony itself expands by 100 px. The colony's population expands to around 570,000 as the colony continues to grow in importance and the agriculture begins to take precedence - especially in the areas above the city of San Francisco. The establishment of wineries and even terrace farming for food begins in the San Lorenzo Valley and the surrounding mountains. The wineries are considered a lucrative cash crop and the Colonists take great pride in growing them in the area. The port city of Arica expands to a population of nearly 45,000 becoming a solid rival for the thriving San Francisco City. New Granada begins seeing some native resistance but forces many out in favor of settlers, Some native groups, however, seem rather keen on assimilation with the Spaniards adopting Spanish culture, Spanish language, and in some cases marrying Spanish men, and working for Spanish people. With life on the frontier rather hard, the Spaniards have great welcome for cheaper workers who are willing to adopt all aspects of Spanish culture. Taking a cue from the conquests of territory in New Spain by the natives, the Colonial forces here use a divide and conquer strategy pitting some native tribes against each other and then eliminating the survivors. New Granada with its various mountains and with some territory in the valley secured, begins to implement the learned Inca method of terrace farming which is standard even in Spain at this point. The farming in general begins to show promise as surplus yields begins to show. The Forests in the area begin to be cut for ship building which quickly picks up as various Spanish trade companies and even the highly militarized Spanish Asian companies begins picking up on these developing the local economy into something impressive. Various cash crops also begin to be grown - most particularly cotton and now Grapes as well as the hybrid grape is bred and planted.
 * Philippines: Spain continues to establish majority control over the area through trade and other means. Investment from Spain is sent to facilitate buying materials to build up the area as the Philippines are garrisoned by mercenaries hired by Spain and nearly 300 of Spain's most well trained troops but the forces are expanded to about 5000 using locally trained soldiers or more mercenaries. The Philippines is built up as a massive trade and naval base and a fleet of Spanish ships sent from here make more trips to Central Borealia with Spain becoming the first nation to connect a trade route along the entire planet. This trip begins to gradually shift toward New Granada. Talks of turning the Philippines into a Crown Viceroyalty get underway. The Philippines shows notable Spanish settlement with nearly 12,000 Spaniards living on the islands, mostly in Manila.
 * Protectorate of Oyo: The extraction economy of the protectorate increases and the royal governor makes quotas much less demanding allowing the people to actually live somewhat rather than be in a bond of virtual slavery. The military forces in the area are augmented with newer weaponry and are some of the most advanced troops in the region. The Protectorate exports many cash crops, metals and precious goods to Spain. The population of the Oyo territory being part of the original heartland of the former Oyo empire undergoing a census is estimated at about five million people having experiences multiple population shattering issues since the collapse of the empire, mostly diasporas inland, and the readjustment into the Spanish colonial economy. The protectorate of Oyo keeps its armed forces to nearly 20,000 all made up of some of the minorities in the area and led by Spanish officers. A large community of Spaniards begins to develop on in the protectorate with about 3000 people between Spaniards, and Hispanicized Italians living along the coast.
 * East African Protectorates: The military is reformed under a new commander of the CMA who gets newer weapons for his troops and drills them in modern tactics seeing developing colonies in Africa as a threat to the sovereignty of the protectorates. With Colonial Authority in place, and the Colonial Military Administration keeping the areas from devolving into a regional arms race between the protectorates the area is effectively administered as a singular entity under the Administration, with each state keeping its local culture, customs, and minor armed forces. The Colonial Military Administration does take extra care in keeping these forces loyal and small, having more to gain by serving with Spain rather than for nationalistic purposes. The economy of the area is advanced significantly as the Spanish global trade network uses this area as a stopping point. The Protectorate's naval force headquarters is moved to the massive naval port on the southern coast of Madagasikara known as Saint Felipe. The potential division of the EAP is proposed with Madagasikara, Maputo, and Mozambika becoming three separate entities within the Empire. This decision shows a great deal of support as the decentralized nature of the current governmental force has become a major issue in dealing with the three territories.
 * Khambhat: With growing Spanish presence in India, the Spanish East India Company agrees to separate administration into the Khambat sphere and the Madras sphere organizing them into two separate entities. The military forces of the area are recruited from Indians with a force of nearly 5000 in Khambhat and the surrounding territories. The area's economy is built up as a trade hub as a trade port. The company navy along with Madras maintains nearly 70 ships for personal use 20 of these being top-of-the-line warships. The Khambhat territory as it is well known is shown to be a proven economic hub from India as Spain begins to made a noticeable and large profit with the territory being managed by the East India Company. Khmbat deploys its full 5000 troop complement but with recent growth over the years and a much higher need to take more territory, the army is raised to about 20,000 with the Sepoya troops being the majority with a good amount of them being Sikhs. These forces are deployed to fight their northern neighbor.
 * Madras: With Madras being ceded by the Netherlands to Spain the territory is administered as a separate entity from Khambhat. The majority of Spain's 10,000 Indian troops are relocated from Bengal to Madras with the empty slots being filled as the East India Company established full control over the enclave. The economy of the area is bolstered by Madras being a major stopping point for ships and the Indian trade moving along the Spanish global trade route increases the economy immensely. Plantations are started up in the area for cash crops and run with local labor. The City is at an estimated 200,000 people within the confines of Spanish controlled territory and the outer edges of territory contain nearly another 75,000 people. The Spanish colonial government raises its forces to nearly 25,000 and within the next year or two is expected to gain another 10,000 recruits. These forces are deployed to fight in India.
 * Greater Cochin: The Protectorate of Greater Cochin is formed following the revolt of the noble and with this the nobility more or less are forced to give up their titles. They are all more or less replaced with a Spanish aristocracy which now run the country. With this the unification of Dawei and Shan under Cochin the new state begins an aggressive integrationist policy. The Sepoya troops in Cochin are expanded to nearly 8000 and the economic policies are used to increase the productivity of the territory. The Greater Cochin area now houses nearly 1000 Spanish marines now using it as a major base of operations in the region. The Greater Cochin area raises nearly 35,000 troops from the local treasury and with this marches through Urdustan to fight in India purchasing supplies along the war.
 * Shanghai: The city of Shanghai - due to its presence on the mainland of China proper - becomes a massive economic and trade port for the empire only just a few years but with direct access to Chinese goods coveted by Europe a huge volume of trade ships numbering in the hundreds flood the port purchasing the goods and transporting them across the Pacific via Spain global trade route. Shanghai hears of the first potential immunization for smallpox via Chinese texts and begins looking into it. The Shanghai armed forces stand at a solid 35,000 strong bearing some of Spain's finest military equipment accrued through the China Sea Company. Shanghai is named the headquarters of the overseas South China Sea Company and manages to secure 500 elite Spanish troops to guard the interest in China. The newly built trade port of Heian is put under Shanghai's operational umbrella on the island of Hainan.
 * Qingdao: Qingdao - due to further distance - is set up as another South China Sea Company ruled territory and the good from the area are used to attract traders here as well. This is done to prevent the city of Shanghai being the only major Spanish Chinese port. The company invests into a force of about 1000 to hold the city and now about 30 top-of-the-line ships.
 * Nueva Aragon: New Aragon is officially established as an independent viceroyalty with the discovery of another organized state in Australia with plans to begin expansion around 1700. The area shows a large influx of Spanish military settlers looking to keep any hostility down on the continent of Australia. The Force here is at about 300 with a grand total population of about 2000. The emerging importance of this territory becomes increasingly important as New Aragon is given ten top-of-the-line ships, and about 500 marines to keep the area a major territory of Spanish influence. New Aragon begins considering the opening up of a new Colony on the now named Continent of Australia. New Aragon begins to expand by 50 px to the east.
 * Sorento: The Colony of Sorento is founded following various economic and trade company forays into the region. The Colony expands by 75 px taking control of the harbor now known as Sorento Harbor which begins to show a good influx of traders who are looking to make their fortunes in Australia. The Colony has a population of 500 but the Sorento company looking to give the colony a rather large population begins advertising and offering to subsidize people to come to the new colony and help it grow. The Sorento colony is supported by five warships from the empire and their marine forces which are used multiple time to drive off native raids from the trade company's fort.
 * The Nehilaw Sachemate modernizes aggressively and quickly. As the merchant marine continues to expand and its operations in Western Europe grow following the first successful Nehilaw crossing of the Atlantic, incentive to expand the navy grows. Accordingly, two new sloops, based on designs seen in Dutch ports, go under construction. They are armed with twenty guns each. Meanwhile, the economy begins to be monetarized, as the High Sachem wishes to place the nation on an equal footing to European nations economically. As a result, a new currency, the chuvash, is set up, with a mint constructed in Chisasibi to produce the coins, made from copper mined at government-held mines. With musk oxen domesticated, farmers look to domesticate several types of seabirds, including the great auk, northern gannet, Canada goose, and the wood bison. The military and economy expand in all vassals and PU's. The Nehilaw, following the refusal of an alliance by the Twightee, decide to demonstrate their regional preeminence. The High Sachem informs the Twightee that the "gloves have come off", and the Twightee are placed under blockade, while all trade with them ceases and any goods entering their territory are seized. The Nehilaw again demand that they accept a mutual defence pact or suffer "serious and painful consequences". Mod Response Needed


 * Peruvian Confederation: Within the Inca Empire proper, the military, economy and navy are improved. Cava dies at the age of 65. her eldest son takes the throne. He, like his mother, places himself on the throne of both Tawatinsuyu and Chiribaya. Population of the Empire stands at six million with the largest city being Cuzco (170,000), then Peru (80,000), Machu Picchu (65,000), Chimu (50,000) Sican (30,000) and New Burgundy (25,000). Cava also creates the Peruvian Confederation, modeled after the Spanish confederation, it consists of Peru and her vassals. Huascar takes the throne. Her other children include Huascar's brother, Maitia (27), and his sister, Ka-Atta-Killia. (20) Reconstruction of Huari continues. A novel called ,  The Children of the Mountains , is published in the Inca Empire. The Novel details a history where Cuzco is destroyed by Spanish Conquerors and what remains of the Inca live within the mountains, fighting against the Spanish conquistadors. The novel is mostly ignored.
 * Empire of Chiribaya: With the formation of the Peruvian Confederation and the Elevation of Chiribaya into an empire, a new wave of updates to the military, economy and navy begins. The nation, under Cava's rule, begins to develop laws similar to that of the Inca. An effort to attract immigrants from Tawatinsuyu begins, as the population stands at 1,750,000. Chirbaya Cuzco has a population of 75,000.
 * Empire of Chimor: Military and economy improve. Chan Chan is developed. Population stands at 1.8 million. Chan Chan has a population of 127,000. As the nation ascends to the Empire of Chimor, the Inca encourage the movement of Chimu people (those who remain) back to their homeland.
 * Empire of Collaquimbaya: Expansion ends. Military and economy improve. Population stands at 180,000. The city of Apeac stands at a population of 10,000.
 * Grand Croatian Bajandom (Velika Hrvatska Bajanovina): Military turn. Sewerage systems similar to Ragusan ones are built in major towns of the Bajanate. With growing Ragusan influence, and the beginning of further colonization, the navy expands rapidly using much of the Ragusan and also Britannic expertise. Moreover with the influx of new resources in form of lumber, labour and metals, the navy begins expanding at a fast rate. More and more ships capable of crossing the Atlantic with ease are built. The Sabor intends to restore the glorious naval culture of the Neretva peoples and plans to do so by expanding the navy. The kravata (tie) is more and more used as an accessory. As the war for Hungary ends, some Croats and Hungarians are still unsatisfied as not all was achieved since the spoils of war had to be shared with the Romans.
 * ​Bandom of Croatia: Trade routes are strengthened and the salt mines around Tuzla are explored as well as the salt industry in Pag and Nin. Using irrigation from the Danube, Sava, Drava, Drina, Cetina, Una, Vrbaš, Kupa, Neretva and other rivers the fields in the kingdom are developed, used for crops such as wheat, rye and barley. With trade routes increasing and Croatia entering an era of peace and of stability, the development of new trade ships is issued. The Brothers of the Raven continue spreading their influence in Croatia. Stone mining is furthered as well as the timber industry. The need for these resources rises as urbanization carries on. The navy, under command of the Bajan and the First Admiral is developed due to the purchase of Britannic ships which are inspected and introduced into the Royal War Navy of Croatia or HBRM (Hrvatska Bajanska Ratna Mornarica). Iron ores in Dugopolje, Zenice and at last the 'mud' ore in Vojvodina and eastern Slavonia are to be exploited alongside the silver and copper ores more frequently and of better quality than the iron ores. The exploitation of iron ores in the Lika and Gorski kotar areas continues. The salt industry in Ston is funded by the government. Britannic assistance aids with the naval reform. The influx of resources from Dahomey aids the economy. However, the government makes sure that the gold arriving isn't immediately put on the market in order to control the inflation in the worth of gold. The silver mine in Srebrenica is mined.
 * Polish Bandom (Poljska Banovina): The Polish Bandom grows relatively independently, although a part of the Bajandom, the Polish Saborčić (Little Sabor, also known as Szlachta/Šljahta) works more or less independently within its borders. The Polish Ban is elected by it while the Bajan only confirms him. The issue within Poland are attempted to be handled, and for now things are peaceful again, although some nobles still seem to be plotting something.
 * Czech Bandom (Češka Banovina): The Bandom recovers from the Idiocracy's rule and many nobles gain more power in the nation.
 * Podbanate of Silesia (Šlezijska Podbanovina): The Podbandom's natural resources are highly sought in the rest of the Bajanate which leads to economic growth. The Silesian cultural movement flourishes with aid of the Croats, who aim to make Silesia a region independent from both Poland and the Czech Banate.
 * Podbanate of Dahomej (Podbanovina Dahomej): The natural resources are quickly put to use, such as coconuts, cotton both refined and raw as well as the gold. Finally, the wood industry prospers as materials are needed for new ships that would help keep the connection between Croatia and Dahomey strong.
 * Podbandom of Carantania (Podbanovina Karantanska): Croatization continues, starting with removing any pro-Austrian threats. The idea that Carantania is Slavic since the Carantanian Slavic tribe settled there spreads and is used to bring the Podbandom closer to the Bandom.
 * Isles of the Grand Bajandom (Otoci Velike Bajanovine): The infrastructure is built up.
 * Carantanian Island (Karantanski Otok): The colony expands by 750 sq km.
 * Yunnan: The Yunnanese continue to invest the modest income from exports into infrastructure. They also continue improving the defensive fortifications of Yunnan.
 * Roman Empire: The Empire continues to prosper in this time of peace. The economy continues to grow as the trade networks across the Empire become more solidified and trade networks outside of the Empire continue to expand, particularly in eastern Asia and Borealia. The military and the navy continues to train, practice, and learn new techniques as they are discovered. The military eventually rises to about 200,000 trained soldiers, although not all of those soldiers are on duty all the time for economic concerns. Troops of all ethnicities are trained to keep the army diverse and the ethnic groups unified. The various Archonates continue to be integrated with new infrastructure, new trade connections, and a newly increasing sense of Roman "identity." Some expansionists begin to wonder why Egypt has not yet been added to the Empire as a full Archonate yet, although the Emperor assures them that it will happen. The reign of John IX has been relatively peaceful and prosperous, with minimal incidents. An attempted overthrow happened, but that was short and rapidly crushed by the army. The policy toward the Turks, numbering about two million out of an Empire of 23 million, remains the same, and a few hundred to a thousand Turks are estimated to leave the Empire each year. Cities like Ancyra, Nicaea and Ephesus continue to grow, further fortifying Roman control over western Anatolia. Military outposts along the border with the Damascan Sultanate are constructed and fortified, as the Emperor notices that there are now no buffer states between the two rising powers. Influence in vassal states continues to grow, and the Roman political and economic sphere continues to expand and consolidate its gains. Cooperation with the Croatians in their military efforts is supported, and Rome joins the war on their side.
 * Reme: The colony continues to prosper from the growth of cash crops and their export. Along with the native issue, some troops and militia as well as allied natives join in the fight to defeat the raiders and conquer their lairs. The native states are defeated and their lands placed under military occupation pending an increase of relations and better governance. Expands in the north by 20 pixels. The issues with the pirates begins to come to the attention of the colonial government, and steps are taken in order to cut down on piracy, including increased patrols. Increasing bureaucracy in the colonies is careful to facilitate cordial relations between the natives and colonists. Economic growth, particularly in Antillia, drive the colonization process further. Cooperation with the natives increases to further protect the mainland colonies, while better fortifications and shipyards are constructed in order to better protect the colonies. The native Creek royalty are captured after the war, and surprisingly are not executed. The royal family of the Creek is instead ordered to govern their people who reside in Roman territory in much the same manner as other native royalty in Roman Borealia. The population starts to grow further thanks to better healthcare, more food, and an expanding economy.
 * Egypt: Egypt begins to recover from the war. With almost all of the Muslim inhabited lands of the state stripped from it, Egypt is now mostly Christian, although the rights of the Muslims remaining are not infringed upon. Food begins to be grown again, and this helps the population recover from ages of war. The Roman military garrison largely maintains order, while a 25,000 man Egyptian force is trained to help protect the nation and the canal. The Grigius family returns from Greece to rule over Egypt once again, and they are met with some enthusiasm. The previous royal family is deposed from ruling but they are not harmed and are allowed to maintain their nobility, as relatives to the current king. Other nobles who were loyal keep their nobility, and commoners who remained loyal to Rome are given nobility and automatic citizenship. As the population continues to grow, it centers around the cities of Alexandria, Damietta, Luxor, and the newly refounded Berenice. Alexandria becomes a shining city on the banks of the sea and the Nile, and it is widely admired. Berenice is growing well, and the trade from India and China makes the city expand much more quickly. Large ships are sent around the Cape of Africa to serve as trade ships at Berenice. The population still remains mostly agricultural at this time. The revolt of the border town is easily put down by the military occupation force, but the lesson of the revolt is not lost on the Occupation Force and most of the Imperial government. Steps are taken to prevent or otherwise cut off revolts when they start, and as such some of the cultural laws and ideas initiated in the previous period of Roman rule are to be restored, with the rest restored over time. With the problems of the canal, the Roman military occupation and the native Egyptian military set up patrols along sections of the canal to ensure that raids are not too damaging. At the same time, the military tries to pinpoint the origins of these raids and take them out at the root. Military and economic growth and stability is the next major project for the Egyptian government. Egyptian officers are trained at military academies in Roman cities such as Constantinople, Adrianople and Sparta while Egyptian merchants are invested in and trained by Roman merchants. By now, most of the institutions of the Egyptian state have been rebuilt to some degree and are firmly integrated with their Roman counterparts.
 * Georgia: The Roman military occupation is largely frowned upon by the locals. However, the locals do approve of some aspects. They do approve of Roman occupation rather than Damascan occupation, and the fact that the Bagrationi Dynasty still rules earns some decent respect for Roman authority. Roman authorities work with the Bagrationi Dynasty to help bring improvements to the region and its people. Infrastructure is repaired from the war and new roads and buildings are constructed to benefit both the occupation and the native people. To help earn the loyalty of the native population, the Laz people, related to the Georgians themselves, are persuaded to gradually move from their homeland in northern Anatolia to join their brothers in Georgia. The existing Georgian navy is enrolled into the Imperial Navy while new Georgian merchants and military officers are enrolled in education programs to better integrate them with existing Imperial systems.
 * Armenia: The country of Armenia faces a bit of a problem. The Roman occupation force, as a general precaution, did not allow the Bragationi family remain in control of both Armenia and Georgia. As such, the need for a royal was the first challenge to be addressed. After much consideration in the Imperial court of Constantinople, it is decided that the Lusignan Dynasty of former Cyprus and Armenian Cicilia will take the throne, as some yet still live in Constantinople and have displayed considerable loyalty to the Empire a few decades after the fall of Cyprus. The new dynasty is enthroned on New Years Day, and the new king and the Roman occupation force begin eagerly in making Armenia a safe and prosperous place. Merchants and military officers are trained in ways similar to their Georgian counterparts, while border posts are constructed along the southern border with the Damascan Sultanate. In contrast with the Georgians, the Armenians are relatively glad to have Roman rule, as the Damascans directly invaded Armenia and threatened the populace.
 * Bulgaria: The change in rulership of Bulgaria comes as a mixed blessing by the Bulgarian people. While they are grateful that the Romans have allowed a new Bulgarian Tsar to be crowned and rule from Tarnovo, they are also somewhat upset to be cut from Vlachia, which had been a major cultural influence upon them for some time. With the new Roman management Bulgarians are free to explore their native culture as they see fit once again, although some of the traditions that they learned from the Vlachians are still maintained. The Romans step in to help the Bulgarians recover from the war and the previous stagnation suffered under the Dacians, and Roman merchants and military officers travel to Tarnovo and other major cities of the new country in order help train their Bulgarian counterparts.
 * Kingdom of Bavaria: In 1726, Bavaria expands its economy. National infrastructure is developed. The population continues to rise. Trausnitz continues to be the national capital. In Munchen, Queen Isabell University remains a staple of education in Bavaria. King Albert V, aged 32, and his council continue to allow the training of new troops. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port. Modern weaponry make its introduction into Bavaria. In diplomatic news, Bavaria maintains alliances with Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, Scandinavia, and Rome. In religious news, around 76% of the country adheres to the Western Church, while the rest are either traditional Catholic or Reformist. There has been an uptick of 60% of Bavaro-German primary speakers in Franken-Sachsen, Pomerania, and Brandenburg, and uptick of 85% secondary speakers in those areas. In colonial news, Nei Baiern continues to expand. With the Bohemian revolt, Leopold orders that several infrastructure projects be started in Brandenburg and Pomerania instead of Bohemia. In royal news, the King's siblings are: Klaudia-Franzina (born 1701), and Friedrich-Rudolf (born 1704). In economic news, the previously informal, regional Landshut Stock Exchange is given a royal charter and given full benefits of a crown backed enterprise. In political news, Albert V continues to sit at both Bavarian and Austrian privy councils, the separation having occurred in 1668. In political news, several parliamentary factions spring up in the Curia Bavaria. Several factions are opposed to both the existence of the Curia Austria as well as the latter's call for a larger, country-wide parliament. In other news, support for a unified Bavarian and Austrian parliament skyrockets this year, with many Austrian noblemen prompting the King to create a larger parliament. Joachim von Ingschaft, a popular Austrian parliamentarian, becomes the most vocal advocate for a national parliament, where an Austrian branch is on equal footing with the Bavarian branch. Within the year, more Austrian parliamentarians and a handful of Bavarian ones are drawn to Ingschaft's idea of a new government. In other news, several Bavarian parliamentarians pay attention to the situation in Pskov. However, as the year goes on, more attention is paid to the general structure of Pskov's republican government, rather than the problem of representation itself. By 1710, a small faction of parliamentarians support a greater, stronger parliament in Bavaria. Within three years, this faction grows mighty in the Curia Bavaria, with many supporting a strong, centralized, Pskovian parliament. In other news, King Albert  begins showing signs of a mental disturbance, including symptoms of schizophrenia. Bavaria concludes  the incorporation of Franken-Sachsen (Turn Six of Six). In other news, late Charles announces that Brandenburg will be elevated to a duchy upon the death of Margrave Albert II. In tragic news, Charles I dies in 1724 and his mentally troubled son takes the throne as Albert V. Many fret over this development and fear the rule of a mad king. In 1725, these fears grow as many turn to Princess Klaudia as a possible solution to a mad king. In political news, Klaudia Franzina thinks about marrying Pomeranian crown Prince Franz-Heinrich, also a distant relative. In 1726, she makes a decision to not marry Franz-Heinrich, but she does send letter to Duchess Mary hinting at possibly making a claim on the throne. In other news, both Bavarian and Austrian parliamentarians grow antsy as the fear of a politically inept king on the throne.
 * Curia Bavaria: The Curia Bavaria, also known as the Bavarian Parliament, continue to operate in the Parliamentary Palace in Landshut. Parliament orders the Bavarian Army to be outfitted in modern uniform and to hold modern weaponry. In political news, the Curia Bavaria continue to implement the Bavarian Commands and Collegiate Writs into a codified, national law.
 * City of Lübeck: Troops authorized by the King continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The port of Lübeck is expanded and several ships are constructed.
 * Duchy of Neustadt: Troops authorized by the King continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The ports of Fehmarn are expanded and several ships are constructed.
 * Bremen Port: Troops authorized by King continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Several cogs are constructed, and plans are drafted to construct many larger ships. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port.
 * Kingdom of Austria: Troops authorized by the King continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Osterreich (Austria) in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. King Leopold orders that 5000 troops be sent to Austria to standby. Food and financial aid is sent to Austria, primarily to Vienna and surrounding cities. Furthermore, Leopold sends messengers to Vienna officials noting that the Bavarian crown will be paying for 50% of all Vienna-based infrastructure projects. He also notes that the taxes of the Austrian populace will be moderately lowered, lower than pre-war levels, in the face of the devastation of the war. He also announces aid will be increased over the next few years. In early 1667, an Austrian scholar and merchant, named Karl Manzkari, establishes a trade outpost in Vienna. Initially attracting local merchants, it soon amasses a large array of traders, mostly from northern Austria. In 1668, Karl Manzkari establishes a much smaller outpost in another section of Vienna, hoping to attract more business. The Austrian Council is created as an independent privy council for the King.
 * Curia Austria: Work on the Parliamentary Palace in Vienna finishes. A number of 251 Austrians sit in the Austrian parliament. Most of the laws they pass concern continual relief for Vienna and various infrastructural reconstructions around Austria. The Curia Austria is tentatively popular in Vienna, with most welcoming a separate legislative body, while others see it as a Bavarian puppet. New roads continue to be constructed. The Curia Austria call for greater legislative power in Austria, and perhaps a large legislature servicing all Bavarian realms, one which would be an Upper house while the Curia Bavaria and Curia Austria would be regional lower houses.
 * Margraviate of Brandenburg: Troops authorized by Margrave Albert II, age 62, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Brandenburg in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. Furthermore, Albert orders that several infrastructure commissions are created in order to repair the extreme damage to Brandenburg after the war. As with Austria, the Bavarian crown will pay for 50% of all renovations in Brandenburg. Wolfgang Diefenbach's first scientific meeting in Berlin is successful. The first scientific meeting will occur in 1675. Young Albert is married off to Maria von Hamburg. Margrave Albert II has two children, Karolina (born 1679), and Albert (born 1683).
 * Duchy of Pomerania: Troops authorized by Duchess Mary, age 58, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Pomerania in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. Princess Mary and Henry von Hamburg have a daughter in 1687, who they name Margaret. Princess Mary has a son in 1691, who she names Franz-Heinrich. In royal news, Duchess Mary is immediately overshadowed by her husband Henry, who takes a dominant role in Pomeranian politics. Mary feels as if she is being throttled by her husband's power and begins communicating with several of her courtiers on how to mitigate his influence. Gil Vimaranes, a wealthy Portuguese noble merchant, begins meeting with Duchess Mary and counsels her on many ways to block her husband's efforts at powering over her. Duke Henry remains a shadow of his former, powerful self. However, Duke Henry seemingly reconciles with Mary, and he is relegated some control over the Pomeranian administration. Gil Vimaranes, aged 61, is appointed as Ducal chancellor of Pomerania. In 1704, Gil Vimaranes, in an effort to secure the wealth and power of Duchess Mary, advises her and the council to abolish couverture (the event where a woman's finances and legal rights become her husband's upon marriage) in Pomerania. The movement grows in 1705 among the privy council, with many having Duchess Mary's interests in their minds. In 1707, coverture is abolished within Stettin city limits, as a test to see how coverture abolition would fare in the country. In 1710, Mary authorizes the abolition of coverture in all of Pomerania. In other news, Duchess Mary receives letter from Princess Klaudia hinting at a claim of the throne.
 * Duchy of the Palatine: Troops authorized by the King continue training. Pfalz is incorporated into the Kingdom of Bavaria. However, it remains in the Westphalian confederation and is given several degrees of autonomy within Bavaria. It is elevated to a Duchy in 1719.
 * Royal Bavarian Stock Company: The RBSC, founded in the late fifteenth century, is finally formalized and given a royal charter by King Leopold II in 1662. The RBSC operate chiefly in Landshut, where a stock exchange floor continues to remain active. Branches of the RBSC exist in München, Regensberg, Berlin, and Stettin.
 * New Bavaria: The colony of Nei Baiern continues to expand in population. Katharinas-Hafen, Franznacken, Bayreuth, Nei Regens, and Regenholz all expand by the end of the year. Houses and shops in each settlement continue being built. Jülichsberg and Wittlesberg both expand. Nei Baiern expands 750 km. The militias and shops are developed. A small logging and fishing town is founded north of Wilhelmsbaum island, on the mainland. The settlement, mainly populated by Saxons, comes to be called Regenholz.
 * Pearl River: The outpost of Perlefluss is established. A capital is expected to be constructed over the next few years. The capital of Pearl River is established, which the settlers name Perlefluss (Pearl River) after the outpost itself.
 * Sorry for the late post. Was busy at a family holiday party.
 * In Pskov, the GDP rises along with average wages. The Inter-Republic Road network is continued to be worked on. The Science and technology aspect of Pskov is not overlooked either. As prosperity in the nation increases, the amount of money and new people investing in institutions of higher learning. As such, the various schools that existed in Nizhegorodsk-Na-Narve unite and form the "University of Nizhegorodsk", beginning a rivalry between it and Pskov. The idea of creating the general assembly, and the ideas of integration are at the core of this year's Grand Summit, with much push back coming from Eesti, Latvia, and Lithuania, because they are the least populous states, and do not want measures disadvantagous to them to be passed, or for people in Pskov of Prussia to have a say in the decisions affecting only that region. This sentiment of wanting independence in affairs only concerning them is echoed by every nation (mostly because no nation has a majority of the population). However, the desire for integration still remains high in the parliaments due to Russian immigrants that Pskov is able to ... let's just say acquire from Russia. After the conclusion, the Heads of Government and the heads of state plea together to the New Veche of Pskov to be the first to ratify the Pskov Concordat,the formal agreement that would institute the Grand Senate as a legislative branch that would be a unified parliament for all members of the union and to pass laws on issues affecting the union as a whole. It also contains a promise of each signing nation to strive towards "Greater Integration" in the near future, and the "clarification of the division of powers". The Grand Senate would be a  bicameral legislature, with the first house being the General Assembly, a 500-member house that is chosen by elections throughout the union, and the second house, the Council of Nations, a 120-member house where the representatives are appointed by the various republics in order to represent their interests and be "above" the election politics seen in many cities where people are more than likely to join factions (proto-political parties), each republic would get 20 representatives (All house names are their English equivalents, and will have equivalent and official names in Russian, German, Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian). After much debate, a slimm majority of 53 ayes votes to ratify against 47 nays. All the viceregal representatives of the Supreme Prince sign it as it has become tradition for them as well to meet at the Grand Summit. The concordat is then taken to the other republics to ratify, and then will be given to the Supreme Prince in Croatia for him to sign this place into law. The New veche also approves of a motion to temporarily use the Electoral council building for the Grand Senate until a separate building may be constructed for it outside the Krom, or for it to be decided that it will permanently use the Electoral Council building. More-or-less the agreed to General Assembly seats are set as two electors = one seat.
 * The Federal Republic of Eesti upgrades its naval capabilities and military. The integration of many people go as planned ... anyway, stuff happens and things. The Grand Summit is a great success, as after much heated debate, and more than one near-stormout, the Pskov Concordat is agreed upon when the Council of Nations is added as an upper house to the General Assembly, in no small part due to the efforsts of Vice-Consul Peeter Vaino and Peaminister Elmar Lepmets, who both endorse the agreement (with Vice-Consul Peeter signing it), and present it as the perfect solution to the Riigikogu of the Federal Republic, whom they ask for approval. Before the Christmas reprieve, the Riigikogy ratifies the Concordat with a 84-16 vote. The Road network continues being built and worked on.
 * In Lithuania, the military is improved by purchasing weaponry from Pskov and stuff. The Prime Minster attends the Grand Summit. The Pskov Concordat is ratified.
 * In the United Republic of Prussia and Danzig benefits from the de facto free trade with Croatia begin to show and grow its economy, GDP, and average wages, as Prussian merchants, quick to capitalize on the downfall of aristocratic privileges in favour of wealth privileges (that many nobles got because they were also wealthy, and those that were did not care for the fate of the "lesser" nobility). König - Statthalter Willhelm Hohenzollern and Chancellor Albert Ackerman, both present the Pskov Concordat to be ratified, both having signed it in person. The Bundestag passes the bill with a 60-40 majority, many unsure of the exact powers the Grand Senate will have
 * The Belarussian Military is improved as the Road network continues being built. After the Grand Summit, Knyaz-Namestnik Dmitri Shevchenko, and Glava-Dumi Nikolai Prakazov, having signed the Pskov Concordat, both endorse the document and emplore the Duma to ratify it. The Pskov Concordat is ratified.

1727
''' The Golden age of Piracy continues with the pirates being essentially unchecked by the various powers that be even evading the mighty Spanish and French Navies while simultaneously ransacking various trade convoys. '''

''' The Christmas truce occurs in Britannia in which troops from both sides, previously locked in a bitter war over the succession to the throne both come together for prayer of those departed and with some festivities. This is uncanny in the history of warfare. However, Spanish military advisors aiding the Scottish royal family send food worthy of a feast to their opponents and declare a legitimate Christmas truce in light of the situation. '''

''' French and Spanish Ships engage in a unsanctioned battle in the Imperial Sea, provolking the ire of the colonial and imperial governments of both nations. '''

''' Merry Christmas, everyone Have a good day. post, enjoy time with your families. -Feud '''


 * Duchy of Hamburg: Hamburg expands its infrastructure. Increasing profits from the colonial empire continue to fill Hamburg's treasury. Duke Friedrich IV authorizes a specail group of advisors to recommend further colonial expansion after the successful seizure of Ostland. One of their first recommendations is the tribal nation of Pensacola. Two courses of action, military and diplomatic, are drawn up. The majority of the advisors, as well as Duke Friedrich, back the diplomatic route. In the later part of the year, merchants and diplomats arrive and begin improving relations, while the Hamburg Trading & Shipping Company establishes trading posts in the nation.
 * Duchy of Mecklenburg: Economy expanded.
 * County of Holstein: Economy expanded.
 * Duchy of Stade: Economy expanded.
 * Prince-Archbishopric of Münster: Economy expanded.
 * Protectorate of Aceh: Economy expanded.
 * Ostland: Economy expanded.
 * New Hamburg: Economy expanded.
 * New Brunswick: Economy expanded.
 * Williamsburg: Economy expanded.
 * New Lüneburg: Economy expanded.
 * New Mecklenburg: Economy expanded. The colony expands by 20px.
 * Free City of Nellore: Economy expanded.


 * Portugal: Continues a notable buildup in military strength and allows for a vigorous training program on the existing military forces attempting to train them up heavily. Meanwhile, the administration continues to be reformed, and agriculture and commerce are encouraged. Meanwhile, Portugal continues to develop its navy. Meanwhile, the colony in Lenhame continues exporting wheat to Portugal. Meanwhile, trade intensifies in the African coast. Meanwhile, Santa Cruz and São Sebastião expand by 5000 sq km each. Meanwhile, sugarcane continues to be planted in Santa Cruz.
 * Korea: Korea continues to build up its military. Meanwhile, more Taoist, Neo-Confucian and Buddhist temples are built. Taoism rises in popularity and gains more followers. Regular (read: not Imperial) Shinto gains a few more followers as well, mainly along the coastline in Southeastern Korea, particularly in Busan, Jejudo, Ulsan, and the coastal cities and coastal towns of Southern Gyeongsang Province. Mahayana Tao-Shintoism also continues to grow, and begins gaining followers from the areas where Shinto is growing, with some Shintoists switching to Mahayana Tao-Shintoism. A few Shinto missionaries from Jejudo help out Japan in Vietnam to bring Shinto there. The colony of Haejagang (해자강) expands by 500 sq km.
 * The Kiatagmiut Band works to expand its cultural, trade, and geographic boundaries throughout Kelutmun.
 * Yunnan: The Yunnanese continue to invest the modest income from exports into infrastructure. They also continue improving the defensive fortifications of Yunnan.
 * France: Military, navy and economy are built up. The colony continues expanding and growing by 100 sq km among both colonies into the Galapago Islands called Illes d'Neptune The colonies continue growing as expected. The colony of Nouvelle Rouen continues to expand inland throughout the land corridor given by Cahokie by 9800 sq km. Mining continues in the colony of Nouevelle Orleans. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. after several years of ruling, the king Charles XVI dies, and with it His oldest son, Francois becomes the king of France as Jean Francois I, seeing the chance to turn the politic tide of Europe decides to join in the side of Hamburg on the affair of the Britannian succession war. one of the first actions made is to support the claim of the House of Hamburg. In other aspects, a great number of men are conscripted for the army and preparation for troops being sent into Calais to await for deployment if needed into Kent. In other news, the King shows renewed interest in East Asia, seeing that no much more room is left, he does a quite odd ritual in order to choose the aim of French expansion in East Asia, taking a map of the kingdoms of the area and an arrow, he throws a dart at the map blindfolded, whichever nation it hits, will be France's main target. The result, Cambodia. The plans are drawn up but put in hold due to the Britannian succession. The king also commands the creation of a secret plan to conquer Brittany once the britannian issue is resolved. The creation of a Cahokian bellic campaign are also to be set in motion sometime in five years after moving the sufficient troops to the area.
 * Kingdom of Rhineland: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The Rhenish culture begins spreading farther from the center of the country northwards. However, failing to penetrate Koln and northernmost area of the country, Southern French Speaking "Rhenanie" region. has become profoundly populated by French Speakers and Rhenanien Speakers (Similar to Wallonian in some aspects, a deeply Germanized French dialect).
 * Kingdom of Lower Burgundy: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The French population in the country grows and the Valais region becomes a trading point with the German nations.
 * Sardinia: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The Sardinian language has lowered its usage to only 10% of the population of Sardinia (roughly 50,000 people) with the speaking African (43%) and French (38%) or Vandalian (9% African Rhenish German dialect) and with the vast majority being able to speak both African and French (that is more or less 85% of the nation's population). The population is stable at 500,000 people.
 * Andorra: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up.
 * Africa: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The African language has become the de facto leading language surpassing every other (outside of French) being spoken by the 2.3 million people living in the country as either native or second language. Vandalian, however, dominates area of Tripolitania's coast with a population of around 5000 speakers in the region. French is still the main language officially. Trading outposts begin to be made in the border of the country to trade with Tuareg and inland tribes.
 * French Mali: Due to vast piracy campaigns which France and Spain have contributed to has resulted in many pirate coves in the Bissagos Islands, and as a result a larger influx of Frenchmen arrived this year, though they still don't even make up 1% yet. Ports continue to expand appropriately and the region becomes a place worth note on many maps. Roads continue being built to outlying villages and plantations continue being built.
 * Artois: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure and navy are built up. The nation prepares an army for the conflict in Britannia.
 * Free City of Danzig: The military, economy, infrastructure, and navy are built up, Danzig asks a diplomatic meeting with Pskov, Croatia and Poland's leadership within the city.
 * Cahokie: Christianization of the locals continue Military, navy, infrastructure and economy are built up.
 * |onte: Population grows by 50,000 people. Kurum Kuneneli continues making rifles for the army. Mon VI travels around making sure of the well being of |onte's Khoisan brothers. Mon IX, interested in the formalism of European laws and nation starts thinking of ways to consolidate |onte, such as a flag, motto, coat of arms, capital, etc. A regimentation of the "gift-based" economy has been noticed by scholars. Though transactions do not occur, per se, it is considered very rude not to reciprocate a gift. However, they need not be of equal value. The knowledge and education in Kunene spread on a slight scale, as authors, story tellers, philosophers and other intelligentsia leave their work out to gain recognition, often taken home by farmers from the countryside, the farmers, who grow far more than they will need, leave their rice in the grain storage. A trend has appeared for women to cover their breasts. However, the trend is mostly confined to Kunene. Mon XI sends his 200,000-strong Eheresito hu |onte to begin mining for diamonds that were recently encountered, greatly boosting the economy, allowing for food imports and the buying of ships. |onte's navy reaches a large size after many years of buying from France.
 * Nubia: The military continues to train loyal troops to fight for the nation. Cities continue to rebuild themselves like European cities. Ports expand to fit more ships. A big library is continuing being built in the capital city. It will store books from around the world. The first university of the country is continuing being built in the capital city. Our military continues to expand 100 px southwest. Walls and outposts around the capital city are continuing to be built.
 * Alodia: Military and economy expand.
 * Makuria: Military and economy expand.
 * Kingdom of Bavaria: In 1727, Bavaria expands its economy. National infrastructure is developed. The population continues to rise. Trausnitz continues to be the national capital. In Munchen, Queen Isabell University remains a staple of education in Bavaria. King Albert V, aged 33, and his council continue to allow the training of new troops. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port. Modern weaponry make its introduction into Bavaria. In diplomatic news, Bavaria maintains alliances with Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, Scandinavia, and Rome. In religious news, around 76% of the country adheres to the Western Church, while the rest are either traditional Catholic or Reformist. There has been an uptick of 60% of Bavaro-German primary speakers in Franken-Sachsen, Pomerania, and Brandenburg, and uptick of 85% secondary speakers in those areas. In colonial news, Nei Baiern continues to expand. In royal news, the King's siblings are: Klaudia-Franzina (born 1701), and Friedrich-Rudolf (born 1704). In economic news, the previously informal, regional Landshut Stock Exchange is given a royal charter and given full benefits of a crown backed enterprise. In political news, Albert V continues to sit at both Bavarian and Austrian privy councils, the separation having occurred in 1668. Several parliamentary factions are opposed to both the existence of the Curia Austria as well as the call for a larger, country-wide parliament. Conversely, support for a unified Bavarian and Austrian parliament skyrockets this year, with many Austrian noblemen prompting the King to create a larger parliament. Joachim von Ingschaft, a popular Austrian parliamentarian, becomes the most vocal advocate for a national parliament, where an Austrian branch is on equal footing with the Bavarian branch. Within the year, more Austrian parliamentarians and a handful of Bavarian ones are drawn to Ingschaft's idea of a new government. In other news, several Bavarian parliamentarians pay attention to the situation in Pskov. However, as the year goes on, more attention is paid to the general structure of Pskov's republican government, rather than the problem of representation itself. Within three years, this faction grows mighty in the Curia Bavaria, with many supporting a strong, centralized, Pskovian-based parliament. In other news, King Albert  begins showing signs of a mental disturbance, including symptoms of schizophrenia. Bavaria concludes  the incorporation of Franken-Sachsen (Turn Six of Six). In other news, late Charles announces that Brandenburg will be elevated to a duchy upon the death of Margrave Albert II. In tragic news, Charles I dies in 1724 and his mentally troubled son takes the throne as Albert V. Many fret over this development and fear the rule of a mad king. In 1725, these fears grow as many turn to Princess Klaudia as a possible solution to a mad king. In political news, Klaudia Franzina thinks about marrying Pomeranian crown Prince Franz-Heinrich, also a distant relative. In 1726, she makes a decision to not marry Franz-Heinrich, but she does send letter to Duchess Mary hinting at possibly making a claim on the throne. In other news, both Bavarian and Austrian parliamentarians grow antsy as the fear of a politically inept king on the throne.
 * Curia Bavaria: The Curia Bavaria, also known as the Bavarian Parliament, continue to operate in the Parliamentary Palace in Landshut. Parliament orders the Bavarian Army to be outfitted in modern uniform and to hold modern weaponry. In political news, the Curia Bavaria continue to implement the Bavarian Commands and Collegiate Writs into a codified, national law.
 * City of Lübeck: Troops authorized by the King continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The port of Lübeck is expanded and several ships are constructed.
 * Duchy of Neustadt: Troops authorized by the King continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The ports of Fehmarn are expanded and several ships are constructed.
 * Bremen Port: Troops authorized by King continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Several cogs are constructed, and plans are drafted to construct many larger ships. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port.
 * Kingdom of Austria: Troops authorized by the King continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Osterreich (Austria) in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. King Leopold orders that 5000 troops be sent to Austria to standby. Food and financial aid is sent to Austria, primarily to Vienna and surrounding cities. Furthermore, Leopold sends messengers to Vienna officials noting that the Bavarian crown will be paying for 50% of all Vienna-based infrastructure projects. He also notes that the taxes of the Austrian populace will be moderately lowered, lower than pre-war levels, in the face of the devastation of the war. He also announces aid will be increased over the next few years. In early 1667, an Austrian scholar and merchant, named Karl Manzkari, establishes a trade outpost in Vienna. Initially attracting local merchants, it soon amasses a large array of traders, mostly from northern Austria. In 1668, Karl Manzkari establishes a much smaller outpost in another section of Vienna, hoping to attract more business. The Austrian Council is created as an independent privy council for the King.
 * Curia Austria: Work on the Parliamentary Palace in Vienna finishes. A number of 251 Austrians sit in the Austrian parliament. Most of the laws they pass concern continual relief for Vienna and various infrastructural reconstructions around Austria. The Curia Austria is tentatively popular in Vienna, with most welcoming a separate legislative body, while others see it as a Bavarian puppet. New roads continue to be constructed. The Curia Austria call for greater legislative power in Austria, and perhaps a large legislature servicing all Bavarian realms, one which would be an Upper house while the Curia Bavaria and Curia Austria would be regional lower houses.
 * Margraviate of Brandenburg: Troops authorized by Margrave Albert II, age 63, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Brandenburg in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. Furthermore, Albert orders that several infrastructure commissions are created in order to repair the extreme damage to Brandenburg after the war. As with Austria, the Bavarian crown will pay for 50% of all renovations in Brandenburg. Wolfgang Diefenbach's first scientific meeting in Berlin is successful. The first scientific meeting will occur in 1675. Young Albert is married off to Maria von Hamburg. Margrave Albert II has two children, Karolina (born 1679), and Albert (born 1683).
 * Duchy of Pomerania: Troops authorized by Duchess Mary, age 59, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Pomerania in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. Princess Mary and Henry von Hamburg have a daughter in 1687, who they name Margaret. Princess Mary has a son in 1691, who she names Franz-Heinrich. In royal news, Duchess Mary is immediately overshadowed by her husband Henry, who takes a dominant role in Pomeranian politics. Mary feels as if she is being throttled by her husband's power and begins communicating with several of her courtiers on how to mitigate his influence. Gil Vimaranes, a wealthy Portuguese noble merchant, begins meeting with Duchess Mary and counsels her on many ways to block her husband's efforts at powering over her. Duke Henry remains a shadow of his former, powerful self. However, Duke Henry seemingly reconciles with Mary, and he is relegated some control over the Pomeranian administration. Gil Vimaranes, aged 62, is appointed as Ducal chancellor of Pomerania. In 1704, Gil Vimaranes, in an effort to secure the wealth and power of Duchess Mary, advises her and the council to abolish couverture (the event where a woman's finances and legal rights become her husband's upon marriage) in Pomerania. The movement grows in 1705 among the privy council, with many having Duchess Mary's interests in their minds. In 1707, coverture is abolished within Stettin city limits, as a test to see how coverture abolition would fare in the country. In 1710, Mary authorizes the abolition of coverture in all of Pomerania. In other news, Duchess Mary receives letter from Princess Klaudia hinting at a claim of the throne.
 * Duchy of the Palatine: Troops authorized by the King continue training. Pfalz is incorporated into the Kingdom of Bavaria. However, it remains in the Westphalian confederation and is given several degrees of autonomy within Bavaria. It is elevated to a Duchy in 1719.
 * Royal Bavarian Stock Company: The RBSC, founded in the late fifteenth century, is finally formalized and given a royal charter by King Leopold II in 1662. The RBSC operate chiefly in Landshut, where a stock exchange floor continues to remain active. Branches of the RBSC exist in München, Regensberg, Berlin, and Stettin.
 * New Bavaria: The colony of Nei Baiern continues to expand in population. Katharinas-Hafen, Franznacken, Bayreuth, Nei Regens, and Regenholz all expand by the end of the year. Houses and shops in each settlement continue being built. Jülichsberg and Wittlesberg both expand. Nei Baiern expands 750 km. The militias and shops are developed. A small logging and fishing town is founded north of Wilhelmsbaum island, on the mainland. The settlement, mainly populated by Saxons, comes to be called Regenholz.
 * Pearl River: The outpost of Perlefluss is established. A capital is expected to be constructed over the next few years. The capital of Pearl River is established, which the settlers name Perlefluss (Pearl River) after the outpost itself.
 * Hispania: The Kingdom of Spain itself begins to see a small demographical decline as the immigration to colonies for the economic opportunity is on the rise. The Spanish nobility even sees a large sort of decline as many of the younger sons and daughters go to the Spanish colonies as the example has been set by the Royal Family. The Spanish population reaches about 16 million. The Empire officially begins a reform of the economic system looking to get away from reliance on gold and silver to bail the economy out of crisis and funding the big wars, The bullion is instead geared toward giving the empire a competitive edge in being able to invest millions on a whim in order to drive up investments and production. However, some paper notes to be backed up by bullion are also beginning to be considered in order to prevent the outflow of gold and silver capital from the empire. The colonies, as well, have officially moved away from the exploitation model of colonial economics and toward the production model, even though places like New Spain and New Granada are already heavily production model economies. The royal government continues to develop plans for the eventual reconquest of Hawaii. The Hispanian navy begins further development of its new larger classes of ships, churning out first rate flagships for various fleets, and more third rates, and fourth rates with the occasional second rate to augment the smaller patrol fleets the fifth and sixth rates begin to become more standard as light and medium frigates for singular voyages and patrols among other things. The Hispanian attitudes on industrialism continue to change but the nobility seems rather unhappy about having to see more common people in major cities. With relatively no sources of power, the natural sources of power, and in some cases manpower are used for the increasing amount of textile mills among other things. The flocking of populations to Northern Spain continues with a mass increase of population in Madrid, Zaragoza, Pamplona, Barcelona, and various other minor cities and townships throughout the north. Spain begins to extend its trade influence through Shandong and Henan taking advantage of their small status in order to permeate their nations with traders from spain
 * Kingdom of Italy: The Italian army is drawn back to 40,000 troops most of them fiercely loyal to Hispania as they have made fortunes fighting for the empire or are Spanish cultured. The Italian navy reaches nearly 200 ships and growing. Some Hispanicized Italians (Italians who have adopted Spanish culture) are allowed to settle in the Spanish colonies. Some smaller towns and cities in coastal Italy see the first real merging of Spanish and Italian culture. Italy continues its economic buildup become a large part of the Spanish economy. The Italians show some minor unrest under the Spanish but the growing Hispanicized populace in Southern Italy is beginning to overtake various cultures within the southern territories. Some cultures such as Sicilian one of the most dominant in Southern Italy have become a closely tied culture with Spanish with a common "Hispanian" Culture beginning to develop in the Historic Kingdom of Naples area as well as farther within Italy now as well. The Spanish forces of Italy including Italian armed forces as well as the domestic navy are deployed as the tensions with France ramp up.
 * Savoy: The economy, thanks to trade with Spain, expands moderately. The people of Savoy begin to work toward building up a  fleet now at 120 ships. The military stands at about 10,000 and is worked on.
 * Genoa: Genoa's armed forces reach about 12,000. These people continue to find ways to live under the Spanish empire in a more prosperous way, by establishing multiple trade companies. These companies begin to be common throughout Spanish lands as the Genoans begin to build up a trade fleet of a sizable number now at 100 ships.
 * Kingdom of Lombardy: The Kingdom of Lombardy continues its development of its armed forces, being aided by a domestic arms industry. The Economy of the kingdom officially becomes fully tied with the empire. The Navy of the kingdom is minor standing at 25 ships. The Military stands at 25,000. Hispanization of Lombardy continues.
 * Modena: The nation of Modena's government is built up as the Barony of Modena and its military is improved significantly under the Spanish umbrella as they get a new slew of modern arms among other things. The economy of Modena is also expanded as the state begins to consolidate itself under Spain's trade umbrella.
 * Ravenna: Ravenna - now known as the Barony of Ravenna - is expanded economically heavily under Spain's trade umbrella as the majority of the Italian region has come under Spain's control. The military is also expanded as the city receives arms from Spain and Italy. Its armed forces reach a size of about 6000 and the military is drilled in Spanish tactics.
 * Vatican City: Wielding considerable influence the current Pope seeing Spanish advances deems it the will of God and declares the Spanish rule in Italy is one of the biggest acts of peace and prosperity seen on the peninsula since the Roman empire itself. The Vatican State recruits a series of guards to protect themselves and begins the process of adding many things to the Papal palace and beginning to root out corruption in the churches of the City of Rome and many other places in Italy.
 * Kingdom of Morocco: The Moroccan economy continues to expand with greater trade coming from Spain and the Canaries all the way down to Cape Ferdinand increasing the relative wealth. The Kingdom, with many canals having been completed, has vastly expanded its farmland among other things. The Moroccan navy elevates to nearly 150 ships. Morocco's economy continues to boom as the major canal projects have turned some of Morocco's harshest areas into incredibly useful farmland and for the first time in recorded history the area is covered in green farmland, trees and grasses. The population of Morocco is at an estimated 2.7 million with many being of mixed race or Spanish origin. The Moroccan culture, however, is wholly Spanish. The Moroccan nation sees some emigration from the nation to Spanish colonies but sees no real drain as many of them are Berbers or Mestizos looking for work other than farm work in Morocco.
 * Kingdom of Algiers: With the conquest of Algiers the Moroccan state continues to occupy and pacify Algiers flooding it with new Spaniards as nobles. The Imperial system is established in Algiers and a local force of about 2000 is established and run purely by the Spanish. The economy is obviously weak but begins to be recovered due to inclusion into the Spanish system. The Kingdom of Algiers is established and many Muslim fighters and their families are exiled into the deserts with the government unwilling to deal with the ultra-orthodox or radical Muslims. The Algerian kingdom begins using low class Muslim labor to begin working on canals much like Morocco. With recent history in Morocco many Algerians simply emigrate from the area to avoid wholesale slaughter or forced slave labor. Along with this many begin to convert as Christianity takes dominant presence due to a large Spanish settler class in Algiers of nearly 30,000.
 * Kongo: The Kingdom begins to work toward a trade and production economy focusing on helping provide resources for Spain's massive West African trade network. The King of the Kongo converting to Christianity and being baptised begins to call for the expansion of ports to the best of the Kongolese architects' abilities. The Kingdom of the Kongo in an attempt to increase economic output and trade begins to export a large amount of raw materials to Spain and begins to push toward heavy exploitation methods. The Kongo continues to expand its economy in order to export material to Spain, seeing a notable upswing as population and Spanish involvement helps the nation out. The first census of the Kongo is conducted with a population of about two million the nation is beginning to advance through some of the previous populational issues it had. The Spanish settlers in the Kongo only number about 2000.
 * Morelia: The military and economy of the Maya under Spain is developed and roads are upgraded to Spanish standards. The Island of Cuba is cultivated for sugar as Spain begins looking for more trade income rather than just total income from gold. Morelia reaches a population of about 1.5 million with many living within the Cuba island territory. Morelia officially finishes its expansion having nowhere else to go. Its armed forces reach force of about 5000 Colonial Spaniards supplied by the Spanish from home. The Colonial forces move on Cuba putting down the revolt as well as possible suffering surprising casualties.
 * Virrenato de la Rio Grande: Spanish end their Ecomienda system from the Mapuche in the south to the Aztec areas to extract gold and silver. The economy becomes a major exporter in silver and gold as well as other materials back to Spain for which there is a high demand the various other mining and agricultural industries are also built up. The mercantilist policies, however, prevent competition in lucrative Spanish industries. The military of the new Viceroyalty reaches a standing force of 10,000 troops with another potential 40,000 able to be raised. Coincidentally, the majority of the force is Spanish as well that or the mixed race Mestizos. The Spanish begin a series of infrastructural development to connect the dissapparate territories of the Viceroyalty
 * Kingdom of Venezia: The businessmen and high level economists, bankers and multiple other fully knowledgeable individuals of Venezia remaining after the war go on a trip to Spain's vibrant trade cities and after careful negotiations many of these men take over one of Spain's newest rising trade companies, the Buenos Aires trade company, with some offices based out of the Buenos Aires colony in Hesperia. The Venezian military is Raised to nearly 25,000 from its new Italian territories and exiles all Germans/Austrians from the territory only leaving Italians and Hispanians (Hispanicized Italians) Venezia continues its integration of the new territory. Venezia continues on a massive path toward hispanicization.
 * Virrenato de Nueva España: The Viceroyalty of New Spain is established with a massive amount of coastal territory secured begins to expand its major coastal settlements seriously with Buenos Aires maintaining the most with nearly 250,000 people but stagnating as more people are settling the countryside and establishing new towns and cities. The Population of the colony reaches nearly 5.5 million being about one-third the population of Spain itself. New Spain boasts massive crops of tobacco and cotton. The viceroy - in order to expand the food supply of the large colony - expands cattle ranching and agriculture in certain areas. The Spanish inhabitants of the colonies form more militias under the command of a Spanish officer which is trained only to fight off native attacks. New Spain begins an immense project to attract settlers and set up a much more organized settlement system. New Spain reaches a population of nearly five million and growing through immigration and domestic growth as well as inclusion of hispanicized natives and unhispanicized natives. The Viceroyalty with full authority of the Emperor issues a series of land grants to respectable people along the Interior territories and along the West Coast of the continent throughout Chile, this puts the Mapuche and Chilean territories officially under control of New Spain. With this inclusion the vast new tracts of territory begin to be settled further to expand existing internal cities. Along with this the attractiveness of cash cropping leads many to take out loans from the Royal Bank in New Spain which begins the development of further cash cropping such as cotton, yerba mate, wheat, barley, grapes, and a host of other cash crops keeping the crops on a rotationary cycle in order to keep prices in a fluctuation over the years and for field rejuvenation. New Spain, following nearly 200 years or more of being a full fledged colony of Spain, makes its first major standing colonial military force of nearly 50,000. Only about 15,000 are on duty at any given moment but the training of the Colonial army allows nearly the whole force to assemble within 100 miles of Buenos Aires in three weeks tops. The largest city in New Spain and officially one of the largest in the world is Potosi Bolivia with a population of nearly 300,000 and growing as the area around becomes heavily developed aside from the productive silver mines.
 * Vorlayacor: The Nation of Vorlayacor is officially brought back into the Empire a Solid Spanish built navy, and now military access to the Colonial Military Authority. The local ruler is left in his position and is granted as the Governor of Vorlayacor given a Spanish advisor and nearly 5000 of New Spain's colonial militia to establish solid Spanish control of the territory. Many see this as an affront as Vorlayacor was forced into its current position through Imperialist Spaniards. Regardless now with cheaper goods being part of the empire than being outside of it, the Vorlayacoran populace is relatively passive. Many border restrictions are eased in regards to New Spain and Vorlayacor to encourage some White immigration to the area to form the core of a new white settler population here. Fleet is expanded to about 20 ships. The Military is a force sent from New Spain acting as the military force for the nation.
 * Cape Ferdinand: The Cape Ferdinand colony expands its population hoping to attract more settlers. The population of Cape Ferdinand rises to 120,000 colonists as many new settlers arrive due to the investment. The area itself begins to show up as a trade hub. Zulu Africans in the area begin being contacted with missionaries looking to speak to these people. The expansion of colonists in the area is truly more along the lines of some Zulus who have been converted and contracted by the local colonists. This has led to many of them being recruited as colonial troops for their very warlike tendencies and well recognized attribute of following strong and powerful leaders of which the CMA sends only these to command the Zulu troops.Settlers along the Orange River begin an ambitious irrigation project. The Orange River settlers begin to mine diamonds. The Colony itself begins to see a notable growth of its Agricultural centers becoming a decent exporter of agricultural goods. Along with this a rather unorthodox product has come about. Zulu soldiers previously hired out and trained as colonial troops have come some of South Africa's most loyal and vehement supporters of Spain and here empire seeing her as the Bringers of Civilization, and with the wide adoption of Christianity among many Zulu peoples has led to them becoming a rather accepted demographic in the society of the Colony. However, this has led to relative tension as Zulu and Colonial troops are forced to take extremely harsh measures against other natives. This leads to the creation of the Zulu only policy, set on making Zulus the only Black Demographic in South Africa with significant populations in proportion to White Spaniards.
 * Virrenato de Nueva Granada: The Viceroyalty of New Granada sees more immigration but has become a sort of hub for Colonial administration fleets coming throughout the area to trade and explore as well as a staging point for those looking to sail to the Philippines hoping to reach them via the Pacific Ocean. The colony itself expands by 100 px. The colony's population expands to around 570,000 as the colony continues to grow in importance and the agriculture begins to take precedence - especially in the areas above the city of San Francisco. The establishment of wineries and even terrace farming for food begins in the San Lorenzo Valley and the surrounding mountains. The wineries are considered a lucrative cash crop and the Colonists take great pride in growing them in the area. The port city of Arica expands to a population of nearly 45,000 becoming a solid rival for the thriving San Francisco City. New Granada begins seeing some native resistance but forces many out in favor of settlers, Some native groups, however, seem rather keen on assimilation with the Spaniards adopting Spanish culture, Spanish language, and in some cases marrying Spanish men, and working for Spanish people. With life on the frontier rather hard, the Spaniards have great welcome for cheaper workers who are willing to adopt all aspects of Spanish culture. Taking a cue from the conquests of territory in New Spain by the natives, the Colonial forces here use a divide and conquer strategy pitting some native tribes against each other and then eliminating the survivors. New Granada with its various mountains and with some territory in the valley secured, begins to implement the learned Inca method of terrace farming which is standard even in Spain at this point. The farming in general begins to show promise as surplus yields begins to show. The Forests in the area begin to be cut for ship building which quickly picks up as various Spanish trade companies and even the highly militarized Spanish Asian companies begins picking up on these developing the local economy into something impressive. Various cash crops also begin to be grown - most particularly cotton and now Grapes as well as the hybrid grape is bred and planted.
 * Philippines: Spain continues to establish majority control over the area through trade and other means. Investment from Spain is sent to facilitate buying materials to build up the area as the Philippines are garrisoned by mercenaries hired by Spain and nearly 300 of Spain's most well trained troops but the forces are expanded to about 5000 using locally trained soldiers or more mercenaries. The Philippines is built up as a massive trade and naval base and a fleet of Spanish ships sent from here make more trips to Central Borealia with Spain becoming the first nation to connect a trade route along the entire planet. This trip begins to gradually shift toward New Granada. Talks of turning the Philippines into a Crown Viceroyalty get underway. The Philippines shows notable Spanish settlement with nearly 12,000 Spaniards living on the islands, mostly in Manila.
 * Protectorate of Oyo: The extraction economy of the protectorate increases and the royal governor makes quotas much less demanding allowing the people to actually live somewhat rather than be in a bond of virtual slavery. The military forces in the area are augmented with newer weaponry and are some of the most advanced troops in the region. The Protectorate exports many cash crops, metals and precious goods to Spain. The population of the Oyo territory being part of the original heartland of the former Oyo empire undergoing a census is estimated at about five million people having experiences multiple population shattering issues since the collapse of the empire, mostly diasporas inland, and the readjustment into the Spanish colonial economy. The protectorate of Oyo keeps its armed forces to nearly 20,000 all made up of some of the minorities in the area and led by Spanish officers. A large community of Spaniards begins to develop on in the protectorate with about 3000 people between Spaniards, and Hispanicized Italians living along the coast.
 * East African Protectorates: The military is reformed under a new commander of the CMA who gets newer weapons for his troops and drills them in modern tactics seeing developing colonies in Africa as a threat to the sovereignty of the protectorates. With Colonial Authority in place, and the Colonial Military Administration keeping the areas from devolving into a regional arms race between the protectorates the area is effectively administered as a singular entity under the Administration, with each state keeping its local culture, customs, and minor armed forces. The Colonial Military Administration does take extra care in keeping these forces loyal and small, having more to gain by serving with Spain rather than for nationalistic purposes. The economy of the area is advanced significantly as the Spanish global trade network uses this area as a stopping point. The Protectorate's naval force headquarters is moved to the massive naval port on the southern coast of Madagasikara known as Saint Felipe. The potential division of the EAP is proposed with Madagasikara, Maputo, and Mozambika becoming three separate entities within the Empire. This decision shows a great deal of support as the decentralized nature of the current governmental force has become a major issue in dealing with the three territories.
 * Khambhat: With growing Spanish presence in India, the Spanish East India Company agrees to separate administration into the Khambat sphere and the Madras sphere organizing them into two separate entities. The military forces of the area are recruited from Indians with a force of nearly 5000 in Khambhat and the surrounding territories. The area's economy is built up as a trade hub as a trade port. The company navy along with Madras maintains nearly 70 ships for personal use 20 of these being top-of-the-line warships. The Khambhat territory as it is well known is shown to be a proven economic hub from India as Spain begins to made a noticeable and large profit with the territory being managed by the East India Company. Khmbat deploys its full 5000 troop complement but with recent growth over the years and a much higher need to take more territory, the army is raised to about 20,000 with the Sepoya troops being the majority with a good amount of them being Sikhs. These forces are deployed to fight their northern neighbor.
 * Madras: With Madras being ceded by the Netherlands to Spain the territory is administered as a separate entity from Khambhat. The majority of Spain's 10,000 Indian troops are relocated from Bengal to Madras with the empty slots being filled as the East India Company established full control over the enclave. The economy of the area is bolstered by Madras being a major stopping point for ships and the Indian trade moving along the Spanish global trade route increases the economy immensely. Plantations are started up in the area for cash crops and run with local labor. The City is at an estimated 200,000 people within the confines of Spanish controlled territory and the outer edges of territory contain nearly another 75,000 people. The Spanish colonial government raises its forces to nearly 25,000 and within the next year or two is expected to gain another 10,000 recruits. These forces are deployed to fight in India.
 * Greater Cochin: The Protectorate of Greater Cochin is formed following the revolt of the noble and with this the nobility more or less are forced to give up their titles. They are all more or less replaced with a Spanish aristocracy which now run the country. With this the unification of Dawei and Shan under Cochin the new state begins an aggressive integrationist policy. The Sepoya troops in Cochin are expanded to nearly 8000 and the economic policies are used to increase the productivity of the territory. The Greater Cochin area now houses nearly 1000 Spanish marines now using it as a major base of operations in the region. The Greater Cochin area raises nearly 35,000 troops from the local treasury and with this marches through Urdustan to fight in India purchasing supplies along the war.
 * Shanghai: The city of Shanghai - due to its presence on the mainland of China proper - becomes a massive economic and trade port for the empire only just a few years but with direct access to Chinese goods coveted by Europe a huge volume of trade ships numbering in the hundreds flood the port purchasing the goods and transporting them across the Pacific via Spain global trade route. Shanghai hears of the first potential immunization for smallpox via Chinese texts and begins looking into it. The Shanghai armed forces stand at a solid 35,000 strong bearing some of Spain's finest military equipment accrued through the China Sea Company. Shanghai is named the headquarters of the overseas South China Sea Company and manages to secure 500 elite Spanish troops to guard the interest in China. The newly built trade port of Heian is put under Shanghai's operational umbrella on the island of Hainan.
 * Qingdao: Qingdao - due to further distance - is set up as another South China Sea Company ruled territory and the good from the area are used to attract traders here as well. This is done to prevent the city of Shanghai being the only major Spanish Chinese port. The company invests into a force of about 1000 to hold the city and now about 30 top-of-the-line ships.
 * Nueva Aragon: New Aragon is officially established as an independent viceroyalty with the discovery of another organized state in Australia with plans to begin expansion around 1700. The area shows a large influx of Spanish military settlers looking to keep any hostility down on the continent of Australia. The Force here is at about 300 with a grand total population of about 2000. The emerging importance of this territory becomes increasingly important as New Aragon is given ten top-of-the-line ships, and about 500 marines to keep the area a major territory of Spanish influence. New Aragon begins considering the opening up of a new Colony on the now named Continent of Australia. New Aragon begins to expand by 50 px to the east.
 * Sorento: The Colony of Sorento is founded following various economic and trade company forays into the region. The Colony expands by 75 px taking control of the harbor now known as Sorento Harbor which begins to show a good influx of traders who are looking to make their fortunes in Australia. The Colony has a population of 500 but the Sorento company looking to give the colony a rather large population begins advertising and offering to subsidize people to come to the new colony and help it grow. The Sorento colony is supported by five warships from the empire and their marine forces which are used multiple time to drive off native raids from the trade company's fort.
 * Grand Croatian Bajandom (Velika Hrvatska Bajanovina): Economy turn. Sewerage systems similar to Ragusan ones are built in major towns of the Bajanate. With growing Ragusan influence, and the beginning of further colonization, the navy expands rapidly using much of the Ragusan and also Britannic expertise. Moreover with the influx of new resources in form of lumber, labour and metals, the navy begins expanding at a fast rate. More and more ships capable of crossing the Atlantic with ease are built. The Sabor intends to restore the glorious naval culture of the Neretva peoples and plans to do so by expanding the navy. The kravata (tie) is more and more used as an accessory. As the war for Hungary ends, some Croats and Hungarians are still unsatisfied as not all was achieved since the spoils of war had to be shared with the Romans.
 * ​Bandom of Croatia: Trade routes are strengthened and the salt mines around Tuzla are explored as well as the salt industry in Pag and Nin. Using irrigation from the Danube, Sava, Drava, Drina, Cetina, Una, Vrbaš, Kupa, Neretva and other rivers the fields in the kingdom are developed, used for crops such as wheat, rye and barley. With trade routes increasing and Croatia entering an era of peace and of stability, the development of new trade ships is issued. The Brothers of the Raven continue spreading their influence in Croatia. Stone mining is furthered as well as the timber industry. The need for these resources rises as urbanization carries on. The navy, under command of the Bajan and the First Admiral is developed due to the purchase of Britannic ships which are inspected and introduced into the Royal War Navy of Croatia or HBRM (Hrvatska Bajanska Ratna Mornarica). Iron ores in Dugopolje, Zenice and at last the 'mud' ore in Vojvodina and eastern Slavonia are to be exploited alongside the silver and copper ores more frequently and of better quality than the iron ores. The exploitation of iron ores in the Lika and Gorski kotar areas continues. The salt industry in Ston is funded by the government. Britannic assistance aids with the naval reform. The influx of resources from Dahomey aids the economy. However, the government makes sure that the gold arriving isn't immediately put on the market in order to control the inflation in the worth of gold. The silver mine in Srebrenica is mined.
 * Polish Bandom (Poljska Banovina): The Polish Bandom grows relatively independently, although a part of the Bajandom, the Polish Saborčić (Little Sabor, also known as Szlachta/Šljahta) works more or less independently within its borders. The Polish Ban is elected by it while the Bajan only confirms him. The issue within Poland are attempted to be handled, and for now things are peaceful again, although some nobles still seem to be plotting something.
 * Czech Bandom (Češka Banovina): The Bandom recovers from the Idiocracy's rule and many nobles gain more power in the nation.
 * Podbanate of Silesia (Šlezijska Podbanovina): The Podbandom's natural resources are highly sought in the rest of the Bajanate which leads to economic growth. The Silesian cultural movement flourishes with aid of the Croats, who aim to make Silesia a region independent from both Poland and the Czech Banate.
 * Podbanate of Dahomej (Podbanovina Dahomej): The natural resources are quickly put to use, such as coconuts, cotton both refined and raw as well as the gold. Finally, the wood industry prospers as materials are needed for new ships that would help keep the connection between Croatia and Dahomey strong.
 * Podbandom of Carantania (Podbanovina Karantanska): Croatization continues, starting with removing any pro-Austrian threats. The idea that Carantania is Slavic since the Carantanian Slavic tribe settled there spreads and is used to bring the Podbandom closer to the Bandom.
 * Isles of the Grand Bajandom (Otoci Velike Bajanovine): The infrastructure is built up.
 * Carantania Island (Karantanski Otok): The colony expands by 750 sq km. The Bajandom's government offers to sell Carantania Island to the Dutch, since it has proven to be more of a burden than a blessing. 

1728
''' The Britannian Civil war continues with the Scottish house pushing well past Oxford again with a Raiding force of nearly 500 making a concerted effort to make the lives of those in London absolute hell. The German House Hamburg begins considering a request for French or Scandinavian troops. '''

''' Bull fighting becomes a continually more popular sport in Spain, Italy, and many of the Spanish colonies. '''

''' Juan Bolivar makes himself the most well known pirate in the Imperial sea after escaping Britannias most well guarded prison in New Guerney one of the only colonies to not have started the fall into disarray. Freeing nearly 100 other men in the process he is able to steal and crew a Britannian Heavy Frigate which is named "San Lucia" This ship becomes well known for its ability to go toe to toe with many ships of the line from various nations. '''

''' A Rogue Chinese noble family within the Henan Shandong territories wielding considerable power for his hoarding of imperial funds post collapse of the Ming Empire is fully subjugated as the Shock from Shandong using Modern Muskets on some of its new forces an absolute route of the Nobles forces. '''


 * Duchy of Hamburg: Hamburg expands its infrastructure. Duke Friedrich IV begins contemplating expansion of the powers of the Hanoverian Parliament, but sets the idea aside until more important matters are resolved, particularly retaining the Britannic throne for the House of Hamburg. Friedrich hires several companies of mercenaries for service against the scottish pretenders, as well as sending some of its finer generals to lead.
 * Holstein: Military expanded.
 * Mecklenburg: Military expanded.
 * Williamsburg: Military expanded.
 * New Lüneburg: Military expanded.
 * New Hamburg: Military expanded.
 * New Brunswick: Military expanded.
 * New Mecklenburg: Military expanded.
 * Protectorate of Aceh: Military expanded.
 * Free City of Nellore: Military expanded.
 * Ostland: Military expanded.


 * Suri Empire: After taking a long hiatus from worldy affairs, the new Sultan, Fadeel Khan Lari, announces that his father passed in 1719 from pneumonia. The Sultan also introduces his new wife to the world, Queen Jaali. The Empire continues friendly relations with the Damascan Sultanate and Urdustan. We expand our infrastructure. Islam still holds a strong grasp over the Empire. The people prosper.
 * Marwar (Vassal of Suri Empire): Military is expanded. Economic supplies are sent to Suri Proper. Positive trading continued with Urudstan.
 * Delhi (Vassal of Suri Empire): Military is expanded. Economic supplies are sent to Suri Proper. Positive trading continued with Urudstan.
 * Multan (Vassal of Suri Empire): Military is expanded. Economic supplies are sent to Suri Proper. Positive trading continued with Urudstan.
 * Ladakh (Vassal of Suri Empire): Military is expanded. Military is expanded. Economic supplies are sent to Suri Proper. Positive trading continued with Urudstan.
 * Port Hejaz: Military is expanded. Economic supplies are sent to Suri Proper. Positive trading continued with Rome and Damascan Sultanate.
 * Portugal: Continues a notable buildup in military strength and allows for a vigorous training program on the existing military forces attempting to train them up heavily. Meanwhile, the administration continues to be reformed, and agriculture and commerce are encouraged. Meanwhile, Portugal continues to develop its navy. Meanwhile, the colony in Lenhame continues exporting wheat to Portugal. Meanwhile, trade intensifies in the African coast. Meanwhile, Santa Cruz and São Sebastião expand by 5000 sq km each. Meanwhile, sugarcane continues to be planted in Santa Cruz.
 * Peruvian Confederation: Within the Inca Empire proper, the military, economy and navy are improved. Cava dies at the age of 65. her eldest son takes the throne. He, like his mother, places himself on the throne of both Tawatinsuyu and Chiribaya. Population of the Empire stands at six million with the largest city being Cuzco (170,000), then Peru (80,000), Machu Picchu (65,000), Chimu (50,000) Sican (30,000) and New Burgundy (25,000). Cava also creates the Peruvian Confederation, modeled after the Spanish confederation, it consists of Peru and her vassals. Huascar takes the throne. Her other children include Huascar's brother, Maitia (27), and his sister, Ka-Atta-Killia. (20) Reconstruction of Huari continues. A novel called ,  The Children of the Mountains , is published in the Inca Empire. The Novel details a history where Cuzco is destroyed by Spanish Conquerors and what remains of the Inca live within the mountains, fighting against the Spanish conquistadors. The novel is mostly ignored.
 * Empire of Chiribaya: With the formation of the Peruvian Confederation and the Elevation of Chiribaya into an empire, a new wave of updates to the military, economy and navy begins. The nation, under Cava's rule, begins to develop laws similar to that of the Inca. An effort to attract immigrants from Tawatinsuyu begins, as the population stands at 1,750,000. Chirbaya Cuzco has a population of 75,000.
 * Empire of Chimor: Military and economy improve. Chan Chan is developed. Population stands at 1.8 million. Chan Chan has a population of 127,000. As the nation ascends to the Empire of Chimor, the Inca encourage the movement of Chimu people (those who remain) back to their homeland.
 * Empire of Collaquimbaya: Expansion ends. Military and economy improve. Population stands at 180,000. The city of Apeac stands at a population of 10,000.
 * France: Military, navy and economy are built up. The colony continues expanding and growing by 100 sq km among both colonies into the Galapago Islands called Illes d'Neptune The colonies continue growing as expected. The colony of Nouvelle Rouen continues to expand inland throughout the land corridor given by Cahokie by 9800 sq km. Mining continues in the colony of Nouevelle Orleans. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. after several years of ruling, the king Charles XVI dies, and with it His oldest son, Francois becomes the king of France as Jean Francois I, seeing the chance to turn the politic tide of Europe decides to join in the side of Hamburg on the affair of the Britannian succession war. one of the first actions made is to support the claim of the House of Hamburg. In other aspects, a great number of men are conscripted for the army and preparation for troops being sent into Calais to await for deployment if needed into Kent. In other news, the King shows renewed interest in East Asia, seeing that no much more room is left, he does a quite odd ritual in order to choose the aim of French expansion in East Asia, taking a map of the kingdoms of the area and an arrow, he throws a dart at the map blindfolded, whichever nation it hits, will be France's main target. The result, Cambodia. The plans are drawn up but put in hold due to the Britannian succession. The king also commands the creation of a secret plan to conquer Brittany once the britannian issue is resolved. The creation of a Cahokian bellic campaign are also to be set in motion sometime in five years after moving the sufficient troops to the area.
 * Kingdom of Rhineland: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The Rhenish culture begins spreading farther from the center of the country northwards. However, failing to penetrate Koln and northernmost area of the country, Southern French Speaking "Rhenanie" region. has become profoundly populated by French Speakers and Rhenanien Speakers (Similar to Wallonian in some aspects, a deeply Germanized French dialect).
 * Kingdom of Lower Burgundy: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The French population in the country grows and the Valais region becomes a trading point with the German nations.
 * Sardinia: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The Sardinian language has lowered its usage to only 10% of the population of Sardinia (roughly 50,000 people) with the speaking African (43%) and French (38%) or Vandalian (9% African Rhenish German dialect) and with the vast majority being able to speak both African and French (that is more or less 85% of the nation's population). The population is stable at 500,000 people.
 * Andorra: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up.
 * Africa: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The African language has become the de facto leading language surpassing every other (outside of French) being spoken by the 2.3 million people living in the country as either native or second language. Vandalian, however, dominates area of Tripolitania's coast with a population of around 5000 speakers in the region. French is still the main language officially. Trading outposts begin to be made in the border of the country to trade with Tuareg and inland tribes.
 * French Mali: Due to vast piracy campaigns which France and Spain have contributed to has resulted in many pirate coves in the Bissagos Islands, and as a result a larger influx of Frenchmen arrived this year, though they still don't even make up 1% yet. Ports continue to expand appropriately and the region becomes a place worth note on many maps. Roads continue being built to outlying villages and plantations continue being built.
 * Artois: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure and navy are built up. The nation prepares an army for the conflict in Britannia.
 * Free City of Danzig: The military, economy, infrastructure, and navy are built up, Danzig asks a diplomatic meeting with Pskov, Croatia and Poland's leadership within the city.
 * Cahokie: Christianization of the locals continue Military, navy, infrastructure and economy are built up.
 * |onte: Population grows by 50,000 people. Kurum Kuneneli continues making rifles for the army. Mon VI travels around making sure of the well being of |onte's Khoisan brothers. Mon IX, interested in the formalism of European laws and nation starts thinking of ways to consolidate |onte, such as a flag, motto, coat of arms, capital, etc. A regimentation of the "gift-based" economy has been noticed by scholars. Though transactions do not occur, per se, it is considered very rude not to reciprocate a gift. However, they need not be of equal value. The knowledge and education in Kunene spread on a slight scale, as authors, story tellers, philosophers and other intelligentsia leave their work out to gain recognition, often taken home by farmers from the countryside, the farmers, who grow far more than they will need, leave their rice in the grain storage. A trend has appeared for women to cover their breasts. However, the trend is mostly confined to Kunene. Mon XI sends his 200,000-strong Eheresito hu |onte to begin mining for diamonds that were recently encountered, greatly boosting the economy, allowing for food imports and the buying of ships. |onte's navy reaches a large size after many years of buying from France.
 * Yunnan: The Yunnanese continue to invest the modest income from exports into infrastructure. They also continue improving the defensive fortifications of Yunnan.
 * Korea: Korea continues to build up its military. Meanwhile, more Taoist, Neo-Confucian and Buddhist temples are built. Taoism rises in popularity and gains more followers. Regular (read: not Imperial) Shinto gains a few more followers as well, mainly along the coastline in Southeastern Korea, particularly in Busan, Jejudo, Ulsan, and the coastal cities and coastal towns of Southern Gyeongsang Province. Mahayana Tao-Shintoism also continues to grow, and begins gaining followers from the areas where Shinto is growing, with some Shintoists switching to Mahayana Tao-Shintoism. A few Shinto missionaries from Jejudo help out Japan in Vietnam to bring Shinto there. The colony of Haejagang (해자강) expands by 500 sq km.
 * The Kiatagmiut Band works to expand its cultural, trade, and geographic boundaries throughout Kelutmun.
 * Wu: We continue to improve economy and military. Infrastructure as well. More Buddhist temples are built. The colony expands 25 sq km.
 * Nubia: The military continues to train loyal troops to fight for the nation. Cities continue to rebuild themselves like European cities. Ports expand to fit more ships. A big library is continuing being built in the capital city. It will store books from around the world. The first university of the country is continuing being built in the capital city. Our military continues to expand 100 px southwest. Walls and outposts around the capital city are continuing to be built.
 * Alodia: Military and economy expand.
 * Makuria: Military and economy expand.
 * The Nehilaw Sachemate modernizes aggressively and quickly. As the merchant marine continues to expand and its operations in Western Europe grow following the first successful Nehilaw crossing of the Atlantic, incentive to expand the navy grows. Accordingly, two new sloops, based on designs seen in Dutch ports, go under construction. They are armed with twenty guns each. Meanwhile, the economy begins to be monetarized, as the High Sachem wishes to place the nation on an equal footing to European nations economically. As a result, a new currency, the chuvash, is set up, with a mint constructed in Chisasibi to produce the coins, made from copper mined at government-held mines. With musk oxen domesticated, farmers look to domesticate several types of seabirds, including the great auk, northern gannet, Canada goose, and the wood bison. The military and economy expand in all vassals and PU's. The Nehilaw, following the refusal of an alliance by the Twightee, decide to demonstrate their regional preeminence. The High Sachem informs the Twightee that the "gloves have come off", and the Twightee are placed under blockade, while all trade with them ceases and any goods entering their territory are seized. The Nehilaw again demand that they accept a mutual defence pact or suffer "serious and painful consequences". Mod Response Needed
 * In such a dire situation, Twightee accepts to ensure its survival.
 * Grand Croatian Bajandom (Velika Hrvatska Bajanovina): Military turn. Sewerage systems similar to Ragusan ones are built in major towns of the Bajanate. With growing Ragusan influence, and the beginning of further colonization, the navy expands rapidly using much of the Ragusan and also Britannic expertise. Moreover with the influx of new resources in form of lumber, labour and metals, the navy begins expanding at a fast rate. More and more ships capable of crossing the Atlantic with ease are built. The Sabor intends to restore the glorious naval culture of the Neretva peoples and plans to do so by expanding the navy. The kravata (tie) is more and more used as an accessory. As the war for Hungary ends, some Croats and Hungarians are still unsatisfied as not all was achieved since the spoils of war had to be shared with the Romans.
 * ​Bandom of Croatia: Trade routes are strengthened and the salt mines around Tuzla are explored as well as the salt industry in Pag and Nin. Using irrigation from the Danube, Sava, Drava, Drina, Cetina, Una, Vrbaš, Kupa, Neretva and other rivers the fields in the kingdom are developed, used for crops such as wheat, rye and barley. With trade routes increasing and Croatia entering an era of peace and of stability, the development of new trade ships is issued. The Brothers of the Raven continue spreading their influence in Croatia. Stone mining is furthered as well as the timber industry. The need for these resources rises as urbanization carries on. The navy, under command of the Bajan and the First Admiral is developed due to the purchase of Britannic ships which are inspected and introduced into the Royal War Navy of Croatia or HBRM (Hrvatska Bajanska Ratna Mornarica). Iron ores in Dugopolje, Zenice and at last the 'mud' ore in Vojvodina and eastern Slavonia are to be exploited alongside the silver and copper ores more frequently and of better quality than the iron ores. The exploitation of iron ores in the Lika and Gorski kotar areas continues. The salt industry in Ston is funded by the government. Britannic assistance aids with the naval reform. The influx of resources from Dahomey aids the economy. However, the government makes sure that the gold arriving isn't immediately put on the market in order to control the inflation in the worth of gold. The silver mine in Srebrenica is mined.
 * Polish Bandom (Poljska Banovina): The Polish Bandom grows relatively independently, although a part of the Bajandom, the Polish Saborčić (Little Sabor, also known as Szlachta/Šljahta) works more or less independently within its borders. The Polish Ban is elected by it while the Bajan only confirms him. The issue within Poland are attempted to be handled, and for now things are peaceful again, although some nobles still seem to be plotting something.
 * Czech Bandom (Češka Banovina): The Bandom recovers from the Idiocracy's rule and many nobles gain more power in the nation.
 * Podbanate of Silesia (Šlezijska Podbanovina): The Podbandom's natural resources are highly sought in the rest of the Bajanate which leads to economic growth. The Silesian cultural movement flourishes with aid of the Croats, who aim to make Silesia a region independent from both Poland and the Czech Banate.
 * Podbanate of Dahomej (Podbanovina Dahomej): The natural resources are quickly put to use, such as coconuts, cotton both refined and raw as well as the gold. Finally, the wood industry prospers as materials are needed for new ships that would help keep the connection between Croatia and Dahomey strong.
 * Podbandom of Carantania (Podbanovina Karantanska): Croatization continues, starting with removing any pro-Austrian threats. The idea that Carantania is Slavic since the Carantanian Slavic tribe settled there spreads and is used to bring the Podbandom closer to the Bandom.
 * Isles of the Grand Bajandom (Otoci Velike Bajanovine): The infrastructure is built up.
 * Carantania Island (Karantanski Otok): The colony expands by 750 sq km. The Bajandom's government offers to sell Carantania Island to the Dutch, since it has proven to be more of a burden than a blessing. 
 * Netherlands: Now in personal union with Westphalia, the king and queen vow to uphold the current political system and surrenders all the powers stipulated under the Act of common law and the Nassau Act. The current political environment of the Netherlands along with the growing enlightenment literature in the East leads to the growth of the Dutch Enlightened circles particularly in Brussels, Amsterdam, and The Hague. Thinkers such as Adriaan van Hogendrop, and Louis Simon Poullet become leaders of the ideas. Amongst their works are the King and the People, and The Brave New World prove very influential among academic circles, promoting the belief of economic liberty, State of mind and identity and the division of power (based on the works of OTL John Locke). The wealth of the Netherlands continues to grow to pre-civil war levels and it grows at a more sustainable level as the hold over trade and banking is solidified, while the hold over the East India trade Company is finalized. Trade increases substantially as peace remains high throughout the trading routes of the Dutch Empire and as cash crops and spice fetch large prices on the European market. Wallonia and Flanders continue to grow economically. Under the guidance of the new States-General led by Stadtholder Antonie van Namur the power of the Kingdom's legislation is stabilized and amplified allowing greater liberties to the productive and trading sectors. Wallonian steel increases in value again as it picks up. Cultural and scientific development continues in the Netherlands led by the university of Brussels, Frankfurt, and other institutions. Recent innovations and discoveries in the field of biology and microbiology, in addition to work done in Pskov and other nations, greatly increases investment and understanding in these fields. Architecture continues to develop as well as the cities are rebuilt. military and naval expansion continue. More ships of the line are built to help keep Dutch trading lines under control. The Dutch Royal Army stands at 45,000 strong in Europe while the colonies put together reach 35,000 mainly in the East Indies were Indians are recruited. Naval reforms begin.
 * Netherland's East India Company: With the reorganization of power beginning in the homeland reforms are started in the East Indies territories. Administration is overhauled to bring it into a centralized administration while local autonomy of the Company's vassals is reaffirmed. The Company army begins reforms to create three divisions of the so called Native troops, Indian troops, and European troops. Amongst the reforms put forward efforts to assimilate and convert the Malay and Javanese are ceased and respect of local cultures is assured. Major territorial reforms are passed With Brunei and the Malay peninsula (now Jehore) regaining significant internal autonomy while the cities of Malacca, Singapore, and the eastern part of Brunei remain under direct Dutch administration. Sunda remains under direct rule withe sultan receiving a pension. Southern Sumatra is added to the Dutch East Indies as a result of the war with payurung. The area is reorganized and administration is placed under Batavia. The first coffee plantation in the orient is established in Java.
 * Jehore and Brunei: Economic development continues. The East India Company restores local autonomy to the Malay peninsula under the treaty of Malacca recognizing the Jehore dynasty as the sultans of Malay. A local Malay regiment is created from company troops to help administer the new sultanate though it remains a Dutch client State. 7000 troops are raised to aid in the war effort, and a fleet of 30 ships is placed under the control of the company.
 * Dutch Africa: The European-educated black elites in Benin are granted greater autonomy as long as they provide the quota of slaves, ivory and other tradable goods. efforts to break Austrian dominance in the Cameroon region begin. The Governor requests that The Hague enforce Dutch interests in the region and secure a deal with Austria at all costs.
 * Guiana: The population of Guiana has steadily grown over the past 100 years reaching a population of 20,000 white settlers and some 12,000 black slaves. Economic growth continues and Paramaribo is declared the colony's capital. Plantations continue to grow and demands to open the interior for further exploitation begin. Culturally the colony remains Dutch-Wallon. Relations with the natives continue to deteriorate as incursions into native land continues and enslavement of the native population begins to work in construction. Efforts to isolate and destroy native culture begin. Exploration of the interior continues as expansion along the new Rhine River (OTL Orinoco River) continue as well as along the Amazon River claiming 500 pixels in total. Expansion of military control into the Interior continues with outposts being constructed to enforce Dutch-Wallon rule over the colony. Dutch Privateers continue operating out of Guiana under false flags. Development of the Guiana Aristocratic culture continues as more land is set aside for plantations. Coffee becomes increasingly popular in the colony. New Antwerp and Paramaribo become major trading cities as the local economy grows following the civil war.
 * Westphalia: This turn is officially dedicated to infrastructural expansion in Frankfurt. In Nassau, Luxembourg. Hesse, Jülich, Köln, Lippe, Mainz, Paderborn, Pfalz, Berg, Brunswick-Göttingen, and Westfalen this turn is dedicated to economic expansion. Our territories are reorganized, with Frankfurt, Nassau, and Luxembourg remaining personal union with the Kingdom of Westphalia, and in turn the Netherlands, while our remaining territories are designated vassals. Our forces begin training using experience from recent wars, and ships are built in allied ports. Our colonies continue to be supplied through allied territory, although growth is slow. Trade increases with the nations of Oldenburg, Hamburg, and the Netherlands. Trade with our colonies and allies continues. Now that the entirety of the Westphalia region is united, including Frankfurt and Luxembourg, work begins on improving infrastructure between nations. The seed drill, previously invented by Johann Tserclaes, begins to become common place across the nation, greatly increasing the productivity of our agricultural sectors. The surplus in crops allows our nation to experience a large population increase, which continues from the previous year at a steady rate. Seeing the need for increased production of clothing and other cotton related products, the nation begins investing in the domestic woolen industry, since the nation lacks a major partner in India or elsewhere for importing of woolen goods. A heavy fabric cloth known as fustian becomes popular, made from flax warp and cotton weft. Although not as soft as cotton, and more difficult to sow, this fabric is much stronger.
 * once again it was invented by a Spaniard YEARS ago -Feud
 * Roman Empire: The Empire continues to prosper in this time of peace. The economy continues to grow as the trade networks across the Empire become more solidified and trade networks outside of the Empire continue to expand, particularly in eastern Asia and Borealia. The military and the navy continues to train, practice, and learn new techniques as they are discovered. The military eventually rises to about 200,000 trained soldiers, although not all of those soldiers are on duty all the time for economic concerns. Troops of all ethnicities are trained to keep the army diverse and the ethnic groups unified. The various Archonates continue to be integrated with new infrastructure, new trade connections, and a newly increasing sense of Roman "identity." Some expansionists begin to wonder why Egypt has not yet been added to the Empire as a full Archonate yet, although the Emperor assures them that it will happen. The reign of John IX has been relatively peaceful and prosperous, with minimal incidents. An attempted overthrow happened, but that was short and rapidly crushed by the army. The policy toward the Turks, numbering about two million out of an Empire of 23 million, remains the same, and a few hundred to a thousand Turks are estimated to leave the Empire each year. Cities like Ancyra, Nicaea and Ephesus continue to grow, further fortifying Roman control over western Anatolia. Military outposts along the border with the Damascan Sultanate are constructed and fortified, as the Emperor notices that there are now no buffer states between the two rising powers. Influence in vassal states continues to grow, and the Roman political and economic sphere continues to expand and consolidate its gains. Cooperation with the Croatians in their military efforts is supported, and Rome joins the war on their side.
 * Reme: The colony continues to prosper from the growth of cash crops and their export. Along with the native issue, some troops and militia as well as allied natives join in the fight to defeat the raiders and conquer their lairs. The native states are defeated and their lands placed under military occupation pending an increase of relations and better governance. Expands in the north by 20 pixels. The issues with the pirates begins to come to the attention of the colonial government, and steps are taken in order to cut down on piracy, including increased patrols. Increasing bureaucracy in the colonies is careful to facilitate cordial relations between the natives and colonists. Economic growth, particularly in Antillia, drive the colonization process further. Cooperation with the natives increases to further protect the mainland colonies, while better fortifications and shipyards are constructed in order to better protect the colonies. The native Creek royalty are captured after the war, and surprisingly are not executed. The royal family of the Creek is instead ordered to govern their people who reside in Roman territory in much the same manner as other native royalty in Roman Borealia. The population starts to grow further thanks to better healthcare, more food, and an expanding economy.
 * Egypt: Egypt begins to recover from the war. With almost all of the Muslim inhabited lands of the state stripped from it, Egypt is now mostly Christian, although the rights of the Muslims remaining are not infringed upon. Food begins to be grown again, and this helps the population recover from ages of war. The Roman military garrison largely maintains order, while a 25,000 man Egyptian force is trained to help protect the nation and the canal. The Grigius family returns from Greece to rule over Egypt once again, and they are met with some enthusiasm. The previous royal family is deposed from ruling but they are not harmed and are allowed to maintain their nobility, as relatives to the current king. Other nobles who were loyal keep their nobility, and commoners who remained loyal to Rome are given nobility and automatic citizenship. As the population continues to grow, it centers around the cities of Alexandria, Damietta, Luxor, and the newly refounded Berenice. Alexandria becomes a shining city on the banks of the sea and the Nile, and it is widely admired. Berenice is growing well, and the trade from India and China makes the city expand much more quickly. Large ships are sent around the Cape of Africa to serve as trade ships at Berenice. The population still remains mostly agricultural at this time. The revolt of the border town is easily put down by the military occupation force, but the lesson of the revolt is not lost on the Occupation Force and most of the Imperial government. Steps are taken to prevent or otherwise cut off revolts when they start, and as such some of the cultural laws and ideas initiated in the previous period of Roman rule are to be restored, with the rest restored over time. With the problems of the canal, the Roman military occupation and the native Egyptian military set up patrols along sections of the canal to ensure that raids are not too damaging. At the same time, the military tries to pinpoint the origins of these raids and take them out at the root. Military and economic growth and stability is the next major project for the Egyptian government. Egyptian officers are trained at military academies in Roman cities such as Constantinople, Adrianople and Sparta while Egyptian merchants are invested in and trained by Roman merchants. By now, most of the institutions of the Egyptian state have been rebuilt to some degree and are firmly integrated with their Roman counterparts.
 * Georgia: The Roman military occupation is largely frowned upon by the locals. However, the locals do approve of some aspects. They do approve of Roman occupation rather than Damascan occupation, and the fact that the Bagrationi Dynasty still rules earns some decent respect for Roman authority. Roman authorities work with the Bagrationi Dynasty to help bring improvements to the region and its people. Infrastructure is repaired from the war and new roads and buildings are constructed to benefit both the occupation and the native people. To help earn the loyalty of the native population, the Laz people, related to the Georgians themselves, are persuaded to gradually move from their homeland in northern Anatolia to join their brothers in Georgia. The existing Georgian navy is enrolled into the Imperial Navy while new Georgian merchants and military officers are enrolled in education programs to better integrate them with existing Imperial systems.
 * Armenia: The country of Armenia faces a bit of a problem. The Roman occupation force, as a general precaution, did not allow the Bragationi family remain in control of both Armenia and Georgia. As such, the need for a royal was the first challenge to be addressed. After much consideration in the Imperial court of Constantinople, it is decided that the Lusignan Dynasty of former Cyprus and Armenian Cicilia will take the throne, as some yet still live in Constantinople and have displayed considerable loyalty to the Empire a few decades after the fall of Cyprus. The new dynasty is enthroned on New Years Day, and the new king and the Roman occupation force begin eagerly in making Armenia a safe and prosperous place. Merchants and military officers are trained in ways similar to their Georgian counterparts, while border posts are constructed along the southern border with the Damascan Sultanate. In contrast with the Georgians, the Armenians are relatively glad to have Roman rule, as the Damascans directly invaded Armenia and threatened the populace.
 * Bulgaria: The change in rulership of Bulgaria comes as a mixed blessing by the Bulgarian people. While they are grateful that the Romans have allowed a new Bulgarian Tsar to be crowned and rule from Tarnovo, they are also somewhat upset to be cut from Vlachia, which had been a major cultural influence upon them for some time. With the new Roman management Bulgarians are free to explore their native culture as they see fit once again, although some of the traditions that they learned from the Vlachians are still maintained. The Romans step in to help the Bulgarians recover from the war and the previous stagnation suffered under the Dacians, and Roman merchants and military officers travel to Tarnovo and other major cities of the new country in order help train their Bulgarian counterparts.
 * Kingdom of Bavaria: In 1728, Bavaria expands its economy. National infrastructure is developed. The population continues to rise. Trausnitz continues to be the national capital. In Munchen, Queen Isabell University remains a staple of education in Bavaria. King Albert V, aged 34, and his council continue to allow the training of new troops. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port. Modern weaponry make its introduction into Bavaria. In diplomatic news, Bavaria maintains alliances with Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, Scandinavia, and Rome. In religious news, around 76% of the country adheres to the Western Church, while the rest are either traditional Catholic or Reformist. There has been an uptick of 60% of Bavaro-German primary speakers in Franken-Sachsen, Pomerania, and Brandenburg, and uptick of 85% secondary speakers in those areas. In colonial news, Nei Baiern continues to expand. In royal news, the King's siblings are: Klaudia-Franzina (born 1701), and Friedrich-Rudolf (born 1704). In economic news, the previously informal, regional Landshut Stock Exchange is given a royal charter and given full benefits of a crown backed enterprise. In political news, Albert V continues to sit at both Bavarian and Austrian privy councils, the separation having occurred in 1668. Several parliamentary factions are opposed to both the existence of the Curia Austria as well as the call for a larger, country-wide parliament. Conversely, support for a unified Bavarian and Austrian parliament skyrockets this year, with many Austrian noblemen prompting the King to create a larger parliament. Joachim von Ingschaft, a popular Austrian parliamentarian, becomes the most vocal advocate for a national parliament, where an Austrian branch is on equal footing with the Bavarian branch. Within the year, more Austrian parliamentarians and a handful of Bavarian ones are drawn to Ingschaft's idea of a new government. In other news, several Bavarian parliamentarians pay attention to the situation in Pskov. However, as the year goes on, more attention is paid to the general structure of Pskov's republican government, rather than the problem of representation itself. Within three years, this faction grows mighty in the Curia Bavaria, with many supporting a strong, centralized, Pskovian-based parliament. In other news, King Albert  begins showing signs of a mental disturbance, including symptoms of schizophrenia. Bavaria concludes  the incorporation of Franken-Sachsen (Turn Six of Six). In other news, late Charles announces that Brandenburg will be elevated to a duchy upon the death of Margrave Albert II. In tragic news, Charles I dies in 1724 and his mentally troubled son takes the throne as Albert V. Many fret over this development and fear the rule of a mad king. In 1725, these fears grow as many turn to Princess Klaudia as a possible solution to a mad king. In political news, Klaudia Franzina thinks about marrying Pomeranian crown Prince Franz-Heinrich, also a distant relative. In 1726, she makes a decision to not marry Franz-Heinrich, but she does send letter to Duchess Mary hinting at possibly making a claim on the throne. In other news, both Bavarian and Austrian parliamentarians grow antsy as the fear of a politically inept king on the throne. In 1728, Klaudia publicly claims the Bavarian throne and stylizes herself as Queen Frances I (Franzina I). Duchess Mary of Pomerania issues an edict of support for Frances and allows her to stay in Stettin. In the summer, with the aid of councillors, King Albert V raises troops in fear of a possible civil war. By year end, most Austrian parliamentarians support Queen Frances simply because she is not her brother, who himself is now mostly seen as an inept, dumbfounded petty king.
 * Curia Bavaria: The Curia Bavaria, also known as the Bavarian Parliament, continue to operate in the Parliamentary Palace in Landshut. Parliament orders the Bavarian Army to be outfitted in modern uniform and to hold modern weaponry. In political news, the Curia Bavaria continue to implement the Bavarian Commands and Collegiate Writs into a codified, national law.
 * City of Lübeck: Troops authorized by the King continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The port of Lübeck is expanded and several ships are constructed.
 * Duchy of Neustadt: Troops authorized by the King continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The ports of Fehmarn are expanded and several ships are constructed.
 * Bremen Port: Troops authorized by King continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Several cogs are constructed, and plans are drafted to construct many larger ships. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port.
 * Kingdom of Austria: Troops authorized by the King continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Osterreich (Austria) in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. King Leopold orders that 5000 troops be sent to Austria to standby. Food and financial aid is sent to Austria, primarily to Vienna and surrounding cities. Furthermore, Leopold sends messengers to Vienna officials noting that the Bavarian crown will be paying for 50% of all Vienna-based infrastructure projects. He also notes that the taxes of the Austrian populace will be moderately lowered, lower than pre-war levels, in the face of the devastation of the war. He also announces aid will be increased over the next few years. In early 1667, an Austrian scholar and merchant, named Karl Manzkari, establishes a trade outpost in Vienna. Initially attracting local merchants, it soon amasses a large array of traders, mostly from northern Austria. In 1668, Karl Manzkari establishes a much smaller outpost in another section of Vienna, hoping to attract more business. The Austrian Council is created as an independent privy council for the King.
 * Curia Austria: Work on the Parliamentary Palace in Vienna finishes. A number of 251 Austrians sit in the Austrian parliament. Most of the laws they pass concern continual relief for Vienna and various infrastructural reconstructions around Austria. The Curia Austria is tentatively popular in Vienna, with most welcoming a separate legislative body, while others see it as a Bavarian puppet. New roads continue to be constructed. The Curia Austria call for greater legislative power in Austria, and perhaps a large legislature servicing all Bavarian realms, one which would be an Upper house while the Curia Bavaria and Curia Austria would be regional lower houses.
 * Margraviate of Brandenburg: Troops authorized by Margrave Albert II, age 64, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Brandenburg in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. Furthermore, Albert orders that several infrastructure commissions are created in order to repair the extreme damage to Brandenburg after the war. As with Austria, the Bavarian crown will pay for 50% of all renovations in Brandenburg. Wolfgang Diefenbach's first scientific meeting in Berlin is successful. The first scientific meeting will occur in 1675. Young Albert is married off to Maria von Hamburg. Margrave Albert II has two children, Karolina (born 1679), and Albert (born 1683).
 * Duchy of Pomerania: Troops authorized by Duchess Mary, age 60, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Pomerania in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. Princess Mary and Henry von Hamburg have a daughter in 1687, who they name Margaret. Princess Mary has a son in 1691, who she names Franz-Heinrich. In royal news, Duchess Mary is immediately overshadowed by her husband Henry, who takes a dominant role in Pomeranian politics. Mary feels as if she is being throttled by her husband's power and begins communicating with several of her courtiers on how to mitigate his influence. Gil Vimaranes, a wealthy Portuguese noble merchant, begins meeting with Duchess Mary and counsels her on many ways to block her husband's efforts at powering over her. Duke Henry remains a shadow of his former, powerful self. However, Duke Henry seemingly reconciles with Mary, and he is relegated some control over the Pomeranian administration. Gil Vimaranes, aged 63, is appointed as Ducal chancellor of Pomerania. In 1704, Gil Vimaranes, in an effort to secure the wealth and power of Duchess Mary, advises her and the council to abolish couverture (the event where a woman's finances and legal rights become her husband's upon marriage) in Pomerania. The movement grows in 1705 among the privy council, with many having Duchess Mary's interests in their minds. In 1707, coverture is abolished within Stettin city limits, as a test to see how coverture abolition would fare in the country. In 1710, Mary authorizes the abolition of coverture in all of Pomerania. In other news, Duchess Mary receives letter from Princess Klaudia hinting at a claim of the throne. In 1728, Mary callings herself with Klaudia-Franzina and allows her refuge in Stettin.
 * Duchy of the Palatine: Troops authorized by the King continue training. Pfalz is incorporated into the Kingdom of Bavaria. However, it remains in the Westphalian confederation and is given several degrees of autonomy within Bavaria. It is elevated to a Duchy in 1719.
 * Royal Bavarian Stock Company: The RBSC, founded in the late fifteenth century, is finally formalized and given a royal charter by King Leopold II in 1662. The RBSC operate chiefly in Landshut, where a stock exchange floor continues to remain active. Branches of the RBSC exist in München, Regensberg, Berlin, and Stettin.
 * New Bavaria: The colony of Nei Baiern continues to expand in population. Katharinas-Hafen, Franznacken, Bayreuth, Nei Regens, and Regenholz all expand by the end of the year. Houses and shops in each settlement continue being built. Jülichsberg and Wittlesberg both expand. Nei Baiern expands 750 km. The militias and shops are developed. A small logging and fishing town is founded north of Wilhelmsbaum island, on the mainland. The settlement, mainly populated by Saxons, comes to be called Regenholz.
 * Pearl River: The outpost of Perlefluss is established. A capital is expected to be constructed over the next few years. The capital of Pearl River is established, which the settlers name Perlefluss (Pearl River) after the outpost itself.
 * Hispania: The Kingdom of Spain itself begins to see a small demographical decline as the immigration to colonies for the economic opportunity is on the rise. The Spanish nobility even sees a large sort of decline as many of the younger sons and daughters go to the Spanish colonies as the example has been set by the Royal Family. The Spanish population reaches about 16 million. The Empire officially begins a reform of the economic system looking to get away from reliance on gold and silver to bail the economy out of crisis and funding the big wars, The bullion is instead geared toward giving the empire a competitive edge in being able to invest millions on a whim in order to drive up investments and production. However, some paper notes to be backed up by bullion are also beginning to be considered in order to prevent the outflow of gold and silver capital from the empire. The colonies, as well, have officially moved away from the exploitation model of colonial economics and toward the production model, even though places like New Spain and New Granada are already heavily production model economies. The royal government continues to develop plans for the eventual reconquest of Hawaii. The Hispanian navy begins further development of its new larger classes of ships, churning out first rate flagships for various fleets, and more third rates, and fourth rates with the occasional second rate to augment the smaller patrol fleets the fifth and sixth rates begin to become more standard as light and medium frigates for singular voyages and patrols among other things. The Hispanian attitudes on industrialism continue to change but the nobility seems rather unhappy about having to see more common people in major cities. With relatively no sources of power, the natural sources of power, and in some cases manpower are used for the increasing amount of textile mills among other things. The flocking of populations to Northern Spain continues with a mass increase of population in Madrid, Zaragoza, Pamplona, Barcelona, and various other minor cities and townships throughout the north. Spain continues to expand its trade and economic influence through Shandong and Henan gaining influence over a powerful noble that allows troops to be hired from his populace, and some further preferential trading rights within his particular territories. Emperor Don Juan II orders that the charter colony of Sorento be under the more prominent royal territory of Nueva Aragon and enforces it using the troops initially used to keep the colonies defended. While some traders see this as a real threat to their trading rights others see the welcome control flood in hoping to increase the populations of the colonies exponentially. This follows with the Spanish government authorizing the transport of well behaved criminals and those with lesser crimes (that still still lead to social stigma) to be shipped to Nueva Aragon and Sorento to start off new lives pretty much.
 * Kingdom of Italy: The Italian army is drawn back to 40,000 troops most of them fiercely loyal to Hispania as they have made fortunes fighting for the empire or are Spanish cultured. The Italian navy reaches nearly 200 ships and growing. Some Hispanicized Italians (Italians who have adopted Spanish culture) are allowed to settle in the Spanish colonies. Some smaller towns and cities in coastal Italy see the first real merging of Spanish and Italian culture. Italy continues its economic buildup become a large part of the Spanish economy. The Italians show some minor unrest under the Spanish but the growing Hispanicized populace in Southern Italy is beginning to overtake various cultures within the southern territories. Some cultures such as Sicilian one of the most dominant in Southern Italy have become a closely tied culture with Spanish with a common "Hispanian" Culture beginning to develop in the Historic Kingdom of Naples area as well as farther within Italy now as well. The Spanish forces of Italy including Italian armed forces as well as the domestic navy are deployed as the tensions with France ramp up.
 * Savoy: The economy, thanks to trade with Spain, expands moderately. The people of Savoy begin to work toward building up a  fleet now at 120 ships. The military stands at about 10,000 and is worked on.
 * Genoa: Genoa's armed forces reach about 12,000. These people continue to find ways to live under the Spanish empire in a more prosperous way, by establishing multiple trade companies. These companies begin to be common throughout Spanish lands as the Genoans begin to build up a trade fleet of a sizable number now at 100 ships.
 * Kingdom of Lombardy: The Kingdom of Lombardy continues its development of its armed forces, being aided by a domestic arms industry. The Economy of the kingdom officially becomes fully tied with the empire. The Navy of the kingdom is minor standing at 25 ships. The Military stands at 25,000. Hispanization of Lombardy continues.
 * Modena: The nation of Modena's government is built up as the Barony of Modena and its military is improved significantly under the Spanish umbrella as they get a new slew of modern arms among other things. The economy of Modena is also expanded as the state begins to consolidate itself under Spain's trade umbrella.
 * Ravenna: Ravenna - now known as the Barony of Ravenna - is expanded economically heavily under Spain's trade umbrella as the majority of the Italian region has come under Spain's control. The military is also expanded as the city receives arms from Spain and Italy. Its armed forces reach a size of about 6000 and the military is drilled in Spanish tactics.
 * Vatican City: Wielding considerable influence the current Pope seeing Spanish advances deems it the will of God and declares the Spanish rule in Italy is one of the biggest acts of peace and prosperity seen on the peninsula since the Roman empire itself. The Vatican State recruits a series of guards to protect themselves and begins the process of adding many things to the Papal palace and beginning to root out corruption in the churches of the City of Rome and many other places in Italy.
 * Kingdom of Morocco: The Moroccan economy continues to expand with greater trade coming from Spain and the Canaries all the way down to Cape Ferdinand increasing the relative wealth. The Kingdom, with many canals having been completed, has vastly expanded its farmland among other things. The Moroccan navy elevates to nearly 150 ships. Morocco's economy continues to boom as the major canal projects have turned some of Morocco's harshest areas into incredibly useful farmland and for the first time in recorded history the area is covered in green farmland, trees and grasses. The population of Morocco is at an estimated 2.7 million with many being of mixed race or Spanish origin. The Moroccan culture, however, is wholly Spanish. The Moroccan nation sees some emigration from the nation to Spanish colonies but sees no real drain as many of them are Berbers or Mestizos looking for work other than farm work in Morocco.
 * Kingdom of Algiers: With the conquest of Algiers the Moroccan state continues to occupy and pacify Algiers flooding it with new Spaniards as nobles. The Imperial system is established in Algiers and a local force of about 2000 is established and run purely by the Spanish. The economy is obviously weak but begins to be recovered due to inclusion into the Spanish system. The Kingdom of Algiers is established and many Muslim fighters and their families are exiled into the deserts with the government unwilling to deal with the ultra-orthodox or radical Muslims. The Algerian kingdom begins using low class Muslim labor to begin working on canals much like Morocco. With recent history in Morocco many Algerians simply emigrate from the area to avoid wholesale slaughter or forced slave labor. Along with this many begin to convert as Christianity takes dominant presence due to a large Spanish settler class in Algiers of nearly 30,000.
 * Kongo: The Kingdom begins to work toward a trade and production economy focusing on helping provide resources for Spain's massive West African trade network. The King of the Kongo converting to Christianity and being baptised begins to call for the expansion of ports to the best of the Kongolese architects' abilities. The Kingdom of the Kongo in an attempt to increase economic output and trade begins to export a large amount of raw materials to Spain and begins to push toward heavy exploitation methods. The Kongo continues to expand its economy in order to export material to Spain, seeing a notable upswing as population and Spanish involvement helps the nation out. The first census of the Kongo is conducted with a population of about two million the nation is beginning to advance through some of the previous populational issues it had. The Spanish settlers in the Kongo only number about 2000.
 * Morelia: The military and economy of the Maya under Spain is developed and roads are upgraded to Spanish standards. The Island of Cuba is cultivated for sugar as Spain begins looking for more trade income rather than just total income from gold. Morelia reaches a population of about 1.5 million with many living within the Cuba island territory. Morelia officially finishes its expansion having nowhere else to go. Its armed forces reach force of about 5000 Colonial Spaniards supplied by the Spanish from home. The Colonial forces move on Cuba putting down the revolt as well as possible suffering surprising casualties.
 * Virrenato de la Rio Grande: Spanish end their Ecomienda system from the Mapuche in the south to the Aztec areas to extract gold and silver. The economy becomes a major exporter in silver and gold as well as other materials back to Spain for which there is a high demand the various other mining and agricultural industries are also built up. The mercantilist policies, however, prevent competition in lucrative Spanish industries. The military of the new Viceroyalty reaches a standing force of 10,000 troops with another potential 40,000 able to be raised. Coincidentally, the majority of the force is Spanish as well that or the mixed race Mestizos. The Spanish begin a series of infrastructural development to connect the dissapparate territories of the Viceroyalty
 * Kingdom of Venezia: The businessmen and high level economists, bankers and multiple other fully knowledgeable individuals of Venezia remaining after the war go on a trip to Spain's vibrant trade cities and after careful negotiations many of these men take over one of Spain's newest rising trade companies, the Buenos Aires trade company, with some offices based out of the Buenos Aires colony in Hesperia. The Venezian military is Raised to nearly 25,000 from its new Italian territories and exiles all Germans/Austrians from the territory only leaving Italians and Hispanians (Hispanicized Italians) Venezia continues its integration of the new territory. Venezia continues on a massive path toward hispanicization.
 * Virrenato de Nueva España: The Viceroyalty of New Spain is established with a massive amount of coastal territory secured begins to expand its major coastal settlements seriously with Buenos Aires maintaining the most with nearly 250,000 people but stagnating as more people are settling the countryside and establishing new towns and cities. The Population of the colony reaches nearly 5.5 million being about one-third the population of Spain itself. New Spain boasts massive crops of tobacco and cotton. The viceroy - in order to expand the food supply of the large colony - expands cattle ranching and agriculture in certain areas. The Spanish inhabitants of the colonies form more militias under the command of a Spanish officer which is trained only to fight off native attacks. New Spain begins an immense project to attract settlers and set up a much more organized settlement system. New Spain reaches a population of nearly five million and growing through immigration and domestic growth as well as inclusion of hispanicized natives and unhispanicized natives. The Viceroyalty with full authority of the Emperor issues a series of land grants to respectable people along the Interior territories and along the West Coast of the continent throughout Chile, this puts the Mapuche and Chilean territories officially under control of New Spain. With this inclusion the vast new tracts of territory begin to be settled further to expand existing internal cities. Along with this the attractiveness of cash cropping leads many to take out loans from the Royal Bank in New Spain which begins the development of further cash cropping such as cotton, yerba mate, wheat, barley, grapes, and a host of other cash crops keeping the crops on a rotationary cycle in order to keep prices in a fluctuation over the years and for field rejuvenation. New Spain, following nearly 200 years or more of being a full fledged colony of Spain, makes its first major standing colonial military force of nearly 50,000. Only about 15,000 are on duty at any given moment but the training of the Colonial army allows nearly the whole force to assemble within 100 miles of Buenos Aires in three weeks tops. The largest city in New Spain and officially one of the largest in the world is Potosi Bolivia with a population of nearly 300,000 and growing as the area around becomes heavily developed aside from the productive silver mines.
 * Vorlayacor: The Nation of Vorlayacor is officially brought back into the Empire a Solid Spanish built navy, and now military access to the Colonial Military Authority. The local ruler is left in his position and is granted as the Governor of Vorlayacor given a Spanish advisor and nearly 5000 of New Spain's colonial militia to establish solid Spanish control of the territory. Many see this as an affront as Vorlayacor was forced into its current position through Imperialist Spaniards. Regardless now with cheaper goods being part of the empire than being outside of it, the Vorlayacoran populace is relatively passive. Many border restrictions are eased in regards to New Spain and Vorlayacor to encourage some White immigration to the area to form the core of a new white settler population here. Fleet is expanded to about 20 ships. The Military is a force sent from New Spain acting as the military force for the nation.
 * Cape Ferdinand: The Cape Ferdinand colony expands its population hoping to attract more settlers. The population of Cape Ferdinand rises to 120,000 colonists as many new settlers arrive due to the investment. The area itself begins to show up as a trade hub. Zulu Africans in the area begin being contacted with missionaries looking to speak to these people. The expansion of colonists in the area is truly more along the lines of some Zulus who have been converted and contracted by the local colonists. This has led to many of them being recruited as colonial troops for their very warlike tendencies and well recognized attribute of following strong and powerful leaders of which the CMA sends only these to command the Zulu troops.Settlers along the Orange River begin an ambitious irrigation project. The Orange River settlers begin to mine diamonds. The Colony itself begins to see a notable growth of its Agricultural centers becoming a decent exporter of agricultural goods. Along with this a rather unorthodox product has come about. Zulu soldiers previously hired out and trained as colonial troops have come some of South Africa's most loyal and vehement supporters of Spain and here empire seeing her as the Bringers of Civilization, and with the wide adoption of Christianity among many Zulu peoples has led to them becoming a rather accepted demographic in the society of the Colony. However, this has led to relative tension as Zulu and Colonial troops are forced to take extremely harsh measures against other natives. This leads to the creation of the Zulu only policy, set on making Zulus the only Black Demographic in South Africa with significant populations in proportion to White Spaniards.
 * Virrenato de Nueva Granada: The Viceroyalty of New Granada sees more immigration but has become a sort of hub for Colonial administration fleets coming throughout the area to trade and explore as well as a staging point for those looking to sail to the Philippines hoping to reach them via the Pacific Ocean. The colony itself expands by 100 px. The colony's population expands to around 570,000 as the colony continues to grow in importance and the agriculture begins to take precedence - especially in the areas above the city of San Francisco. The establishment of wineries and even terrace farming for food begins in the San Lorenzo Valley and the surrounding mountains. The wineries are considered a lucrative cash crop and the Colonists take great pride in growing them in the area. The port city of Arica expands to a population of nearly 45,000 becoming a solid rival for the thriving San Francisco City. New Granada begins seeing some native resistance but forces many out in favor of settlers, Some native groups, however, seem rather keen on assimilation with the Spaniards adopting Spanish culture, Spanish language, and in some cases marrying Spanish men, and working for Spanish people. With life on the frontier rather hard, the Spaniards have great welcome for cheaper workers who are willing to adopt all aspects of Spanish culture. Taking a cue from the conquests of territory in New Spain by the natives, the Colonial forces here use a divide and conquer strategy pitting some native tribes against each other and then eliminating the survivors. New Granada with its various mountains and with some territory in the valley secured, begins to implement the learned Inca method of terrace farming which is standard even in Spain at this point. The farming in general begins to show promise as surplus yields begins to show. The Forests in the area begin to be cut for ship building which quickly picks up as various Spanish trade companies and even the highly militarized Spanish Asian companies begins picking up on these developing the local economy into something impressive. Various cash crops also begin to be grown - most particularly cotton and now Grapes as well as the hybrid grape is bred and planted.
 * Philippines: Spain continues to establish majority control over the area through trade and other means. Investment from Spain is sent to facilitate buying materials to build up the area as the Philippines are garrisoned by mercenaries hired by Spain and nearly 300 of Spain's most well trained troops but the forces are expanded to about 5000 using locally trained soldiers or more mercenaries. The Philippines is built up as a massive trade and naval base and a fleet of Spanish ships sent from here make more trips to Central Borealia with Spain becoming the first nation to connect a trade route along the entire planet. This trip begins to gradually shift toward New Granada. Talks of turning the Philippines into a Crown Viceroyalty get underway. The Philippines shows notable Spanish settlement with nearly 12,000 Spaniards living on the islands, mostly in Manila.
 * Protectorate of Oyo: The extraction economy of the protectorate increases and the royal governor makes quotas much less demanding allowing the people to actually live somewhat rather than be in a bond of virtual slavery. The military forces in the area are augmented with newer weaponry and are some of the most advanced troops in the region. The Protectorate exports many cash crops, metals and precious goods to Spain. The population of the Oyo territory being part of the original heartland of the former Oyo empire undergoing a census is estimated at about five million people having experiences multiple population shattering issues since the collapse of the empire, mostly diasporas inland, and the readjustment into the Spanish colonial economy. The protectorate of Oyo keeps its armed forces to nearly 20,000 all made up of some of the minorities in the area and led by Spanish officers. A large community of Spaniards begins to develop on in the protectorate with about 3000 people between Spaniards, and Hispanicized Italians living along the coast.
 * East African Protectorates: The military is reformed under a new commander of the CMA who gets newer weapons for his troops and drills them in modern tactics seeing developing colonies in Africa as a threat to the sovereignty of the protectorates. With Colonial Authority in place, and the Colonial Military Administration keeping the areas from devolving into a regional arms race between the protectorates the area is effectively administered as a singular entity under the Administration, with each state keeping its local culture, customs, and minor armed forces. The Colonial Military Administration does take extra care in keeping these forces loyal and small, having more to gain by serving with Spain rather than for nationalistic purposes. The economy of the area is advanced significantly as the Spanish global trade network uses this area as a stopping point. The Protectorate's naval force headquarters is moved to the massive naval port on the southern coast of Madagasikara known as Saint Felipe. The potential division of the EAP is proposed with Madagasikara, Maputo, and Mozambika becoming three separate entities within the Empire. This decision shows a great deal of support as the decentralized nature of the current governmental force has become a major issue in dealing with the three territories.
 * Khambhat: With growing Spanish presence in India, the Spanish East India Company agrees to separate administration into the Khambat sphere and the Madras sphere organizing them into two separate entities. The military forces of the area are recruited from Indians with a force of nearly 5000 in Khambhat and the surrounding territories. The area's economy is built up as a trade hub as a trade port. The company navy along with Madras maintains nearly 70 ships for personal use 20 of these being top-of-the-line warships. The Khambhat territory as it is well known is shown to be a proven economic hub from India as Spain begins to made a noticeable and large profit with the territory being managed by the East India Company. Khmbat deploys its full 5000 troop complement but with recent growth over the years and a much higher need to take more territory, the army is raised to about 20,000 with the Sepoya troops being the majority with a good amount of them being Sikhs. These forces are deployed to fight their northern neighbor.
 * Madras: With Madras being ceded by the Netherlands to Spain the territory is administered as a separate entity from Khambhat. The majority of Spain's 10,000 Indian troops are relocated from Bengal to Madras with the empty slots being filled as the East India Company established full control over the enclave. The economy of the area is bolstered by Madras being a major stopping point for ships and the Indian trade moving along the Spanish global trade route increases the economy immensely. Plantations are started up in the area for cash crops and run with local labor. The City is at an estimated 200,000 people within the confines of Spanish controlled territory and the outer edges of territory contain nearly another 75,000 people. The Spanish colonial government raises its forces to nearly 25,000 and within the next year or two is expected to gain another 10,000 recruits. These forces are deployed to fight in India.
 * Greater Cochin: The Protectorate of Greater Cochin is formed following the revolt of the noble and with this the nobility more or less are forced to give up their titles. They are all more or less replaced with a Spanish aristocracy which now run the country. With this the unification of Dawei and Shan under Cochin the new state begins an aggressive integrationist policy. The Sepoya troops in Cochin are expanded to nearly 8000 and the economic policies are used to increase the productivity of the territory. The Greater Cochin area now houses nearly 1000 Spanish marines now using it as a major base of operations in the region. The Greater Cochin area raises nearly 35,000 troops from the local treasury and with this marches through Urdustan to fight in India purchasing supplies along the war.
 * Shanghai: The city of Shanghai - due to its presence on the mainland of China proper - becomes a massive economic and trade port for the empire only just a few years but with direct access to Chinese goods coveted by Europe a huge volume of trade ships numbering in the hundreds flood the port purchasing the goods and transporting them across the Pacific via Spain global trade route. Shanghai hears of the first potential immunization for smallpox via Chinese texts and begins looking into it. The Shanghai armed forces stand at a solid 35,000 strong bearing some of Spain's finest military equipment accrued through the China Sea Company. Shanghai is named the headquarters of the overseas South China Sea Company and manages to secure 500 elite Spanish troops to guard the interest in China. The newly built trade port of Heian is put under Shanghai's operational umbrella on the island of Hainan.
 * Qingdao: Qingdao - due to further distance - is set up as another South China Sea Company ruled territory and the good from the area are used to attract traders here as well. This is done to prevent the city of Shanghai being the only major Spanish Chinese port. The company invests into a force of about 1000 to hold the city and now about 30 top-of-the-line ships.
 * Nueva Aragon: New Aragon is officially established as an independent viceroyalty with the discovery of another organized state in Australia with plans to begin expansion around 1700. The area shows a large influx of Spanish military settlers looking to keep any hostility down on the continent of Australia. The Force here is at about 300 with a grand total population of about 2000. The emerging importance of this territory becomes increasingly important as New Aragon is given ten top-of-the-line ships, and about 500 marines to keep the area a major territory of Spanish influence. New Aragon begins considering the opening up of a new Colony on the now named Continent of Australia. New Aragon begins to expand by 50 px to the east.
 * Sorento: The Colony of Sorento is founded following various economic and trade company forays into the region. The Colony expands by 75 px taking control of the harbor now known as Sorento Harbor which begins to show a good influx of traders who are looking to make their fortunes in Australia. The Colony has a population of 500 but the Sorento company looking to give the colony a rather large population begins advertising and offering to subsidize people to come to the new colony and help it grow. The Sorento colony is supported by five warships from the empire and their marine forces which are used multiple time to drive off native raids from the trade company's fort.

1729
Piracy continues in the Imperial Sea, however, with some of them gaining unofficial but lucrative employ from Spanish and French colonial governments attacking either side to disrupt supplies, trade shipments, and treasure convoys.

'''A Standoff begins to occur on the Franco Spanish border with Spanish troops looking down on Southern French Garrison troops from the Pyrenees wall. French fears of a dual invasion from Italy are considered confirmed with the spotting of Various Spanish and Italian troops heavily manning the border wall and its fortresses.'''

'''A Scandinavian ship becomes a casualty to the War of Britannian succession as multiple Spanish ships unsure of their origin make a boarding action of the flagship of a Scandinavian trade company. According to the capitan of the Spanish battlegroup the ship was smuggling weapons to the German family of Britannia'''


 * Duchy of Hamburg: Hamburg expands its infrastructure. In response to the rising piracy in the Imperial Sea, Duke Friedrich offers a reward to any ship captain and his crew, navy or merchant, who can bring the head of a pirate captain.
 * Mecklenburg: Economy expands.
 * Holstein: Economy expands.
 * Stade: Economy expands.
 * Münster: Economy expands.
 * Williamsburg: Economy expands.
 * New Lüneburg: Economy expands.
 * New Hamburg: Economy expands.
 * New Brunswick: Economy expands.
 * New Mecklenburg: Economy expands.
 * Aceh: Economy expands.
 * Free City of Nellore: Economy expands.
 * Ostland: Economy expands.


 * Portugal: Continues a notable buildup in military strength and allows for a vigorous training program on the existing military forces attempting to train them up heavily. Meanwhile, the administration continues to be reformed, and agriculture and commerce are encouraged. Meanwhile, Portugal continues to develop its navy. Meanwhile, the colony in Lenhame continues exporting wheat to Portugal. Meanwhile, trade intensifies in the African coast. Meanwhile, Santa Cruz and São Sebastião expand by 5000 sq km each. Meanwhile, sugarcane continues to be planted in Santa Cruz.
 * France: Military, navy and economy are built up. The colony continues expanding and growing by 100 sq km among both colonies into the Galapago Islands called Illes d'Neptune. The colonies continue growing as expected. The colony of Nouvelle Rouen continues to expand inland throughout the land corridor given by Cahokie by 9800 sq km. Mining continues in the colony of Nouevelle Orleans. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. After several years of ruling, King Charles XVI dies, and with it his oldest son, Francois becomes the king of France as Jean Francois I. Seeing the chance to turn the politic tide of Europe decides to join the side of Hamburg on the affair of the Britannian succession war. One of the first actions made is to support the claim of the House of Hamburg. In other aspects, a great number of men are conscripted for the army and preparation for troops being sent into Calais to await deployment if needed into Kent. In other news, the king shows renewed interest in East Asia. Seeing that not much more room is left, he does a quite odd ritual in order to choose the aim of French expansion in East Asia. Taking a map of the kingdoms of the area and an arrow, he throws a dart at the map blindfolded and whichever nation it hits, will be France's main target - the result, Cambodia. The plans are drawn up but put on hold due to the Britannian succession. The king also commands the creation of a secret plan to conquer Brittany once the Britannian issue is resolved. The creation of a Cahokian bellic campaign is also to be set in motion sometime in five years after moving the sufficient troops to the area. The country secretly prepares itself for the apparent invasion attempt to come by bringing a good portion of the mainland army back from Cahokie to the capital and redistributing it to the empire. For the time being none is spent on Britannia, until the German house decides to ask for aid.
 * Kingdom of Rhineland: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The Rhenish culture begins spreading farther from the center of the country northwards. However, failing to penetrate Koln and northernmost area of the country, Southern French Speaking "Rhenanie" region. has become profoundly populated by French Speakers and Rhenanien Speakers (Similar to Wallonian in some aspects, a deeply Germanized French dialect).
 * Kingdom of Lower Burgundy: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The French population in the country grows and the Calais region becomes a trading point with the German nations.
 * Sardinia: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The Sardinian language has lowered its usage to only 10% of the population of Sardinia (roughly 50,000 people) with the speaking African (43%) and French (38%) or Vandalian (9% African Rhenish German dialect) and with the vast majority being able to speak both African and French (that is more or less 85% of the nation's population). The population is stable at 500,000 people.
 * Andorra: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up.
 * Africa: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure is built up as well as navy. The African language has become the de facto leading language surpassing every other (outside of French) being spoken by the 2.3 million people living in the country as either native or second language. Vandalian, however, dominates area of Tripolitania's coast with a population of around 5000 speakers in the region. French is still the main language officially. Trading outposts begin to be made in the border of the country to trade with Tuareg and inland tribes.
 * French Mali: Due to vast piracy campaigns which France and Spain have contributed to has resulted in many pirate coves in the Bissagos Islands, and as a result a larger influx of Frenchmen arrived this year, though they still don't even make up 1% yet. Ports continue to expand appropriately and the region becomes a place worth note on many maps. Roads continue being built to outlying villages and plantations continue being built.
 * Artois: Military and economy are built up. Infrastructure and navy are built up. The nation prepares an army for the conflict in Britannia.
 * Free City of Danzig: The military, economy, infrastructure, and navy are built up, Danzig asks a diplomatic meeting with Pskov, Croatia and Poland's leadership within the city.
 * Cahokie: Christianization of the locals continues. Military, navy, infrastructure and economy are built up.
 * |onte: Population grows by 50,000 people. Kurum Kuneneli continues making rifles for the army. Mon VI travels around making sure of the well being of |onte's Khoisan brothers. Mon IX, interested in the formalism of European laws and nation starts thinking of ways to consolidate |onte, such as a flag, motto, coat of arms, capital, etc. A regimentation of the "gift-based" economy has been noticed by scholars. Though transactions do not occur, per se, it is considered very rude not to reciprocate a gift. However, they need not be of equal value. The knowledge and education in Kunene spread on a slight scale, as authors, story tellers, philosophers and other intelligentsia leave their work out to gain recognition, often taken home by farmers from the countryside, the farmers, who grow far more than they will need, leave their rice in the grain storage. A trend has appeared for women to cover their breasts. However, the trend is mostly confined to Kunene. Mon XI sends his 200,000-strong Eheresito hu |onte to begin mining for diamonds that were recently encountered, greatly boosting the economy, allowing for food imports and the buying of ships. |onte's navy reaches a large size after many years of buying from France.
 * Korea: Korea continues to build up its military. Meanwhile, more Taoist, Neo-Confucian and Buddhist temples are built. Taoism rises in popularity and gains more followers. Regular (read: not Imperial) Shinto gains a few more followers as well, mainly along the coastline in Southeastern Korea, particularly in Busan, Jejudo, Ulsan, and the coastal cities and coastal towns of Southern Gyeongsang Province. Mahayana Tao-Shintoism also continues to grow, and begins gaining followers from the areas where Shinto is growing, with some Shintoists switching to Mahayana Tao-Shintoism. A few Shinto missionaries from Jejudo help out Japan in Vietnam to bring Shinto there. The colony of Haejagang (해자강) expands by 500 sq km.
 * The Kiatagmiut Band works to expand its cultural, trade, and geographic boundaries throughout Kelutmun.
 * The Nehilaw Sachemate modernizes aggressively and quickly. As the merchant marine continues to expand and its operations in Western Europe grow following the first successful Nehilaw crossing of the Atlantic, incentive to expand the navy grows. Accordingly, two new sloops, based on designs seen in Dutch ports, go under construction. They are armed with twenty guns each. Meanwhile, the economy begins to be monetarized, as the High Sachem wishes to place the nation on an equal footing to European nations economically. As a result, a new currency, the chuvash, is set up, with a mint constructed in Chisasibi to produce the coins, made from copper mined at government-held mines. With musk oxen domesticated, farmers look to domesticate several types of seabirds, including the great auk, northern gannet, Canada goose, and the wood bison. The military and economy expand in all vassals and PU's. Agricultural advances from Europe, such as crop rotation, become more common in coastal areas. Agricultural productivity begins to expand.
 * Grand Croatian Bajandom (Velika Hrvatska Bajanovina): Economy turn. Sewerage systems similar to Ragusan ones are built in major towns of the Bajanate. With growing Ragusan influence, and the beginning of further colonization, the navy expands rapidly using much of the Ragusan and also Britannic expertise. Moreover with the influx of new resources in form of lumber, labour and metals, the navy begins expanding at a fast rate. More and more ships capable of crossing the Atlantic with ease are built. The Sabor intends to restore the glorious naval culture of the Neretva peoples and plans to do so by expanding the navy. The kravata (tie) is more and more used as an accessory. As the war for Hungary ends, some Croats and Hungarians are still unsatisfied as not all was achieved since the spoils of war had to be shared with the Romans.
 * ​Bandom of Croatia: Trade routes are strengthened and the salt mines around Tuzla are explored as well as the salt industry in Pag and Nin. Using irrigation from the Danube, Sava, Drava, Drina, Cetina, Una, Vrbaš, Kupa, Neretva and other rivers the fields in the kingdom are developed, used for crops such as wheat, rye and barley. With trade routes increasing and Croatia entering an era of peace and of stability, the development of new trade ships is issued. The Brothers of the Raven continue spreading their influence in Croatia. Stone mining is furthered as well as the timber industry. The need for these resources rises as urbanization carries on. The navy, under command of the Bajan and the First Admiral is developed due to the purchase of Britannic ships which are inspected and introduced into the Royal War Navy of Croatia or HBRM (Hrvatska Bajanska Ratna Mornarica). Iron ores in Dugopolje, Zenice and at last the 'mud' ore in Vojvodina and eastern Slavonia are to be exploited alongside the silver and copper ores more frequently and of better quality than the iron ores. The exploitation of iron ores in the Lika and Gorski kotar areas continues. The salt industry in Ston is funded by the government. Britannic assistance aids with the naval reform. The influx of resources from Dahomey aids the economy. However, the government makes sure that the gold arriving isn't immediately put on the market in order to control the inflation in the worth of gold. The silver mine in Srebrenica is mined.
 * Polish Bandom (Poljska Banovina): The Polish Bandom grows relatively independently, although a part of the Bajandom, the Polish Saborčić (Little Sabor, also known as Szlachta/Šljahta) works more or less independently within its borders. The Polish Ban is elected by it while the Bajan only confirms him. The issue within Poland are attempted to be handled, and for now things are peaceful again, although some nobles still seem to be plotting something.
 * Czech Bandom (Češka Banovina): The Bandom recovers from the Idiocracy's rule and many nobles gain more power in the nation.
 * Podbanate of Silesia (Šlezijska Podbanovina): The Podbandom's natural resources are highly sought in the rest of the Bajanate which leads to economic growth. The Silesian cultural movement flourishes with aid of the Croats, who aim to make Silesia a region independent from both Poland and the Czech Banate.
 * Podbanate of Dahomej (Podbanovina Dahomej): The natural resources are quickly put to use, such as coconuts, cotton both refined and raw as well as the gold. Finally, the wood industry prospers as materials are needed for new ships that would help keep the connection between Croatia and Dahomey strong.
 * Podbandom of Carantania (Podbanovina Karantanska): Croatization continues, starting with removing any pro-Austrian threats. The idea that Carantania is Slavic since the Carantanian Slavic tribe settled there spreads and is used to bring the Podbandom closer to the Bandom.
 * Isles of the Grand Bajandom (Otoci Velike Bajanovine): The infrastructure is built up.
 * Carantania Island (Karantanski Otok): The colony expands by 750 sq km. The Bajandom's government offers to sell Carantania Island to the Dutch, since it has proven to be more of a burden than a blessing. 

In Pskov, the GDP rises along with average wages. The Inter-Republic Road network is continued to be worked on. The Science and technology aspect of Pskov is not overlooked either. As prosperity in the nation increases, the amount of money and new people investing in institutions of higher learning. As such, the various schools that existed in Nizhegorodsk-Na-Narve unite and form the "University of Nizhegorodsk", beginning a rivalry between it and Pskov. The idea of creating the general assembly, and the ideas of integration are at the core of this year's Grand Summit, with much push back coming from Eesti, Latvia, and Lithuania, because they are the least populous states, and do not want measures disadvantagous to them to be passed, or for people in Pskov of Prussia to have a say in the decisions affecting only that region. This sentiment of wanting independence in affairs only concerning them is echoed by every nation (mostly because no nation has a majority of the population). However, the desire for integration still remains high in the parliaments due to Russian immigrants that Pskov is able to ... let's just say acquire from Russia. After the conclusion, the Heads of Government and the heads of state plea together to the New Veche of Pskov to be the first to ratify the ___, the formal agreement that would institute the Grand Senate as a legislative branch that would be a unified parliament for all members of the union and to pass laws on issues affecting the union as a whole. It also contains a promise of each signing nation to strive towards "Greater Integration" in the near future, and the "clarification of the division of powers". The Grand Senate would be a bicameral legislature, with the first house being the General Assembly, a 500-member house that is chosen by elections throughout the union, and the second house, the Council of Nations, a 120-member house where the representatives are appointed by the various republics in order to represent their interests and be "above" the election politics seen in many cities where people are more than likely to join factions (proto-political parties), each republic would get 20 representatives (All house names are their English equivalents, and will have equivalent and official names in Russian, German, Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian). After much debate, a slim majority of 53 ayes votes to ratify against 47 nays. All the viceregal representatives of the Supreme Prince sign it as it has become tradition for them as well to meet at the Grand Summit. The concordat is then taken to the other republics to ratify, and then will be given to the Supreme Prince in Croatia for him to sign this place into law. The New veche also approves of a motion to temporarily use the Electoral council building for the Grand Senate until a seperate building may be constructed for it outside the Krom, or for it to be decided that it will permanently use the Electoral Council building. More-or-less the agreed to General Assembly seats are set as two electors = one seat.
 * Nubia: The military continues to train loyal troops to fight for the nation. Cities continue to rebuild themselves like European cities. Ports expand to fit more ships. A big library is continuing being built in the capital city. It will store books from around the world. The first university of the country is continuing being built in the capital city. Our military continues to expand 100 px southwest. Walls and outposts around the capital city are continuing to be built.
 * Alodia: Military and economy expand.
 * Makuria: Military and economy expand.
 * Hispania: The Kingdom of Spain itself begins to see a small demographical decline as the immigration to colonies for the economic opportunity is on the rise. The Spanish nobility even sees a large sort of decline as many of the younger sons and daughters go to the Spanish colonies as the example has been set by the Royal Family. The Spanish population reaches about 16 million. The Empire officially begins a reform of the economic system looking to get away from reliance on gold and silver to bail the economy out of crisis and funding the big wars, The bullion is instead geared toward giving the empire a competitive edge in being able to invest millions on a whim in order to drive up investments and production. However, some paper notes to be backed up by bullion are also beginning to be considered in order to prevent the outflow of gold and silver capital from the empire. The colonies, as well, have officially moved away from the exploitation model of colonial economics and toward the production model, even though places like New Spain and New Granada are already heavily production model economies. The royal government continues to develop plans for the eventual reconquest of Hawaii. The Hispanian navy begins further development of its new larger classes of ships, churning out first rate flagships for various fleets, and more third rates, and fourth rates with the occasional second rate to augment the smaller patrol fleets the fifth and sixth rates begin to become more standard as light and medium frigates for singular voyages and patrols among other things. The Hispanian attitudes on industrialism continue to change but the nobility seems rather unhappy about having to see more common people in major cities. With relatively no sources of power, the natural sources of power, and in some cases manpower are used for the increasing amount of textile mills among other things. The flocking of populations to Northern Spain continues with a mass increase of population in Madrid, Zaragoza, Pamplona, Barcelona, and various other minor cities and townships throughout the north. Spain continues to expand its trade and economic influence through Shandong and Henan. Spanish troops continually expand on the French border with troop numbers being made deliberately vague to prevent the French from deducing the military forces strength. The Spanish armies of North Africa and Italy are also both deployed.
 * Kingdom of Italy: The Italian army is drawn back to 40,000 troops most of them fiercely loyal to Hispania as they have made fortunes fighting for the empire or are Spanish cultured. The Italian navy reaches nearly 200 ships and growing. Some Hispanicized Italians (Italians who have adopted Spanish culture) are allowed to settle in the Spanish colonies. Some smaller towns and cities in coastal Italy see the first real merging of Spanish and Italian culture. Italy continues its economic buildup become a large part of the Spanish economy. The Italians show some minor unrest under the Spanish but the growing Hispanicized populace in Southern Italy is beginning to overtake various cultures within the southern territories. Some cultures such as Sicilian one of the most dominant in Southern Italy have become a closely tied culture with Spanish with a common "Hispanian" Culture beginning to develop in the Historic Kingdom of Naples area as well as farther within Italy now as well. The Spanish forces of Italy including Italian armed forces as well as the domestic navy are deployed as the tensions with France ramp up.
 * Savoy: The economy, thanks to trade with Spain, expands moderately. The people of Savoy begin to work toward building up a  fleet now at 120 ships military speaking. The military stands at about 10,000 and is worked on.
 * Genoa: Genoa's armed forces reach about 12,000. These people continue to find ways to live under the Spanish empire in a more prosperous way, by establishing multiple trade companies. These companies begin to be common throughout Spanish lands as the Genoans begin to build up a trade fleet of a sizable number now at 100 ships military wise
 * Kingdom of Lombardy: The Kingdom of Lombardy continues its development of its armed forces, being aided by a domestic arms industry. The Economy of the kingdom officially becomes fully tied with the empire. The Navy of the kingdom is minor standing at 25 ships. The Military stands at 25,000. Hispanization of Lombardy continues.
 * Modena: The nation of Modena's government is built up as the Barony of Modena and its military is improved significantly under the Spanish umbrella as they get a new slew of modern arms among other things. The economy of Modena is also expanded as the state begins to consolidate itself under Spain's trade umbrella.
 * Ravenna: Ravenna - now known as the Barony of Ravenna - is expanded economically heavily under Spain's trade umbrella as the majority of the Italian region has come under Spain's control. The military is also expanded as the city receives arms from Spain and Italy. Its armed forces reach a size of about 6000 and the military is drilled in Spanish tactics.
 * Vatican City: Wielding considerable influence the current Pope seeing Spanish advances deems it the will of God and declares the Spanish rule in Italy is one of the biggest acts of peace and prosperity seen on the peninsula since the Roman empire itself. The Vatican State recruits a series of guards to protect themselves and begins the process of adding many things to the Papal palace and beginning to root out corruption in the churches of the City of Rome and many other places in Italy.
 * Kingdom of Morocco: The Moroccan economy continues to expand with greater trade coming from Spain and the Canaries all the way down to Cape Ferdinand increasing the relative wealth. The Kingdom, with many canals having been completed, has vastly expanded its farmland among other things. The Moroccan navy elevates to nearly 150 ships. Morocco's economy continues to boom as the major canal projects have turned some of Morocco's harshest areas into incredibly useful farmland and for the first time in recorded history the area is covered in green farmland, trees and grasses. The population of Morocco is at an estimated 2.7 million with many being of mixed race or Spanish origin. The Moroccan culture, however, is wholly Spanish. The Moroccan nation sees some emigration from the nation to Spanish colonies but sees no real drain as many of them are Berbers or Mestizos looking for work other than farm work in Morocco. The Spanish North Africa Army is deployed throughout Algiers on the border with French Africa. However, Moroccan troops are deployed less towards this front and more towards the European front in Spain sending 15,000 troops to Spain.
 * Kingdom of Algiers: With the conquest of Algiers the Moroccan state continues to occupy and pacify Algiers flooding it with new Spaniards as nobles. The Imperial system is established in Algiers and a local force of about 2000 is established and run purely by the Spanish. The economy is obviously weak but begins to be recovered due to inclusion into the Spanish system. The Kingdom of Algiers is established and many Muslim fighters and their families are exiled into the deserts with the government unwilling to deal with the ultra-orthodox or radical Muslims. The Algerian kingdom begins using low class Muslim labor to begin working on canals much like Morocco. With recent history in Morocco many Algerians simply emigrate from the area to avoid wholesale slaughter or forced slave labor. Along with this many begin to convert as Christianity takes dominant presence due to a large Spanish settler class in Algiers of nearly 30,000. The Garrison of Algiers is put under command of the Spanish North African corps and is expanded to 5000 becoming the core unit of the Algerian Corps.
 * Kongo: The Kingdom begins to work toward a trade and production economy focusing on helping provide resources for Spain's massive West African trade network. The King of the Kongo converting to Christianity and being baptised begins to call for the expansion of ports to the best of the Kongolese architects' abilities. The Kingdom of the Kongo in an attempt to increase economic output and trade begins to export a large amount of raw materials to Spain and begins to push toward heavy exploitation methods. The Kongolese population reaches nearly three million. The Kongo continues to expand its economy in order to export material to Spain, seeing a notable upswing as population and Spanish involvement helps the nation out with the production model beginnign to state precedence. The Spanish settlers in the Kongo only number about 3000. The Kongolese military forces are called upon to be prepared to move on the French colony in Southwest Africa with nearly 10,000 local troops raised.
 * Morelia: The military and economy of the Maya under Spain is developed and roads are upgraded to Spanish standards. The Island of Cuba is cultivated for sugar as Spain begins looking for more trade income rather than just total income from gold. Morelia reaches a population of about 1.5 million with many living within the Cuba island territory. Morelia officially finishes its expansion having nowhere else to go. Its armed forces reach force of about 5000 Colonial Spaniards supplied by the Spanish from home. The Colonial forces move on Cuba putting down the revolt as well as possible suffering surprising casualties.
 * Virrenato de la Rio Grande: Spanish end their Ecomienda system from the Mapuche in the south to the Aztec areas to extract gold and silver. The economy becomes a major exporter in silver and gold as well as other materials back to Spain for which there is a high demand the various other mining and agricultural industries are also built up. The mercantilist policies, however, prevent competition in lucrative Spanish industries. The military of the new Viceroyalty reaches a standing force of 10,000 troops with another potential 40,000 able to be raised. Coincidentally, the majority of the force is Spanish as well that or the mixed race Mestizos. The Spanish begin a series of infrastructural development to connect the dissapparate territories of the Viceroyalty
 * Kingdom of Venezia: The businessmen and high level economists, bankers and multiple other fully knowledgeable individuals of Venezia remaining after the war go on a trip to Spain's vibrant trade cities and after careful negotiations many of these men take over one of Spain's newest rising trade companies, the Buenos Aires trade company, with some offices based out of the Buenos Aires colony in Hesperia. The Venezian military is Raised to nearly 25,000 from its new Italian territories and exiles all Germans/Austrians from the territory only leaving Italians and Hispanians (Hispanicized Italians) Venezia continues its integration of the new territory. Venezia continues on a massive path toward hispanicization. The Venetian army is also mobilized in case of War.
 * Virrenato de Nueva España: The Viceroyalty of New Spain is established with a massive amount of coastal territory secured begins to expand its major coastal settlements seriously with Buenos Aires maintaining the most with nearly 250,000 people but stagnating as more people are settling the countryside and establishing new towns and cities. The Population of the colony reaches nearly 5.5 million being about one-third the population of Spain itself. New Spain boasts massive crops of tobacco and cotton. The viceroy - in order to expand the food supply of the large colony - expands cattle ranching and agriculture in certain areas. The Spanish inhabitants of the colonies form more militias under the command of a Spanish officer which is trained only to fight off native attacks. New Spain begins an immense project to attract settlers and set up a much more organized settlement system. New Spain reaches a population of nearly five million and growing through immigration and domestic growth as well as inclusion of hispanicized natives and unhispanicized natives. The Viceroyalty with full authority of the Emperor issues a series of land grants to respectable people along the Interior territories and along the West Coast of the continent throughout Chile, this puts the Mapuche and Chilean territories officially under control of New Spain. With this inclusion the vast new tracts of territory begin to be settled further to expand existing internal cities. Along with this the attractiveness of cash cropping leads many to take out loans from the Royal Bank in New Spain which begins the development of further cash cropping such as cotton, yerba mate, wheat, barley, grapes, and a host of other cash crops keeping the crops on a rotationary cycle in order to keep prices in a fluctuation over the years and for field rejuvenation. New Spain, following nearly 200 years or more of being a full fledged colony of Spain, makes its first major standing colonial military force of nearly 50,000. Only about 15,000 are on duty at any given moment but the training of the Colonial army allows nearly the whole force to assemble within 100 miles of Buenos Aires in three weeks tops. The largest city in New Spain and officially one of the largest in the world is Potosi Bolivia with a population of nearly 300,000 and growing as the area around becomes heavily developed aside from the productive silver mines. New Spain begins to be mobilized in the case of war breaking out between France and Spain.
 * Vorlayacor: The Nation of Vorlayacor is officially brought back into the Empire a Solid Spanish built navy, and now military access to the Colonial Military Authority. The local ruler is left in his position and is granted as the Governor of Vorlayacor given a Spanish advisor and nearly 5000 of New Spain's colonial militia to establish solid Spanish control of the territory. Many see this as an affront as Vorlayacor was forced into its current position through Imperialist Spaniards. Regardless now with cheaper goods being part of the empire than being outside of it, the Vorlayacoran populace is relatively passive. Many border restrictions are eased in regards to New Spain and Vorlayacor to encourage some White immigration to the area to form the core of a new white settler population here. Fleet is expanded to about 20 ships. The Military is a force sent from New Spain acting as the military force for the nation.
 * Cape Ferdinand: The Cape Ferdinand colony expands its population hoping to attract more settlers. The population of Cape Ferdinand rises to 120,000 colonists as many new settlers arrive due to the investment. The area itself begins to show up as a trade hub. Zulu Africans in the area begin being contacted with missionaries looking to speak to these people. The expansion of colonists in the area is truly more along the lines of some Zulus who have been converted and contracted by the local colonists. This has led to many of them being recruited as colonial troops for their very warlike tendencies and well recognized attribute of following strong and powerful leaders of which the CMA sends only these to command the Zulu troops.Settlers along the Orange River begin an ambitious irrigation project. The Orange River settlers begin to mine diamonds. The Colony itself begins to see a notable growth of its Agricultural centers becoming a decent exporter of agricultural goods. Along with this a rather unorthodox product has come about. Zulu soldiers previously hired out and trained as colonial troops have come some of South Africa's most loyal and vehement supporters of Spain and here empire seeing her as the Bringers of Civilization, and with the wide adoption of Christianity among many Zulu peoples has led to them becoming a rather accepted demographic in the society of the Colony. However, this has led to relative tension as Zulu and Colonial troops are forced to take extremely harsh measures against other natives. This leads to the creation of the Zulu only policy, set on making Zulus the only Black Demographic in South Africa with significant populations in proportion to White Spaniards.
 * Virrenato de Nueva Granada: The Viceroyalty of New Granada sees more immigration but has become a sort of hub for Colonial administration fleets coming throughout the area to trade and explore as well as a staging point for those looking to sail to the Philippines hoping to reach them via the Pacific Ocean. The colony itself expands by 100 px. The colony's population expands to around 570,000 as the colony continues to grow in importance and the agriculture begins to take precedence - especially in the areas above the city of San Francisco. The establishment of wineries and even terrace farming for food begins in the San Lorenzo Valley and the surrounding mountains. The wineries are considered a lucrative cash crop and the Colonists take great pride in growing them in the area. The port city of Arica expands to a population of nearly 45,000 becoming a solid rival for the thriving San Francisco City. New Granada begins seeing some native resistance but forces many out in favor of settlers, Some native groups, however, seem rather keen on assimilation with the Spaniards adopting Spanish culture, Spanish language, and in some cases marrying Spanish men, and working for Spanish people. With life on the frontier rather hard, the Spaniards have great welcome for cheaper workers who are willing to adopt all aspects of Spanish culture. Taking a cue from the conquests of territory in New Spain by the natives, the Colonial forces here use a divide and conquer strategy pitting some native tribes against each other and then eliminating the survivors. New Granada with its various mountains and with some territory in the valley secured, begins to implement the learned Inca method of terrace farming which is standard even in Spain at this point. The farming in general begins to show promise as surplus yields begins to show. The Forests in the area begin to be cut for ship building which quickly picks up as various Spanish trade companies and even the highly militarized Spanish Asian companies begins picking up on these developing the local economy into something impressive. Various cash crops also begin to be grown - most particularly cotton and now Grapes as well as the hybrid grape is bred and planted.
 * Philippines: Spain continues to establish majority control over the area through trade and other means. Investment from Spain is sent to facilitate buying materials to build up the area as the Philippines are garrisoned by mercenaries hired by Spain and nearly 300 of Spain's most well trained troops but the forces are expanded to about 5000 using locally trained soldiers or more mercenaries. The Philippines is built up as a massive trade and naval base and a fleet of Spanish ships sent from here make more trips to Central Borealia with Spain becoming the first nation to connect a trade route along the entire planet. This trip begins to gradually shift toward New Granada. Talks of turning the Philippines into a Crown Viceroyalty get underway. The Philippines shows notable Spanish settlement with nearly 12,000 Spaniards living on the islands, mostly in Manila.
 * Protectorate of Oyo: The extraction economy of the protectorate increases and the royal governor makes quotas much less demanding allowing the people to actually live somewhat rather than be in a bond of virtual slavery. The military forces in the area are augmented with newer weaponry and are some of the most advanced troops in the region. The Protectorate exports many cash crops, metals and precious goods to Spain. The population of the Oyo territory being part of the original heartland of the former Oyo empire undergoing a census is estimated at about five million people having experiences multiple population shattering issues since the collapse of the empire, mostly diasporas inland, and the readjustment into the Spanish colonial economy. The protectorate of Oyo keeps its armed forces to nearly 20,000 all made up of some of the minorities in the area and led by Spanish officers. A large community of Spaniards begins to develop on in the protectorate with about 3000 people between Spaniards, and Hispanicized Italians living along the coast.
 * East African Protectorates: The military is reformed under a new commander of the CMA who gets newer weapons for his troops and drills them in modern tactics seeing developing colonies in Africa as a threat to the sovereignty of the protectorates. With Colonial Authority in place, and the Colonial Military Administration keeping the areas from devolving into a regional arms race between the protectorates the area is effectively administered as a singular entity under the Administration, with each state keeping its local culture, customs, and minor armed forces. The Colonial Military Administration does take extra care in keeping these forces loyal and small, having more to gain by serving with Spain rather than for nationalistic purposes. The economy of the area is advanced significantly as the Spanish global trade network uses this area as a stopping point. The Protectorate's naval force headquarters is moved to the massive naval port on the southern coast of Madagasikara known as Saint Felipe. The potential division of the EAP is proposed with Madagasikara, Maputo, and Mozambika becoming three separate entities within the Empire. This decision shows a great deal of support as the decentralized nature of the current governmental force has become a major issue in dealing with the three territories.
 * Khambhat: With growing Spanish presence in India, the Spanish East India Company agrees to separate administration into the Khambat sphere and the Madras sphere organizing them into two separate entities. The military forces of the area are recruited from Indians with a force of nearly 5000 in Khambhat and the surrounding territories. The area's economy is built up as a trade hub as a trade port. The company navy along with Madras maintains nearly 70 ships for personal use 20 of these being top-of-the-line warships. The Khambhat territory as it is well known is shown to be a proven economic hub from India as Spain begins to made a noticeable and large profit with the territory being managed by the East India Company. Khmbat deploys its full 5000 troop complement but with recent growth over the years and a much higher need to take more territory, the army is raised to about 20,000 with the Sepoya troops being the majority with a good amount of them being Sikhs. These forces are deployed to fight their northern neighbor.
 * Madras: With Madras being ceded by the Netherlands to Spain the territory is administered as a separate entity from Khambhat. The majority of Spain's 10,000 Indian troops are relocated from Bengal to Madras with the empty slots being filled as the East India Company established full control over the enclave. The economy of the area is bolstered by Madras being a major stopping point for ships and the Indian trade moving along the Spanish global trade route increases the economy immensely. Plantations are started up in the area for cash crops and run with local labor. The City is at an estimated 200,000 people within the confines of Spanish controlled territory and the outer edges of territory contain nearly another 75,000 people. The Spanish colonial government raises its forces to nearly 25,000.
 * Greater Cochin: The Protectorate of Greater Cochin is formed following the revolt of the noble and with this the nobility more or less are forced to give up their titles. They are all more or less replaced with a Spanish aristocracy which now run the country. With this the unification of Dawei and Shan under Cochin the new state begins an aggressive integrationist policy. The Sepoya troops in Cochin are expanded to nearly 10,000 and the economic policies are used to increase the productivity of the territory. The Greater Cochin area now houses nearly 1000 Spanish marines now using it as a major base of operations in the region. The Greater Cochin area raises nearly 35,000 troops from the local treasury and with this marches through Urdustan to fight in India purchasing supplies along the war.
 * Shanghai: The city of Shanghai - due to its presence on the mainland of China proper - becomes a massive economic and trade port for the empire only just a few years but with direct access to Chinese goods coveted by Europe a huge volume of trade ships numbering in the hundreds flood the port purchasing the goods and transporting them across the Pacific via Spain global trade route. Shanghai hears of the first potential immunization for smallpox via Chinese texts and begins looking into it. The Shanghai armed forces stand at a solid 35,000 strong bearing some of Spain's finest military equipment accrued through the China Sea Company. Shanghai is named the headquarters of the overseas South China Sea Company and manages to secure 500 elite Spanish troops to guard the interest in China. The newly built trade port of Heian is put under Shanghai's operational umbrella on the island of Hainan.
 * Qingdao: Qingdao - due to further distance - is set up as another South China Sea Company ruled territory and the good from the area are used to attract traders here as well. This is done to prevent the city of Shanghai being the only major Spanish Chinese port. The company invests into a force of about 15,000 to hold the city and now about 30 top-of-the-line ships.
 * Virrenato de Nueva Aragon: New Aragon is officially established as an independent viceroyalty with the discovery of another organized state in Australia with plans to begin expansion around 1700. The area shows a large influx of Spanish military settlers looking to keep any hostility down on the continent of Australia. The Force here is at about 300 with a grand total population of about 2000. The emerging importance of this territory becomes increasingly important as New Aragon is given ten top-of-the-line ships, and about 500 marines to keep the area a major territory of Spanish influence. New Aragon begins considering the opening up of a new Colony on the now named Continent of Australia. New Aragon begins to expand by 50 px to the east.
 * Sorento: The Colony of Sorento is expanded following various economic and trade company forays into the region. The Colony expands by 75 px taking control of the harbor now known as Sorento Harbor which begins to show a good influx of traders who are looking to make their fortunes in Australia. The Colony has a population of 500 but the Sorento company looking to give the colony a rather large population begins advertising and offering to subsidize people to come to the new colony and help it grow. The Sorento colony is supported by five warships from the empire and their marine forces which are used multiple time to drive off native raids from the trade company's fort.
 * Roman Empire: The Empire continues to prosper in this time of peace. The economy continues to grow as the trade networks across the Empire become more solidified and trade networks outside of the Empire continue to expand, particularly in eastern Asia and Borealia. The military and the navy continues to train, practice, and learn new techniques as they are discovered. The military eventually rises to about 200,000 trained soldiers, although not all of those soldiers are on duty all the time for economic concerns. Troops of all ethnicities are trained to keep the army diverse and the ethnic groups unified. The various Archonates continue to be integrated with new infrastructure, new trade connections, and a newly increasing sense of Roman "identity." Some expansionists begin to wonder why Egypt has not yet been added to the Empire as a full Archonate yet, although the Emperor assures them that it will happen. The reign of John IX has been relatively peaceful and prosperous, with minimal incidents. An attempted overthrow happened, but that was short and rapidly crushed by the army. The policy toward the Turks, numbering about two million out of an Empire of 23 million, remains the same, and a few hundred to a thousand Turks are estimated to leave the Empire each year. Cities like Ancyra, Nicaea and Ephesus continue to grow, further fortifying Roman control over western Anatolia. Military outposts along the border with the Damascan Sultanate are constructed and fortified, as the Emperor notices that there are now no buffer states between the two rising powers. Influence in vassal states continues to grow, and the Roman political and economic sphere continues to expand and consolidate its gains. Cooperation with the Croatians in their military efforts is supported, and Rome joins the war on their side.
 * Reme: The colony continues to prosper from the growth of cash crops and their export. Along with the native issue, some troops and militia as well as allied natives join in the fight to defeat the raiders and conquer their lairs. The native states are defeated and their lands placed under military occupation pending an increase of relations and better governance. Expands in the north by 20 pixels. The issues with the pirates begins to come to the attention of the colonial government, and steps are taken in order to cut down on piracy, including increased patrols. Increasing bureaucracy in the colonies is careful to facilitate cordial relations between the natives and colonists. Economic growth, particularly in Antillia, drives the colonization process further. Cooperation with the natives increases to further protect the mainland colonies, while better fortifications and shipyards are constructed in order to better protect the colonies. The native Creek royalty are captured after the war, and surprisingly are not executed. The royal family of the Creek is instead ordered to govern their people who reside in Roman territory in much the same manner as other native royalty in Roman Borealia. The population starts to grow further thanks to better healthcare, more food, and an expanding economy.
 * Egypt: Egypt begins to recover from the war. With almost all of the Muslim inhabited lands of the state stripped from it, Egypt is now mostly Christian, although the rights of the Muslims remaining are not infringed upon. Food begins to be grown again, and this helps the population recover from ages of war. The Roman military garrison largely maintains order, while a 25,000 man Egyptian force is trained to help protect the nation and the canal. The Grigius family returns from Greece to rule over Egypt once again, and they are met with some enthusiasm. The previous royal family is deposed from ruling but they are not harmed and are allowed to maintain their nobility, as relatives to the current king. Other nobles who were loyal keep their nobility, and commoners who remained loyal to Rome are given nobility and automatic citizenship. As the population continues to grow, it centers around the cities of Alexandria, Damietta, Luxor, and the newly refounded Berenice. Alexandria becomes a shining city on the banks of the sea and the Nile, and it is widely admired. Berenice is growing well, and the trade from India and China makes the city expand much more quickly. Large ships are sent around the Cape of Africa to serve as trade ships at Berenice. The population still remains mostly agricultural at this time. The revolt of the border town is easily put down by the military occupation force, but the lesson of the revolt is not lost on the Occupation Force and most of the Imperial government. Steps are taken to prevent or otherwise cut off revolts when they start, and as such some of the cultural laws and ideas initiated in the previous period of Roman rule are to be restored, with the rest restored over time. With the problems of the canal, the Roman military occupation and the native Egyptian military set up patrols along sections of the canal to ensure that raids are not too damaging. At the same time, the military tries to pinpoint the origins of these raids and take them out at the root. Military and economic growth and stability is the next major project for the Egyptian government. Egyptian officers are trained at military academies in Roman cities such as Constantinople, Adrianople and Sparta while Egyptian merchants are invested in and trained by Roman merchants. By now, most of the institutions of the Egyptian state have been rebuilt to some degree and are firmly integrated with their Roman counterparts.
 * Georgia: The Roman military occupation is largely frowned upon by the locals. However, the locals do approve of some aspects. They do approve of Roman occupation rather than Damascan occupation, and the fact that the Bagrationi Dynasty still rules earns some decent respect for Roman authority. Roman authorities work with the Bagrationi Dynasty to help bring improvements to the region and its people. Infrastructure is repaired from the war and new roads and buildings are constructed to benefit both the occupation and the native people. To help earn the loyalty of the native population, the Laz people, related to the Georgians themselves, are persuaded to gradually move from their homeland in northern Anatolia to join their brothers in Georgia. The existing Georgian navy is enrolled into the Imperial Navy while new Georgian merchants and military officers are enrolled in education programs to better integrate them with existing Imperial systems.
 * Armenia: The country of Armenia faces a bit of a problem. The Roman occupation force, as a general precaution, did not allow the Bragationi family remain in control of both Armenia and Georgia. As such, the need for a royal was the first challenge to be addressed. After much consideration in the Imperial court of Constantinople, it is decided that the Lusignan Dynasty of former Cyprus and Armenian Cicilia will take the throne, as some yet still live in Constantinople and have displayed considerable loyalty to the Empire a few decades after the fall of Cyprus. The new dynasty is enthroned on New Years Day, and the new king and the Roman occupation force begin eagerly in making Armenia a safe and prosperous place. Merchants and military officers are trained in ways similar to their Georgian counterparts, while border posts are constructed along the southern border with the Damascan Sultanate. In contrast with the Georgians, the Armenians are relatively glad to have Roman rule, as the Damascans directly invaded Armenia and threatened the populace.
 * Bulgaria: The change in rulership of Bulgaria comes as a mixed blessing by the Bulgarian people. While they are grateful that the Romans have allowed a new Bulgarian Tsar to be crowned and rule from Tarnovo, they are also somewhat upset to be cut from Vlachia, which had been a major cultural influence upon them for some time. With the new Roman management Bulgarians are free to explore their native culture as they see fit once again, although some of the traditions that they learned from the Vlachians are still maintained. The Romans step in to help the Bulgarians recover from the war and the previous stagnation suffered under the Dacians, and Roman merchants and military officers travel to Tarnovo and other major cities of the new country in order help train their Bulgarian counterparts.
 * Pskov Concordat
 * The Federal Republic of Eesti upgrades its naval capabilities and military. The integration of many people go as planned ... anyway, stuff happens and things. The Grand Summit is a great success, as after much heated debate, and more than one near-stormout, the Pskov Concordat is agreed upon when the Council of Nations is added as an upper house to the General Assembly, in no small part due to the efforsts of Vice-Consul Peeter Vaino and Peaminister Elmar Lepmets, who both endorse the agreement (with Vice-Consul Peeter signing it), and present it as the perfect solution to the Riigikogu of the Federal Republic, whom they ask for approval. Before the Christmas reprieve, the Riigikogy ratifies the Concordat with a 84-16 vote. The Road network continues being built and worked on.
 * In Lithuania, the military is improved by purchasing weaponry from Pskov and stuff. The Prime Minster attends the Grand Summit. The Pskov Concordat is ratified.
 * In the United Republic of Prussia and Danzig benefits from the de facto free trade with Croatia begin to show and grow its economy, GDP, and average wages, as Prussian merchants, quick to capitalize on the downfall of aristocratic privileges in favour of wealth privileges (that many nobles got because they were also wealthy, and those that were did not care for the fate of the "lesser" nobility). König - Statthalter Willhelm Hohenzollern and Chancellor Albert Ackerman, both present the Pskov Concordat to be ratified, both having signed it in person. The Bundestag passes the bill with a 60-40 majority, many unsure of the exact powers the Grand Senate will have
 * The Belarussian Military is improved as the Road network continues being built. After the Grand Summit, Knyaz-Namestnik Dmitri Shevchenko, and Glava-Dumi Nikolai Prakazov, having signed the Pskov Concordat, both endorse the document and emplore the Duma to ratify it. The Pskov Concordat is ratified.
 * Empire of Urdustan: Several Urdu merchants continue to sponsor gem mines in the Mogok area of Ava, due to the high concentration of gems such as rubies, sapphires, garnets and moonstones, and the first of many mines begin to return with more successes. Construction of ships based upon Castilian designs, granted to us by them, continues, in order to further our efforts to explore and trade. New crops continue to enter into several plantations, opium and cannabis. With the increasing popularity of wood-block printing, works in Urdu/Hindi are created and stored in large amounts, in order to further cement the change in Urdustan. Efforts to better the military continue with a mandatory rearming of the noble levies, with the Emperor offering to pay half the costs per noble, and with any noble refusing to do so, being met with increasingly less beneficial trade interaction by other nobles and foreign merchants. The Islamization of Urdustan continues from an increase in missionary activity. The construction of the observatory allows for Urdustani examination of the stars, and they begin to use translations of European texts to facilitate their own, independent observations. Trade with Kham continues, as well as financial offerings to stabilize their economy. As the councils plans for new roads continues, the Emperor discovers that they are actually using the labor to build themselves lavish villas, and reveals this to the populace, causing great outrage among several prominent merchants and nobles.
 * Swargadeo of Barphanivāsa: (Barpha nivāsa kē rājya, برف مکان کی بادشاہی): The Swargadeo of Trans-Assam continues to receive extensive help in creating viable farmland. The land reclamation, having been going on for decades, is extremely successful in creating viable farmland for rice, grain and other staple crops, increasing Kamarupa's population and their yearly trade output. In the newly conquered regions of Tibet, there is a beginning of attempts to cultivate the land to farm potatoes and cotton mainly. However, since this is fairly early in the efforts, herding of yaks, goats, cattle, and sheep remain the economic mainstay of the Tibetan region. Efforts to convert the new peoples begins in full as missionaries enter the country with administrative rights.
 * Rayja of Vijaynagara (وجینگر کی بادشاہی, Vijayanagara kē rājya): The Rayja of Vijaynagara, still ruled over by the Urdustani Emperor, begins to see some reforms. These reforms include making it easier for Hindus to become part of the noble caste, lowering their taxes and requirements. To compensate for this loss of Islamic power, however, schools increasingly put more emphasis on learning Urdu, an Islamic language in the Arabic script.
 * The Plutocratic State of Jaunpur (جونپور کے بہت سے پردانوں ریاست, Jaunapura kē ka'ī ra'īsōṁ rājya): Now vassalized by Urdustan, their debts begin to disappear quickly as either Urdustan begins the process of paying off the debts of Jaunpur to Urdustan by purchasing noble seats for Urdustani nobility. This flood of Urdustani nobility leads to a more reformed military in regards to Urdustani tactics, as well as an economy more specialized and focused on producing less types of goods, but many of them.
 * The Sultanate of Deccan (دکن کے سلطان, Ḍēkkana kī saltanata): Now vassalized by Urdustan, their debts begin to disappear quickly as either Urdustan begins the process of paying off the debts of Jaunpur to Urdustan by purchasing noble seats for Urdustani nobility. This flood of Urdustani nobility leads to a more reformed military in regards to Urdustani tactics, as well as an economy more specialized and focused on producing less types of goods, but many of them.
 * The Rayja of Sindh (سندھ کی بادشاہی, Sindha kē rājya): Now vassalized by Urdustan, greater focus begins to be put on its shipping industry and infrastructure to transport items to ports, so as to maximize the amount of income from its farmland in regards to potatoes, indigo and opium. The military begins to be reformed to more Urdustani tactics.
 * Yunnan: The Yunnanese continue to invest the modest income from exports into infrastructure. They also continue improving the defensive fortifications of Yunnan.
 * Scandinavian Empire: The economy and military of Scandinavia improves this year. Import/export businesses in Denmark, Sweden and Norway bring in a considerable amount of income. Scandinavia's chief exports include iron, wood, and other construction materiel, a commodity that is vastly growing in necessity as urbanization increases throughout Europe. Militaries in Europe purchase Scandinavian iron for ships and weapons. The Scandinavian colonies are a source of even more lumber. Resources such as pelts bring in massive amounts of profit for Scandinavia, both due to intranational trading and international trading. Scandinavia exports resources such as textiles, dyes and foodstuffs from its trading partners. Interest in coffee plants rises among nobles as the drink becomes more popular among the population of Scandinvia, especially in the upper class and in the aristocracy. Though the bean is expensive to Scandinavia, coffee sales spike. Indonesian powers are offered exclusive trade deals for coffee in exchange for discounted, high-quality wood and iron. Scandinavia retains its alliances with Bavaria, Pskov, the Roman Empire, Britannia, the Nehilaw and many other nations. These alliances are celebrated in the Scandinavian courts. The ports in Iceland are expanded to accomodate more ships. Education in Scandinavia continues to improve. The literacy rate is steadily increasing as public schools are built throughout the nation. The population of Scandinavia continues to explode as well. Urbanization, more food supplies, better census data, and other factors are all leading to a spike in population. Scandinavia's population is expected to reach nine million by 1740. While this increase in population does come with benefits, it has its drawbacks as well. Homelessness in urban areas and overcrowding is becoming a massive problem, especially in Copenhagen. To accomodate, people are encouraged to travel to the New World. In political news, the House of Bjelbo-Griffins continues to remain in charge of Scandinavia. The riksdag is dominated by this royal house. The health of King Kristoffer II takes a turn for the worse before passing away in late November. He has ruled since the 1660s and will be remembered as a powerful leader and an inspirational tale for those undergoing hardship and struggle. Kristoffer was once a captain in the Danish armies before rising to power in the Scandinavian Civil War as an icon of the revolution. His son, Nikolos Griffins, becomes Nikolos II of Scandinavia. He adopts a 'wait and see' protocol for the British Civil War.
 * Helluland: The military and economy are improved. Helluland expands by 1000 sq km this year. Helluland is responsible for the production of furs in the Scandinavian Empire, generating much profit for the colony.
 * Huronsmark: The military and economy are improved. Huronsmark expands by 1000 sq km this year. Huronsmark is responsible for the production of furs and timber in the Scandinavian Empire, generating much profit for the colony.
 * Iceland: The military and economy are improved. Iceland is an important port for northern Europeans. Due to the large amounts of trade flowing into Icelandic ports, the population of Iceland increases.
 * Jansylvania: The military and economy are expanded. Jansylvania is Scandinavia's newest colony, though it has grown rapidly since its establishment. Jansylvania yields large amounts of timber, though it is also a massive center of trade between Scandiavia and Native Americans.
 * Karelia: The military and economy expands. Karelia has been in the Scandinavian realm for centuries now. It is the location of many important fortresses, namely Castle Vyborg. Karelia is a massive source of iron for Scandinavia. Trade with Russia and Pskov flows through Karelia during the summer months.
 * New Gotland: The military and economy expands. New Gotland is one of Scandinavia's older colonies. A coastal colony, New Gotland specializes in shipbuilding and trading along the Borealian East Coast. Timber is also produced in New Gotland.
 * Schleswig: The military and economy are expanded. Schleswig has been a vassal of the Scandinavian Empire for quite some time. All land routes into Scandinavia go through this vassal, meaning Schleswig is one of Scandinavia's wealthiest vassals.
 * Sjösmark: The military and economy are expanded. The colony expands by 5000 sq km this year. Trade with Nehilaw brings gold and people into the colony.
 * Strombek: The military and economy are expanded. Strombek expands by 5000 sq km. Strombek is one of Scandinavia's oldest and most successful colonies. Trade along the St Lawrence River makes it one of the wealthiest as well. Strombek is a source of furs and timber for Scandinavia.
 * Vinland: The military and economy are expanded. Vinland expands by 5000 sq km. The oldest of Scandinavia's colonies, Vinland is one of the most populous colonies along the eastern Borealian coast. Its capital, New Copenhagen, has become the most populous city on the east Borealian coast. Immigrants from Northern Europe flock to Vinland, especially New Copenhagen, in search of a new life.
 * Kingdom of Bavaria: In 1729, Bavaria expands its economy. National infrastructure is developed. The population continues to rise. Trausnitz continues to be the national capital. In Munchen, Queen Isabell University remains a staple of education in Bavaria. King Albert V, aged 35, and his council continue to allow the training of new troops. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port. Modern weaponry make its introduction into Bavaria. In diplomatic news, Bavaria maintains alliances with Hispania, Britannia, France, The Netherlands, Scandinavia, and Rome. In religious news, around 76% of the country adheres to the Western Church, while the rest are either traditional Catholic or Reformist. There has been an uptick of 60% of Bavaro-German primary speakers in Franken-Sachsen, Pomerania, and Brandenburg, and uptick of 85% secondary speakers in those areas. In colonial news, Nei Baiern continues to expand. In royal news, the King's siblings are: Klaudia-Franzina (born 1701), and Friedrich-Rudolf (born 1704). In economic news, the previously informal, regional Landshut Stock Exchange is given a royal charter and given full benefits of a crown backed enterprise. In political news, Albert V continues to sit at both Bavarian and Austrian privy councils, the separation having occurred in 1668. Several parliamentary factions are opposed to both the existence of the Curia Austria as well as the call for a larger, country-wide parliament. Conversely, support for a unified Bavarian and Austrian parliament skyrockets this year, with many Austrian noblemen prompting the King to create a larger parliament. Joachim von Ingschaft, a popular Austrian parliamentarian, becomes the most vocal advocate for a national parliament, where an Austrian branch is on equal footing with the Bavarian branch. Within the year, more Austrian parliamentarians and a handful of Bavarian ones are drawn to Ingschaft's idea of a new government. In other news, several Bavarian parliamentarians pay attention to the situation in Pskov. However, as the year goes on, more attention is paid to the general structure of Pskov's republican government, rather than the problem of representation itself. Within three years, this faction grows mighty in the Curia Bavaria, with many supporting a strong, centralized, Pskovian-based parliament. In other news, King Albert  begins showing signs of a mental disturbance, including symptoms of schizophrenia. Bavaria concludes  the incorporation of Franken-Sachsen (Turn Six of Six). In other news, late Charles announces that Brandenburg will be elevated to a duchy upon the death of Margrave Albert II. In tragic news, Charles I dies in 1724 and his mentally troubled son takes the throne as Albert V. Many fret over this development and fear the rule of a mad king. In 1725, these fears grow as many turn to Princess Klaudia as a possible solution to a mad king. In political news, Klaudia Franzina thinks about marrying Pomeranian crown Prince Franz-Heinrich, also a distant relative. In 1726, she makes a decision to not marry Franz-Heinrich, but she does send letter to Duchess Mary hinting at possibly making a claim on the throne. In other news, both Bavarian and Austrian parliamentarians grow antsy as the fear of a politically inept king on the throne. In 1728, Klaudia publicly claims the Bavarian throne and stylizes herself as Queen Frances I (Franzina I). Duchess Mary of Pomerania issues an edict of support for Frances and allows her to stay in Stettin. In the summer, with the aid of councillors, King Albert V raises troops in fear of a possible civil war. By year end, most Austrian parliamentarians support Queen Frances simply because she is not her brother, who himself is now mostly seen as an inept, dumbfounded petty king. This support pays off in 1729 when Frances I publicly supports Austrian parliamentarians and pays patronage to both Austrian and Bavarian parliamentarians who support a larger, Pskovian-styled parliament. After seeing this development, Albert V declares war on Pomeranian and sends 5000 troops to capture Stettin.
 * Curia Bavaria: The Curia Bavaria, also known as the Bavarian Parliament, continue to operate in the Parliamentary Palace in Landshut. Parliament orders the Bavarian Army to be outfitted in modern uniform and to hold modern weaponry. In political news, the Curia Bavaria continue to implement the Bavarian Commands and Collegiate Writs into a codified, national law.
 * City of Lübeck: Troops authorized by the King continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The port of Lübeck is expanded and several ships are constructed.
 * Duchy of Neustadt: Troops authorized by the King continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. The ports of Fehmarn are expanded and several ships are constructed.
 * Bremen Port: Troops authorized by King continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Several cogs are constructed, and plans are drafted to construct many larger ships. Several modern warships and trade vessels begin construction at Bremen Port.
 * Kingdom of Austria: Troops authorized by the King continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Osterreich (Austria) in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. King Leopold orders that 5000 troops be sent to Austria to standby. Food and financial aid is sent to Austria, primarily to Vienna and surrounding cities. Furthermore, Leopold sends messengers to Vienna officials noting that the Bavarian crown will be paying for 50% of all Vienna-based infrastructure projects. He also notes that the taxes of the Austrian populace will be moderately lowered, lower than pre-war levels, in the face of the devastation of the war. He also announces aid will be increased over the next few years. In early 1667, an Austrian scholar and merchant, named Karl Manzkari, establishes a trade outpost in Vienna. Initially attracting local merchants, it soon amasses a large array of traders, mostly from northern Austria. In 1668, Karl Manzkari establishes a much smaller outpost in another section of Vienna, hoping to attract more business. The Austrian Council is created as an independent privy council for the King.
 * Curia Austria: Work on the Parliamentary Palace in Vienna finishes. A number of 251 Austrians sit in the Austrian parliament. Most of the laws they pass concern continual relief for Vienna and various infrastructural reconstructions around Austria. The Curia Austria is tentatively popular in Vienna, with most welcoming a separate legislative body, while others see it as a Bavarian puppet. New roads continue to be constructed. The Curia Austria call for greater legislative power in Austria, and perhaps a large legislature servicing all Bavarian realms, one which would be an Upper house while the Curia Bavaria and Curia Austria would be regional lower houses.
 * Margraviate of Brandenburg: Troops authorized by Margrave Albert II, age 65, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Brandenburg in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. Furthermore, Albert orders that several infrastructure commissions are created in order to repair the extreme damage to Brandenburg after the war. As with Austria, the Bavarian crown will pay for 50% of all renovations in Brandenburg. Wolfgang Diefenbach's first scientific meeting in Berlin is successful. The first scientific meeting will occur in 1675. Young Albert is married off to Maria von Hamburg. Margrave Albert II has two children, Karolina (born 1679), and Albert (born 1683).
 * Duchy of Pomerania: Troops authorized by Duchess Mary, age 61, continue training. Several markets are constructed as well as trade houses for European traders. Poorhouses are established all over Pomerania in order to aid all those afflicted by the recent destructive war. Princess Mary and Henry von Hamburg have a daughter in 1687, who they name Margaret. Princess Mary has a son in 1691, who she names Franz-Heinrich. In royal news, Duchess Mary is immediately overshadowed by her husband Henry, who takes a dominant role in Pomeranian politics. Mary feels as if she is being throttled by her husband's power and begins communicating with several of her courtiers on how to mitigate his influence. Gil Vimaranes, a wealthy Portuguese noble merchant, begins meeting with Duchess Mary and counsels her on many ways to block her husband's efforts at powering over her. Duke Henry remains a shadow of his former, powerful self. However, Duke Henry seemingly reconciles with Mary, and he is relegated some control over the Pomeranian administration. Gil Vimaranes, aged 64, is appointed as Ducal chancellor of Pomerania. In 1704, Gil Vimaranes, in an effort to secure the wealth and power of Duchess Mary, advises her and the council to abolish couverture (the event where a woman's finances and legal rights become her husband's upon marriage) in Pomerania. The movement grows in 1705 among the privy council, with many having Duchess Mary's interests in their minds. In 1707, coverture is abolished within Stettin city limits, as a test to see how coverture abolition would fare in the country. In 1710, Mary authorizes the abolition of coverture in all of Pomerania. In other news, Duchess Mary receives letter from Princess Klaudia hinting at a claim of the throne. In 1728, Mary alligns herself with Klaudia-Franzina and allows her refuge in Stettin.
 * Royal Bavarian Stock Company: The RBSC, founded in the late fifteenth century, is finally formalized and given a royal charter by King Leopold II in 1662. The RBSC operate chiefly in Landshut, where a stock exchange floor continues to remain active. Branches of the RBSC exist in München, Regensberg, Berlin, and Stettin.
 * New Bavaria: The colony of Nei Baiern continues to expand in population. Katharinas-Hafen, Franznacken, Bayreuth, Nei Regens, and Regenholz all expand by the end of the year. Houses and shops in each settlement continue being built. Jülichsberg and Wittlesberg both expand. Nei Baiern expands 750 km. The militias and shops are developed. A small logging and fishing town is founded north of Wilhelmsbaum island, on the mainland. The settlement, mainly populated by Saxons, comes to be called Regenholz.
 * Pearl River: The outpost of Perlefluss is established. A capital is expected to be constructed over the next few years. The capital of Pearl River is established, which the settlers name Perlefluss (Pearl River) after the outpost itself.
 * The United Cherokee-Shawana Kingdom: The Cherokee and Shawana nations both develop their economies. The Shawana armies end their expansion into the northwest territories following a disastrous campaign. The campaign ends with 10,000 sq km worth of expansion this year but with the entire twelve year war only gaining the Kingdom an extra 30,000 sq km of territory. King Way who orders all of the leading generals in charge of this war to the capital to a military tribunal for wasting the Kingdom's precious military resources. Five of the eleven campaign generals are executed with the rest being imprisoned, all on charges of treason and insubordination. King Waya declares the war a great failure and abdicates the throne to his eldest son in light of his poor royal rule; killing himself later in the year deep in depression caused by his low self-esteem of his failed war dishonour to the Kingdom. The King made no secret of his depression during his eldest son, Austenaco's coronation ceremony, with the suicide happening only a few weeks later. The newly coronated King Austenaco buries his father under a statue in the royal road leading to the Royal Palace. His statue is built opposite his wife's statue on the sacred royal palace mall and next to his father's statue (the first statue on the royal road). King Austenaco orders the history books to show his father as the victim of vicious in-fighting and useless military leaders. The histories are ordered to put more focus on the economy which greatly improved under King Waya's rule. Meanwhile, the Koasati vassal is annexed into the Cherokee Kingdom itself as the new King seeks to assert his power, the Koasati Prince is demoted to a mere chief and the Koasati lose their autonomy as a vassal. The King vows to expand the Kingdom to avenge his father and restore honour to his family. However, his future expansions will not be as peaceful as the annexation of the Koasati the King vows.